V

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

__________________

 

FORM 10-K

 

(Mark One)

 

 

 

x

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007

 

 

o

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

For the transition period from __________   to   __________

 

Commission File Number: 0-21174

__________________

 

Avid Technology, Inc.

( Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

 

 

Delaware

(State or Other Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization)

 

04-2977748

(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

 

 

Avid Technology Park, One Park West

Tewksbury, Massachusetts 01876

(Address of Principal Executive Offices, Including Zip Code)

 

(978) 640-6789

(Registrant’s Telephone Number, Including Area Code)

 

Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of Each Class
Common Stock, $.01 Par Value

 

Name of Exchange on which registered
NASDAQ Global Select Market

 

 

Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

__________________

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes x No o

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes o No x

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports) and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes x No o

 

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. x

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

 

Large Accelerated Filer  x
Non-accelerated Filer  o
(Do not check if smaller reporting company)

 

Accelerated Filer  o
Smaller Reporting Company  o

 

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes o No x

 

The aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant was approximately $1,433,896,005 based on the closing price of the Common Stock on the NASDAQ National Market on June 29, 2007.  The number of shares outstanding of the registrant’s Common Stock as of February 27, 2008 was 37,959,750.

 

Documents Incorporated by Reference

Document Description
Portions of the Registrant’s Proxy Statement for the 2008 Annual Meeting of Stockholders

 

10-K Part
III

 

 

 


 

AVID TECHNOLOGY, INC.

FORM 10-K

FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2006

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

Page

PART I.

 

 

 

 

 

ITEM 1.

Business

1

ITEM 1A.

Risk Factors

11

ITEM 1B.

Unresolved Staff Comments

17

ITEM 2.

Properties

18

ITEM 3.

Legal Proceedings

18

ITEM 4.

Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

18

 

Executive Officers of the Registrant

18

 

 

 

PART II.

 

 

 

 

 

ITEM 5.

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities


21

ITEM 6.

Selected Financial Data

23

ITEM 7.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

24

ITEM 7A.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

46

ITEM 8 .

Financial Statements and Supplementary Financial Information

47

 

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

48

 

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firms

49

ITEM 9 .

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

87

ITEM 9A .

Controls and Procedures

87

ITEM 9B .

Other Information

87

 

 

 

PART III.

 

 

 

 

 

ITEM 10 .

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

88

ITEM 11 .

Executive Compensation

88

ITEM 12 .

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters


88

ITEM 13 .

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

88

ITEM 14 .

Principal Accountant Fees and Services

88

 

 

 

PART IV.

 

 

 

 

 

ITEM 15 .

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

89

 

 

 

SIGNATURES

90

 

 

 

SCHEDULE II – VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

F-1

 

 

INDEX TO EXHIBITS

 

 

 


 

This Annual Report on Form 10-K includes forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, and Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. For this purpose, any statements contained herein regarding our strategy, future plans or operations, financial position, future revenues, projected costs, prospects and objectives of management, other than statements of historical facts, may be deemed to be forward-looking statements. Without limiting the foregoing, the words “believes,” “anticipates,” “plans,” “expects” and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements, although not all forward-looking statements contain these identifying words. We cannot guarantee that we actually will achieve the plans, intentions or expectations expressed or implied in forward-looking statements. There are a number of factors that could cause actual events or results to differ materially from those indicated or implied by such forward-looking statements, many of which are beyond our control, including the risk factors discussed in Part I - Item 1A of this report. In addition, the forward-looking statements contained herein represent our estimates only as of the date of this filing and should not be relied upon as representing our estimates as of any subsequent date. While we may elect to update these forward-looking statements at some point in the future, we specifically disclaim any obligation to do so, whether to reflect actual results, changes in assumptions, changes in other factors affecting such forward-looking statements or otherwise.

 

The information included under the heading “Performance Graph” in Item 5 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K is “furnished” and not “filed” and shall not be deemed to be “soliciting material” or subject to Regulation 14A, shall not be deemed “filed” for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), or otherwise subject to the liabilities of that section, nor shall it be deemed incorporated by reference in any filing under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Exchange Act.

 

 


PART I

 

 

ITEM 1.

BUSINESS

 

OVERVIEW

 

We develop, market, sell and support a wide range of software and hardware products for the production, management and distribution of digital media content. Our products empower users, from the home hobbyist to film studios and media-production companies, to realize their creative vision, whether they aspire to edit blockbuster feature films, write and record hit songs, or design animated characters for games or movies. Our technology also improves customer workflows by enabling collaboration, streamlining processes and securely managing digital assets and allows users to distribute media over multiple platforms, including airwaves, cable and the Internet.

 

In order to serve the needs of our customers, we are organized into strategic business units that reflect the principal markets into which our products are sold: Professional Video, Audio and Consumer Video. These business units also reflect our reportable segments and collectively encompass seven brands: Avid Video, Digidesign, M-Audio, Pinnacle, Sibelius, Softimage and Sundance Digital. For more segment and geographic information, including revenue from customers, a measure of profit or loss and total assets for each of the last three years, see our consolidated financial statements included in this annual report of Form 10-K, including Note O thereto. The following is an overview of the business units and the markets they serve.

 

Professional Video.   This business unit offers innovative solutions including video- and film-editing systems, integrated storage, workflow and asset management tools, 3D and special-effects software and a comprehensive range of services, from product support and training to consultancy and managed services. We market these solutions under the brand names Avid Video, Softimage and Sundance Digital to a broad range of professional users, broadcast and cable companies, corporations, governmental entities and educational institutions. Professional users include production and post-production companies that produce feature films, music videos, commercials, entertainment programs, documentaries and industrial videos, as well as professional animators, video-game developers and film studios. Our broadcast and cable customers include national and international broadcasters, such as the National Broadcasting Company, Reuters, CBS News, Fox Television, the British Broadcasting Corporation, DirectTV and Comcast networks including E!, the Golf Channel and Versus, as well as network affiliates, local independent television stations, web news providers and local and regional cable operators.

 

Audio.   Under the Digidesign, M-Audio and Sibelius brand names, this business unit offers solutions for audio creation, mixing, post-production, collaboration, distribution and scoring to a range of users from home studio novices to award-winning, multi-platinum recording artists. We also sell our solutions to professional music studios, project studios, film and television production and post-production facilities, television and radio broadcasters, “new media” production studios (for example, creators of DVD and web content), performance venues, corporations, governmental entities and educational institutions. Customers use our audio products and solutions for a wide variety of tasks in both studio and live environments, including recording, editing, mixing, processing, mastering, composing and performing.

 

Consumer Video.   This business unit markets, under the Pinnacle brand name, video-editing and digital lifestyle products to the home user who wants to create, edit, share, publish and view video content easily, creatively and effectively. This segment's two vertical markets consist of home video editing and TV-over-PC viewing. The home video-editing market includes novice and advanced home video editors, as well as corporations, governmental entities and educational institutions. Our home video-editing solutions are used by more than 10 million customers who want to edit, enhance and preserve their videos and share those videos on DVD or over the Internet. The TV-over-PC viewing market includes virtually any consumer who wants to watch and record television programming on a personal computer. With the emergence of digital television, we are now selling approximately one million TV-over-PC viewing solutions a year.

 

1

 


STRATEGY

 

Our strategy consists of four key elements: deliver best-of-breed products; deliver an integrated workflow for customers with multiple systems; support open standards for media; and deliver excellent customer service.

 

Deliver Best-of-Breed Products to Content Creators for Stand-Alone or Integrated Use.

 

We focus on markets where media is digitally created, edited, stored, managed and distributed. Each of our business units develops best-of-breed products for stand-alone or integrated use. These products fall into three main categories:

 

 

Content Creation – products used for making media, including our professional and consumer video- and audio-editing tools, compositing and graphics systems, animation solutions and audio-mixing consoles.

 

 

Content Management and Storage – products used for storing, sharing, managing, searching, archiving, encoding or transcoding digital media files, as well as systems used for automating production tasks.

 

 

Content Distribution – products that enable users to move digital media files over terrestrial, satellite and cable broadcast networks, as well as LAN, WAN and wireless networks.

 

Achieving best-in-breed status requires staying ahead of the market. To support our strategy and enable our company and customers to benefit from important industry trends, including the move to HD television production, the switch to all-digital broadcast production, the growth of home audio studios, the move to digital audio mixing in both studio and live environments, and the growth of consumer video editing and consumption, we continue to focus on strategically enhancing and broadening our product offerings either through internal development or acquisitions.

 

Deliver an Integrated Workflow for Customers Who Work with Multiple Systems or within Multiple-Media Disciplines.

 

We continue to invest significant resources to enhance the interoperability of our broad array of products and are committed to delivering integrated solutions. For example, our Avid Unity ISIS network-based collaborative workgroups enable many of our Professional Video and Audio products to connect to one another to seamlessly share storage and metadata. Powered by Interplay, this collaborative production environment promotes the sharing of media-production assets and information about the media, or metadata, in a seamless workflow that encompasses all the disciplines in content creation – acquisition, editing, image manipulation, graphics, audio, mastering, encoding and distribution. An Avid Unity for News solution can facilitate all the tasks required to create news stories for broadcast by leveraging the aggregate power of our tools. The entire process, including capturing news feeds; managing scripts and sound tracks; editing video, audio and graphics; delivering the finished product to a video server for playback; automated repurposing of the story for web distribution; and streaming the repurposed content to the consumer, can be accomplished seamlessly by an array of our products working together, connected in an Avid Unity workgroup.

 

Support Open Standards for Media, Metadata and Application Programming Interfaces (APIs).

 

Because collaboration and interoperability are important to our customers, we seek to design all of our products so that they support a variety of established industry-wide standards, including computer platforms, operating systems, networking protocols, data compression and digital media handling formats. We are a leader in defining and developing industry standards, including Advanced Authoring Format, or AAF, a multimedia file format that enables content creators to exchange digital media and metadata across platforms and between systems and applications. AAF saves time, simplifies project management and preserves valuable metadata. We also offer a patented high-definition, or HD, encoding format, known as Avid DNxHD, which is the first codec compliant with the new SMPTE (Society of Motion Picture and Television Engineers) VC-3 standard. DNxHD enables customers to transfer and store HD content with the same storage bandwidth and capacity requirements

 

2

 


as uncompressed standard-definition, or SD, files. Although the size of Avid DNxHD files is similar to SD files, the quality of the original HD image is preserved. The source code for Avid DNxHD technology is licensable free-of-charge on our website, for users to compile, without modifications, on any platform. We also license Avid DNxHD for a fee to parties who enhance and distribute the source code as part of their products. Our workflow solutions also interchange data with external systems by supporting a comprehensive set of application programming interfaces, or APIs, including the Avid Interplay Web Services interface.

 

Deliver Excellent Customer Service, Support and Training.

 

In order to succeed, we must provide experienced, accessible and knowledgeable customer service. We strive to create a culture at Avid that encourages every employee to focus on providing exceptional customer service. We seek to train our service personnel on a broad range of applications, operating systems and storage and networking solutions to enable them to meet our customers' diverse needs and requirements. Our staff of consultants and technicians provides media industry professional and installation services, as well as technical support, and we offer technical training throughout the world through a network of experienced educational specialists. In addition, we train our global resellers to deliver application and hardware support directly to end users.

 

To help us achieve our strategic goals, we have over the past several years acquired many companies:

 

 

Medea Corporation, Sibelius Software Limited, and Sundance Digital, Inc. in 2006;

 

 

Pinnacle Systems Inc. and Wizoo Sound Design GmbH in 2005; and

 

 

Midiman, Inc., d/b/a M-Audio, in 2004.

 

PRODUCTS

 

The following section describes the core products within each of our business units, which are also our reportable segments. Information about our reportable segments, including total revenues, operating income and total assets, as well as a geographic breakdown of our revenues and long-lived assets, can be found in Footnote O to our Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8.

 

PROFESSIONAL VIDEO

 

Our Professional Video segment markets products under the Avid Video, Softimage and Sundance Digital brand names. The product categories discussed below may include products marketed under more than one brand.

 

Video and Film Editing and Finishing

 

Media Composer Family

 

This group of digital nonlinear editing products includes Media Composer with Avid Mojo SDI and Media Composer Adrenaline systems, as well as Media Composer software. These products are widely used during the “offline” editing stage in the creation of prime-time television programs, commercials and films, during which editors assemble storylines by cutting different scenes together in sequential order. This product family accounted for approximately 8%, 9% and 12% of our consolidated net revenues in 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively.

 

Avid Xpress Family

 

The Avid Xpress family is made up of portable software-based editing systems that run on Macintosh and Windows computers and includes the Avid Xpress Pro and Avid Xpress Studio systems. All Avid Xpress Pro solutions can be enhanced with Avid Mojo or Avid Mojo SDI hardware accelerators to perform the compression and decompression of video signals, as well as other tasks, freeing up host-computer processing for other video operations. The Avid Xpress family is designed to meet the needs of independent media

 

3

 


professionals, video and film educators, Internet video developers and others involved with video and multimedia production.

 

Avid DS and Symphony Nitris Family

 

Many professionals who use our Media Composer products to create feature films, television programs, commercials and music videos also use the Avid Symphony Nitris, Avid DS Nitris and Avid DS Assist systems during the “online” or “finishing” stage, during which editors and specialists work with high resolution media files to augment the storyline with graphics, special effects, colorgrading and other sophisticated visual enhancements. These real-time, uncompressed HD and SD solutions provide an environment for high-quality finishing and mastering.

 

Storage & Workgroups

 

Avid Unity Media Network Family

 

Our shared media networks offer collaborative workflows that support a wide range of digital video SD and HD formats, including the Avid DNxHD format. This product line includes the enterprise level Avid Unity ISIS (Infinitely Scalable Intelligent Storage) system, which provides high scalability and availability based on industry-standard gigabit ethernet networking; the 4-gigabit fibre channel-based Avid Unity MediaNetwork for high performance in facility-class environments; and the Avid Unity LANshare system for smaller broadcast operations and post-production customers. This product family accounted for approximately 10% of our consolidated net revenues in each of 2007, 2006 and 2005.

 

Avid Interplay Family

 

Avid Interplay workgroup tools bring together creative, production and business processes by fusing integrated asset management, workflow automation and security control into a single system that delivers a business-wide workflow for post-production and broadcast settings of any size. The flexible set of Avid Interplay components and services paired with the Avid Interplay nonlinear workflow engine streamline collaboration by automating complex workflow processes so that users can focus on creating compelling content rather than spending time to manually address labor-intensive production tasks.

 

Broadcast

 

Avid production, newsroom, on-air graphics, play-to-air and automation device control solutions are designed to help broadcasters accelerate the production process; research, create, manage and deliver television news programs; develop and deliver real-time graphics for broadcast television; and manage, control and play back television programming.

 

3D Graphics and Animation

 

Our Softimage character and face animation solutions meet the needs of the most demanding 3D production environments, including next-generation, 3D game pipelines and state-of-the-art VFX and film studios. The Softimage Alienbrain Studio software is a multi-user file and asset management solution that allows 3D professionals to import, manage and share any kind of file, monitor the health of their database systems and control access in a collaborative environment, facilitating improved productivity for game creation and other complex workflows.

 

Support, Service, Training & Consulting

 

Avid Support is our maintenance support offering for our Professional Video products. Avid Support provides software and application support to meet the product maintenance needs of our customers, including isolating hardware issues, resolving software issues, providing software upgrades and generally helping our customers utilize their applications fully. In addition to Avid Support, we provide installation services for our products and media-industry consulting services for the planning, integration and operation

 

4

 


of our customers systems. We also offer a variety of training programs at sites around the globe and over the Internet.

 

AUDIO

 

Our Audio segment markets products under the Digidesign, M-Audio and Sibelius brand names. The product categories discussed below may include products marketed under more than one brand.

 

Professional Audio

 

Pro Tools Digital Audio Workstation

 

Pro Tools is a multi-track, non-linear digital audio workstation comprising a variety of hardware options and bundled software that runs on Macintosh and Windows platforms. Pro Tools workstations provide solutions for the entire audio production process, including recording, editing, signal processing, sound synthesis, integrated surround mixing and mastering, and reference video playback. Pro Tools users work in the professional or aspiring professional music, film, television, radio, multimedia, DVD and Internet production markets. Pro Tools systems support a rich third-party development environment, with more than 100 development partners providing a variety of additional software and hardware add-on options.

 

Digidesign Pro Tools systems are offered in a variety of price points and configurations, ranging from Pro Tools|HD systems for professional music and post-production environments, to the affordable Mbox 2 and 003 product families for home production studios. The hardware offerings of these product lines are typically bundled with industry-standard Pro Tools software, but can also run third-party software applications. Customers can choose to use Pro Tools with a wide range of audio peripherals, including a variety of mixing control surfaces such as our newly introduced C|24 or those from our ICON family, and our post-production Pro Tools customers can choose a qualified Avid Video peripheral to provide reference video recording and playback.

 

The Pro Tools product family accounted for approximately 15%, 15% and 18% of our consolidated net revenues in 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively.

 

ICON Control Surfaces

 

In the large-format digital mixing console category, the Digidesign ICON (Integrated Console System) system features the D-Control and D-Command mixing surfaces, our high-end, expandable hardware control surfaces for tactile control of Pro Tools software and hardware. ICON systems can be customized to fit any studio, providing from 16 to 80 channels of simultaneous control.

 

Live Sound

 

VENUE Mixing Consoles

 

The VENUE product family includes products for mixing sound at live concert and theater performances, and other public address events. VENUE systems can be interconnected with Pro Tools systems to make live recordings. They also offer the ability to run Digidesign and third-party signal and effects processing software plug-ins. In keeping with our strategy of delivering superior integration, we continued to extend the hardware interface options and software capabilities of this product line in 2007. A VENUE console was used by four of the top eight highest-grossing concert tours in North America during 2007.

 

Aspiring Professional and Home Studio Audio

 

We offer a number of product lines specifically designed to meet the price-sensitive needs of a range of aspiring music industry users, including the home hobbyist with a personal home studio and the up-and-coming professional. Our Digidesign Pro Tools LE family of audio interfaces and M-Audio family of digital audio and ancillary hardware and software solutions enable electronic musicians and home enthusiasts to

 

5

 


manage the production of their own material from creation and recording to the editing, processing and mixing required to produce the final result.

 

Audio Interfaces

 

Our M-Audio interfaces dovetail with the Digidesign Pro Tools LE product line, allowing users to get high-quality sound in and out of a computer at affordable prices. Users can create audio recordings on their personal computers using optional Pro Tools M-Powered software or with third-party software. We continued to expand the software and interface capabilities of this product family in 2007, including the addition of compatibility with newer technologies such as USB 2.0.

 

Keyboards

 

Our M-Audio USB, FireWire and wireless keyboards allow users to send MIDI messages directly to a personal computer, access sound-creation software and control a variety of other musical functions without the need for additional MIDI interface peripherals. A line of M-Audio sound-producing keyboards was introduced during 2007. This line includes the KeyStudio 49i, a combination controller, audio interface and digital piano.

 

Speakers, Microphones, Mixers and Add-On Software

 

We offer a variety of in-ear reference earphone monitors and self-powered monitor speakers that provide stereo or multi-channel surround monitoring aimed at the recording studio, home music hobbyist, personal computer, gaming and home-theater markets. Under the M-Audio brand name, we also offer condenser and dynamic microphones and the recently introduced the NRV10, a desktop analog mixing console with built-in audio interface capability. We also distribute a selection of third-party software product lines that allow customers to purchase complete home recording packages from a single supplier.

 

Notation Products

 

Our Sibelius software allows written musical scores to be created, edited and published electronically and is used by composers, arrangers and other media professionals. We also offer student versions of the Sibelius notation software to assist in the teaching of music composition and score writing.

 

CONSUMER VIDEO

 

Our Consumer Video segment markets products under the Pinnacle brand name.

 

Home Video-Editing and Capture Products

 

Our consumer video-editing and capture products offer a wide range of features that streamline the three-step “capture, enhance and share” process. For example, consumers can drag and drop clips to create video sequences in the order they desire, insert transitions between scenes, and add simple graphics, titles, music or narration to their personal productions.

 

Video-Capture Products

 

Our consumer video-capture products include a wide range of hardware-based solutions that enable consumers to capture analog video from VHS or camcorder tapes, live TV signals or any other analog source and turn it into a variety of digital formats for archiving or editing. Our Pinnacle Studio and Dazzle video capture solutions are available for either Windows or Macintosh users. We also offer Pinnacle Video Transfer, a stand-alone device that does not require a computer in order to capture video from any analog video source and transfer content to a mobile video player (such as an iPod), a hard drive or a flash memory stick.

 

6

 


Pinnacle Software Products

 

Our Pinnacle software offerings consist of nonlinear video-editing software products that run on the Windows operating system. Our Pinnacle Studio editing line is available in three configurations, Pinnacle Studio, Pinnacle Studio Plus and Pinnacle Studio Ultimate. Pinnacle Studio is designed for entry-level storytellers looking for a quick and easy way to enhance and share their projects with family and friends. Pinnacle Studio Plus and Pinnacle Studio Ultimate are intended for advanced video enthusiasts who require additional power, control and quality to create more professional looking results by offering additional features such as HD editing and HD output to disc. Pinnacle Studio products are available as stand-alone software products or bundled with a variety of video input/output hardware. Our recently announced VideoSpin editing product is available by free download and allows users to easily create movies in minutes simply by dragging and dropping videos, pictures and music from their personal computer hard drive onto a timeline and adding transitions and titles as they wish.

 

TV-Over-PC Viewing Products

 

Our TV-over-PC viewing products allow Windows or Macintosh users to view television programming on their computers wherever and whenever they choose. A television program can be viewed or recorded on its own using the Pinnacle TV Center software or in conjunction with applications such as Windows Media Center. The Pinnacle PCTV line, available for HD format in certain markets, consists of a family of USB sticks with a small and convenient form factor well-suited for use with laptops and PCI-based cards more appropriate for desktop users.

 

SALES AND SERVICE CHANNELS

 

We market and sell our products through a combination of direct and indirect sales channels, including a network of more than 3,000 independent distributors, value-added resellers and dealers. Our direct sales channel consists of internal sales representatives serving select customers and markets, as well as our Internet sales programs.

 

We have significant international operations with offices in 23 countries around the world. We believe this geographic diversity allows us to draw on business and technical expertise from a global workforce and provides stability to our operations and revenue streams to offset regional economic trends. Revenues from our international operations accounted for 58%, 57% and 57% of our total net revenues for 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively.

 

We generally ship our products shortly after the receipt of an order, which is typical for our industry. Historically, a high percentage of our revenues has been generated in the third month of each fiscal quarter and is concentrated in the latter part of that month. Accordingly, orders may exist at the end of a quarter that have not been shipped and have not been recognized as revenue. Backlog that may exist at the end of any quarter is not a reliable indicator of future sales levels.

 

We have historically experienced increased sales for our consumer products in the fourth quarter due to holiday season demand. This historical pattern may not be a reliable indicator of future sales levels.

 

We provide customer service and support directly through regional telephone support centers and major-market field service representatives and indirectly through strategically located dealers, value-added resellers and authorized third-party service providers. Depending on the product, customers may choose from a variety of support offerings, including telephone support, quick-response on-site assistance, hardware replacement and extended warranty, and software upgrades. In addition, we offer media-industry consultation and installation services. We also offer customer training, which is available directly from us or through certified Avid training centers around the world. Revenues from service and support offerings represented 13%, 11% and 11% of our consolidated net revenues in 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively.

 

7

 


MANUFACTURING AND SUPPLIERS

 

Our manufacturing operations consist primarily of the testing of subassemblies and components purchased from third parties, the duplication of software, and the configuration, assembly and testing of board sets, software, related hardware components and complete systems. In addition to our internal manufacturing operations, we rely on independent contractors to manufacture some of our products and certain components and subassemblies, in each case to our specifications, both in the United States and overseas. Our products undergo testing and quality assurance at the final assembly stage. We depend on a number of sole source vendors for certain key hardware components of our products. For the risks associated with our reliance upon certain vendors, see Item 1A “Risk Factors.”

 

Our manufacturing facilities are located in: Tewksbury, Massachusetts; Dublin, Ireland; Menlo Park, California; Mountain View, California; and Irwindale, California. We also contract with third-party manufacturing facilities in the United States and overseas for the manufacture of some of our products and certain component parts.

 

Avid Green Initiative

 

In order to comply with environmental directives, such as those recently adopted or currently proposed in the European Union, China, Japan, Korea and various states within the United States, we must provide for the recycling of our products and removal of specific toxic substances that may be found in our products sold in these jurisdictions. During 2007 we began and made significant progress with our “Avid Green Initiative,” including hiring a corporate environmental officer. This officer initially focused on the Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment Directive, or WEEE, and Restriction of the use of certain Hazardous Substances in electrical and electronic equipment, or RoHS, compliance initiatives. We have also begun work on a “Design for Environment” program, which incorporates environmental considerations into products from initial concept to end-of-life. In addition, we expect to finalize in 2008 a Corporate Environment Management System and Environmental Policy Statement, which will ensure that we as an organization incorporate conservation, energy management, waste management and other environmental concerns into our business process.

 

In 2007 and 2006, we incurred costs of approximately $0.6 million and $3.3 million, respectively, to comply with the various environmental regulations, including WEEE and RoHS. In 2005 the expense for such compliance was immaterial. The environmental compliance costs were significantly higher in 2006 as a result of the initial costs of complying with WEEE and RoHS, both of which went into effect in that year. We expect our 2008 environmental compliance costs to remain approximately the same as the 2007 costs. However, because these regulations are new and some jurisdictions have not yet finalized their implementation rules, it is difficult to predict the exact cost of compliance for 2008 and beyond, and the actual amount is subject to change. Any amounts spent for compliance will result in decreased earnings, but are required in order to allow us to continue selling our products in these jurisdictions.

 

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

 

We regard our software and hardware as proprietary and protect our proprietary interests under the laws of patents, copyrights, trademarks and trade secrets, as well as through contractual provisions.

 

We have obtained patents and have registered copyrights, trademarks and service marks in the United States and in many foreign countries. As of December 31, 2007, we held 246 U.S. patents, with expiration dates through 2024, and had 89 patent applications pending with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office. We have also registered or applied to register various trademarks and service marks in the United States and a number of foreign countries, including Avid, Media Composer, NewsCutter, Digidesign, Pro Tools, M-Audio, Softimage, XSI, Sibelius and Pinnacle Systems. Although we believe ownership of our patents, copyrights, trademarks, service marks and trade secrets is an important factor in our business, our success relies primarily on the innovative skills, technical competence and marketing abilities of our personnel.

 

Our software is licensed to end users pursuant to shrink-wrap, embedded, click-through or signed paper license agreements. Our products generally contain copy-protection and/or copy-detection features to guard against

 

8

 


unauthorized use. Policing unauthorized use of computer software is difficult, and software piracy is a persistent problem for us, as well as for the software industry in general. This problem is particularly acute in international markets. We participate in an anti-piracy program through the Business Software Alliance, or BSA, an external association of software vendors.

 

RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT

 

We are known as a pioneer and innovator in the media industry with research and development, or R&D, centers across North America and Europe. Our R&D expenditures for 2007, 2006 and 2005 were $150.7 million, $141.4 million and $111.3 million, respectively.

 

Our R&D efforts are focused on the development of digital media content-creation tools and workgroup solutions that operate primarily on the Macintosh and Windows platforms. We are committed to delivering best-in-class video, film, 3D animation and audio editing systems to meet the needs of professionals in the television, film, music, broadcast production and industrial post-production markets, and the needs of end-users in the educational, consumer and corporate markets. Our R&D efforts also include networking and storage initiatives intended to deliver standards-based media transfer and media asset management tools, as well as stand-alone and network-attached media storage systems for workgroups. Our systems are designed to include technology for encoding and streaming media over the Internet.

 

Our R&D operations are located in: Tewksbury, Massachusetts; Daly City, California; Mountain View, California; Irwindale, California; Madison, Wisconsin; Rochelle Park, New Jersey; Dallas, Texas; Braunschweig, Germany; Munich, Germany; Montreal, Canada; Edmonton, Canada; and London, England. We also employ independent contractors in the United States and abroad for R&D activities.

 

COMPETITION

 

The markets for our products are highly competitive and subject to rapid change. Our competition is fragmented, with a large number of competitors providing different types of products to different markets.

 

PROFESSIONAL VIDEO

 

Video and Film Editing and Finishing

 

In the TV, video and film post-production markets, we compete primarily with vendors that offer similar digital editing and effects products based on standard computer platforms. These competitors include Apple Inc., Adobe Systems Incorporated, AJA Video Systems Inc., Blackmagic Design Pty. Ltd., Autodesk, Inc., Quantel Inc., Dayang Technology Development Inc. and Sony Corporation. In the 3D animation sector, we compete with Autodesk, Inc. and NewTek, Inc.

 

Broadcast

 

In the broadcast production area, we compete with vendors of video servers and traditional broadcast equipment that offer nonlinear editing and shared storage systems, such as Apple Inc., Harris Corporation, Thomson Grass Valley, Quantel Inc. and Sony Corporation. Other vendors of competitive products targeting these markets include 360 Systems and Bit Central, Inc. Primary competitors with respect to newsroom solutions are The Associated Press (ENPS) and Dalet Digital Media Systems. In on-air graphics, principal competitors are Chyron Corporation, Harris Corporation and Vizrt Ltd. Our primary competitors in play-to-air servers are Thomson Grass Valley, Harris Corporation, Omneon Video Networks, EVS Broadcast Equipment and SeaChange International, Inc. We expect continued competition from these vendors as they develop and introduce digital media products. In addition, as more disciplines move toward rich video content, we expect to see competition from companies like International Business Machines Corporation (IBM) and Accenture, which approach solving customers' problems by bundling multiple off-the-shelf and custom systems.

 

9

 


Storage & Workgroups and Digital Asset Management

 

We compete in the data storage market with companies such as Advanced Digital Information Corporation (ADIC), Apple Inc., Ciprico Inc., EditShare LLC, EMC Corporation, Hewlett-Packard Development Company L.P., IBM, Isilon Systems, Inc., Facilis Technology Inc., Omneon Video Networks and Rorke Data (a subsidiary of Bell Microproducts, Inc.). In digital asset management, we compete with products primarily from Cinegy GmbH, Thomson Grass Valley, Ardendo AB (a Vizrt company) and Dalet Digital Media Systems.

 

AUDIO

 

In the Audio segment, we compete primarily with suppliers of disk-based digital audio workstation software and hardware products, such as Apple Inc., MOTU, Inc. (Mark of the Unicorn), Line 6, Inc., Merging Technologies Inc. and Steinberg Media Technologies GmbH (a subsidiary of Yamaha Corporation). We also compete with manufacturers of professional analog and digital mixing consoles for studio production and live-sound mixing, including AMS Neve Ltd., DiGiCo Limited, Euphonix, Inc., Midas (a division of Telex Communications, Inc.), Solid State Logic Ltd. and Yamaha Corporation. We also compete with manufacturers of low-cost, computer-connected audio I/O hardware, such as Creative Technology Ltd., PreSonus Audio Electronics, Inc., Loud Technologies, Inc., Roland Corporation, Tascam (a division of TEAC Corporation) and Yamaha Corporation. In addition, M-Audio also competes in the categories of MIDI keyboard/controllers, MIDI interfaces, speakers, pre-amplifiers and microphones with many of these companies and others. Our Sibelius products compete with products offered by MakeMusic Inc., Notion and others.

 

CONSUMER VIDEO

 

In the Consumer Video segment, we compete primarily with video-editing software providers Adobe Systems, Inc., Sony Corporation, Ulead Systems, Inc. (a subsidiary of Corel Corporation), Sonic Solutions, and Magix AG. In the market for TV-over-PC viewing, we compete with Hauppauge Computer Works, Inc., ATI Technologies, Inc. and TerraTec Electronic GmbH.

 

OPERATIONS

 

Avid is headquartered in Tewksbury, Massachusetts, with operations spanning the United States, Canada, South America, Europe and Asia. Avid employed approximately 2,728 people worldwide as of December 31, 2007.

 

WEB SITE ACCESS

 

We make available free of charge on our website, www.avid.com, copies of our annual report on Form 10-K, our quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, our current reports on Form 8-K and all amendments to those reports as soon as practicable after such material is filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Additionally, we will provide paper copies of all of these filings free of charge upon request. Alternatively, these reports can be accessed at the SEC’s Internet website: www.sec.gov .

 

Avid brands can be accessed at www.avid.com , www.digidesign.com , www.m-audio.com , www.pinnaclesys.com , www.sibelius.com , www.softimage.com and www.sundancedigital.com .

 

10

 


 

ITEM 1A.

RISK FACTORS

 

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below in addition to the other information included or incorporated by reference in this annual report before making an investment decision regarding our common stock. If any of the following risks actually occurs, our business, financial condition or operating results would likely suffer, possibly materially, the trading price of our common stock could decline, and you could lose part or all of your investment.

 

Our revenues and operating results depend on several variables and may fluctuate from period to period.

 

Our revenues and operating results depend on several variables, which include, but are not limited to:

 

 

size, timing and volume of significant orders and shipments;

 

 

mix of products and services sold;

 

 

our ability to recognize revenues from large solution-based sales;

 

 

length of sales cycles and associated costs;

 

 

global macroeconomic conditions;

 

 

timing and acceptance of new product introductions by us and our competitors;

 

 

competitive pressure on product pricing;

 

 

remedial costs and reputational harm associated with product defects or errors;

 

 

price discounts and sales promotions;

 

 

cost and proportion of third-party technology or components incorporated into or bundled with products sold;

 

 

reliance on third-party reseller and distribution channels;

 

 

changes in operating expenses;

 

 

seasonal factors, such as higher consumer demand at year-end;

 

 

changes in foreign currency exchange rates; and

 

 

price protections and provisions for inventory obsolescence extended to resellers and distributors.

 

The occurrence and relationship of these variables may cause our revenues and operating results to fluctuate from period to period. As a result, period-to-period comparisons of our revenues and operating results may not provide a good indication of our future performance.

 

Our success depends in part on our ability to adapt to dynamic market demand and continued customer acceptance of our products.

 

The markets in which we operate are dynamic and rapidly evolving. We continuously develop new products, as well as strategically upgrade or enhance our existing products, in an attempt to capitalize on market trends. Any new or upgraded product may require months or years of development prior to its actual introduction and may involve substantial investments of resources. Development can be a complex and uncertain process, and we may experience design, manufacturing or other difficulties that delay or prevent the introduction of products or result in even greater resource outlays. Additionally, we may fail to predict market trends correctly, fall short of customer expectations or

 

11

 


encounter product quality issues, in which case our new or upgraded product introductions may fail. New or upgraded product introductions may also have a negative impact on the market for our existing products.

 

The markets in which we operate are highly competitive, and our competitors may be able to draw upon a greater depth and breadth of resources than those which are available to us.

 

We operate in highly competitive markets characterized by pressure to expand feature sets and functionality, accelerate new product releases and reduce prices. Some markets, including many of the consumer markets in which we compete, also have limited barriers to entry. Customers consider many factors when evaluating our products relative to those of our competitors, including reliability, performance, ease of use, feature sets, functionality, reputation, training and support, and we may not compare favorably against our competitors in all cases. Some of our current and potential competitors have longer operating histories, greater brand recognition and substantially greater financial, technical, marketing, distribution and support resources than we do. As a result, they may be able to respond more quickly to new or emerging technologies and changes in market demand, devote greater resources to the development, marketing and sale of their products, or price their products more aggressively than we can. The superior resources of these competitors may also allow them to realize economies of scale or other cost-saving advantages that allow them to price their products aggressively relative to our products, in which case our product sales may decline and our revenues and operating results may suffer.

 

Competition for technical and management personnel is intense in our industry, and our business may suffer if we are unable to attract or retain key personnel.

 

Our success depends in part upon our ability to attract and retain talented and dedicated personnel, including members of our management team and employees in key technical positions. Competition for managerial and technical talent in the markets and geographic areas in which we operate is intense and turnover rates can be high. Our compensation, incentive and development practices may be inadequate for purposes of retaining personnel or attracting needed talent. Additionally, companies with which we compete for talent may offer potential recruits a more dynamic work environment or greater opportunity to work with, or train on, cutting-edge technology than we are able to offer. In the past, we have relied on stock option grants as one mechanism for recruiting and retaining highly skilled talent, however, a decline in the market price for our common stock may cause stock options that we have issued to be of little or no value. If we fail to provide adequate compensation and incentives, we may be unable to compete successfully for talented and dedicated employees and our business may suffer.

 

Our Avid 20|20 initiatives, focusing on operational efficiency and strategic analysis and improvements, may not achieve their intended results.

 

Through a collaborative review process, referred to as Avid 20|20, we identified a number of potential initiatives that focus on operational efficiency and strategic analysis and improvements. We have undertaken, or plan to undertake, many of these initiatives. Pursuit of these initiatives may divert management’s time and attention from day-to-day operational matters and may require significant investment. We cannot be certain that these initiatives will achieve improved operational efficiency or other intended results. Additionally, these initiatives may be misplaced or insufficient for purposes of positioning us for future growth, in which case our long-term competitive position may suffer.

 

We may have difficulty accurately forecasting quarterly revenues and operating results.

 

We have in the past had, and may in the future have, difficulty accurately forecasting quarterly revenues and operating results due, in part, to an historically high concentration of sales activity near quarter-end. Additionally, many of our larger enterprise or solution sales include complex customer acceptance terms that may delay, or make difficult to predict the timing of, revenue recognition. If any of our quarterly forecasts of revenues or operating results proves to be inaccurate, we may fail to meet the expectations of investors and securities analysts, and the market price of our common stock may decline.

 

12

 


Potential acquisitions could be difficult to integrate, divert the attention of key personnel, disrupt our business, dilute stockholder value and impair our financial results.

 

As part of our business strategy, we periodically acquire companies, technologies and products that we believe can improve our ability to compete in our existing markets or allow us to enter new markets. The potential risks associated with any acquisition include, but are not limited to:

 

 

difficulty in assimilating the operations, policies and personnel of the acquired company;

 

 

failure to realize anticipated returns on investment, cost savings and synergies;

 

 

possibility of incurring impairment charges related to goodwill and other intangible assets;

 

 

unidentified issues not discovered in due diligence, which may include product quality issues or legal contingencies;

 

 

diversion of management’s time and attention;

 

 

potential dilution to existing stockholders, if we issue common stock or other equity rights in the acquisition;

 

 

potential loss of key employees of the acquired company;

 

 

difficulty in complying with a variety of foreign laws and regulations, if so required;

 

 

impairment of relationships with customers or suppliers; and

 

 

possibility of contingent payments or earn-outs.

 

Acquisitions often involve significant transaction-related costs, including potential hidden costs that we may not fully appreciate, and could cause disruption to our normal operations. In the future, in addition to acquisitions, we may also make debt or equity investments, and we may fail to realize anticipated returns on such investments.

 

Our Professional Video customers are increasingly demanding comprehensive product and service solutions from single vendors, which we may be unable to provide or successfully implement.

 

Our Professional Video customers are increasingly demanding comprehensive product and service solutions from single vendors, as opposed to discrete point product and service purchases from multiple vendors. This trend is being driven to a significant degree by media and broadcast organizations converting entire systems from analog, or tape-based, processes to digital formats. Our combined product and service solutions may not always be sufficiently compelling or comprehensive for our customers’ requirements, and we may need to augment our solutions with third-party products and services. Such third-party products and services may not be available to us on commercially reasonable terms or at all. To the extent we are unable to provide our customers with compelling or comprehensive product and service solutions, we may be competitively disadvantaged and our revenues and operating results may decline. Additionally, if we are unable to achieve successful and timely implementation of these solutions, our industry reputation may be diminished and our ability to secure similar sales opportunities in the future may be impaired. The size and frequency of, and competition for, these types of sales may cause our revenues to become more variable from period to period, in which case we may fail to meet the expectations of investors and securities analysts, and the market price of our common stock may decline.

 

To the extent we derive significant revenues from consumer markets, we may experience lower profit margins and greater revenues seasonality.

 

As a result of acquisitions and new product initiatives, we derive significant revenues from sales to consumers of home video and audio products. The market for consumer video and audio products is highly competitive and changes rapidly, and we may not have sufficient skill or experience to continue to compete effectively. Additionally, competitive and consumer-driven pricing pressure may result in lower consumer profit margins that could lower our

 

13

 


overall profit margins. Similarly, our revenues may exhibit greater seasonality because sales of consumer electronics typically increase in the latter half of the year.

 

Our products may, from time to time, experience quality problems that could negatively impact our customer relationships, our market reputation and our operating results.

 

We offer sophisticated and complex products. Our software products, as is typical of high-end software, generally include coding defects or errors, often referred to as “bugs,” which in some cases may interfere with or impair a customer’s ability to operate or use the software. Similarly, our hardware products, from time to time, may include design or manufacturing defects that could cause them to malfunction. Although we employ various quality control measures, they may be inadequate, particularly if other business considerations, such as meeting target release-to-market dates, limit the amount of time or resources available to devote to such measures. We cannot be certain that we will be able to detect or remedy all such defects that may exist in our products. Any such defects could result in loss of customers or revenues, delays in revenue recognition, increased product returns, damage to our market reputation and significant warranty or other expense.

 

A catastrophic event may significantly limit our ability to conduct business as normal.

 

We operate a complex, geographically dispersed business, which includes a significant personnel and facilities presence in California near major earthquake fault lines. Disruption or failure of our networks or systems, or injury or damage to our personnel or physical infrastructure, caused by a natural disaster, public health crisis, terrorism, cyber attack, act of war or other catastrophic event may significantly limit our ability to conduct business as normal, including our ability to communicate and transact with our customers, suppliers, distributors and resellers, and negatively impact our revenues and operating results. The threat or occurrence of a catastrophic event may create additional economic and political uncertainties that could adversely affect our business and the markets in ways that cannot be predicted. We are predominantly uninsured for losses and disruptions caused by such catastrophic events, and we may not have a sufficiently comprehensive enterprise-wide disaster recovery plan in place.

 

Our success depends in part on protecting our proprietary technology from third-party infringement and misappropriation.

 

Our ability to compete successfully and achieve future revenues growth depends in part on our ability to protect our proprietary technology. Software piracy is an ongoing concern for us, particularly with respect to our consumer products, where we have limited ability to track license usage and transfers. We rely on a combination of patent, copyright, trademark and trade secret laws, as well as confidentiality procedures and contractual provisions to protect our proprietary technology. We also design some of our products to include anti-piracy features, such as required hardware components or security keys. These legal and security practices may prove to be inadequate or subject to circumvention. Additionally, the laws of certain countries in which we operate may not protect our proprietary technology to the same extent as do the laws of the United States. The unauthorized use or copying of our proprietary technology results in lost revenues to our business, and enforcement actions or litigation that we may pursue to protect our technology may be costly and time-consuming.

 

Our products may infringe third-party intellectual property rights.

 

We occasionally receive communications alleging that our products infringe third-party intellectual property rights. Although our practice is to investigate the factual basis of such allegations and negotiate licenses where necessary, licenses may not be available to us on commercially reasonable terms or at all, in which case we may be required to expend considerable resources to develop a non-infringing alternative. Until we are able to develop an alternative, sales of our products may be delayed or suspended or we may be forced to distribute our products with reduced feature sets or functionality. We also may be liable to some of our customers, resellers and distributors for damages in connection with intellectual property claims relating to our products. If any of these risks were to occur, the potential harm to our business could be substantial.

 

14

 


Qualifying and supporting our products on multiple computer platforms is time consuming and expensive.

 

We devote significant time and resources to qualify and support our software products on various computer platforms, including Microsoft and Apple operating systems. To the extent that any qualified and supported platform is modified or upgraded, or we need to qualify and support a new platform, we would be required to expend additional engineering time and resources, which may add significantly to our development expenses and adversely affect our operating results.

 

Our use of independent contracting firms and subcontractors for certain product development and manufacturing activities may limit our control over such activities or expose us to other risks.

 

From time to time, we engage independent contracting firms, some of which are located in foreign countries, to perform product development activities for us to complement or support our internal development efforts. We generally own the work product developed by such firms. We also rely on subcontractors, many of which are likewise located in foreign countries, for some of our procurement and manufacturing activities. Our reliance on third parties for development and manufacturing activities may, among other risks, reduce our control over delivery schedules, order lead times, product quality and component costs.

 

Our revenues and operating results depend significantly on third-party reseller and distribution channels.

 

We distribute many of our Professional Video products, and substantially all of our Audio and Consumer Video products, indirectly through third-party resellers and distributors. With respect to our Audio and Consumer Video products, relatively few resellers and distributors account for a significant portion of our revenues. The loss of one or more of these or other key resellers or distributors may significantly reduce our revenues. Increasingly, we are distributing our products directly to customers, which could put us in competition with our resellers and distributors and adversely affect these relationships. Additionally, in response to this or similar direct sales strategies that we may undertake, or for other business reasons, resellers and distributors may choose to resell our competitors’ products in addition to, or in place of, ours. Resellers and distributors of our Audio and Consumer Video products typically have limited rights of return, as well as inventory stock rotation and price protection. Accordingly, reserves for estimated returns, exchanges and credits for price protection are recorded as a reduction of revenues upon product shipment, based upon our historical experience. To date, actual returns of our Audio and Consumer Video products have not differed materially from management’s estimates. To the extent returns of our Audio or Consumer Video products exceed such estimated levels, our revenues and operating results may be adversely impacted.

 

We depend on the availability and proper functioning of certain third-party technology that we incorporate into or bundle with our products.

 

We license third-party technology for incorporation into or bundling with our products. This technology may provide us with critical or strategic feature sets or functionality. The profit margin for each of our products depends in part on the royalty, license and purchase fees we pay in connection with third-party technology. To the extent we add additional third-party technology to our products and we are unable to offset associated costs, our profit margins may decline and our operating results may suffer. In addition to cost implications, third-party technology may include defects or errors that could adversely affect the performance of our products, which may harm our market reputation or adversely affect product sales. Third-party technology may also include open source software code that if used in combination with our own software may jeopardize our intellectual property rights. If any third-party technology license expires, is terminated or ceases to be available on commercially reasonable terms, we may be required to expend considerable resources integrating alternative technology or developing our own. In the interim, sales of our products may be delayed or suspended or we may be forced to distribute our products with reduced feature sets or functionality.

 

Lengthy procurement lead times and unpredictable life cycles and customer demand for some of our products may result in significant inventory risks.

 

With respect to many of our products, we must procure component parts and build finished inventory far in advance of product shipments. Certain of these products, particularly within our consumer markets, may have unpredictable life cycles and encounter rapid technological obsolescence as a result of dynamic market conditions. We procure

 

15

 


product components and build inventory based upon our forecasts of product life cycle and customer demand. If we are unable to provide accurate forecasts or manage our inventory levels in response to shifts in customer demand, we may have insufficient, excess or obsolete product inventory. Insufficient product inventory may impair our ability to fulfill product orders and negatively impact our revenues. For excess or obsolete inventory, we may need to record a write-down on products and components to their realizable value, which would negatively impact our results of operations.

 

We purchase certain hardware components for our products from sole source suppliers.

 

We depend on sole source suppliers for certain key hardware components of our products. We do not generally carry significant inventories of, and may not in all cases have guaranteed supply arrangements for, these hardware components. If any of our sole source suppliers ceases, suspends or otherwise limits production or shipment of its hardware components, or adversely modifies our terms or pricing structures, our ability to sell and service our own products may be impaired. We cannot be certain that we will be able to obtain these hardware components, or acceptable substitutes, from alternative sources or that we will be able to do so on commercially reasonable terms. We may also be required to expend significant development resources to redesign our products to work around the exclusion of any hardware component or accommodate the inclusion of any substitute hardware component, in which case our operating results may suffer.

 

Our international operations expose us to significant exchange rate fluctuations and regulatory, intellectual property and other risks that may adversely affect our operating results.

 

We derive a significant portion of our revenues from customers outside of the United States. Our international sales are, for the most part, transacted through foreign subsidiaries and generally in the currency of the end-user customers. Therefore, we are exposed to the risks that changes in foreign currency could adversely impact our revenues, operating results and cash flow. To hedge against the international exchange exposure of certain forecasted receivables, payables and cash balances of our foreign subsidiaries, we enter into foreign currency, forward-exchange contracts. The success of our hedging program depends on forecasts of transaction activity in the various currencies. To the extent that these forecasts are over- or understated during periods of currency volatility, we may experience currency gains or losses. Other risks inherent in our international operations relate to, among other things, environmental laws, regulatory practices, tax laws, trade restrictions and tariffs, as well as longer collection cycles for accounts receivable and greater difficulties in protecting our intellectual property.

 

We are subject to risks associated with environmental regulatory compliance.

 

Many of our products are subject to international, federal and state laws and regulations governing the presence of chemical substances in, and the proper recycling of, such products. Our product design and procurement operations are becoming increasingly complex as we adjust to new and future requirements relating to the composition and energy consumption of our products, including similar legislation recently adopted or currently proposed in the European Union, China, Japan, Korea and various states within the United States. Our potential liability resulting from environmental legislation may be substantial and may have an adverse effect on our operating results.

 

Our websites may subject us to legal claims that could harm our business.

 

Some of our websites provide interactive information and services to our customers, including content generated or posted by members of the public. To the extent that materials may be posted on or downloaded from our websites and distributed to others, we may be subject to claims for defamation, negligence, copyright or trademark infringement, personal injury or other theories of liability based on the nature, content, publication or distribution of such materials. In addition, we may also be subject to claims for indemnification by end users in the event that the security of our websites is compromised. Our websites are available on a worldwide basis and may potentially be subject to a wide variety of international laws. The potential impact of these risks on our business could be substantial.

 

16

 


If we experience problems with our third-party leasing program, our revenues may be adversely impacted.

 

We have an established leasing program with a third party that allows qualified customers to finance purchases of our products. If this program ended abruptly or unexpectedly, some customers would likely be unable to purchase our products unless or until they were able to arrange for alternative financing. To the extent such customers were precluded from, or delayed in, making product purchases, our revenues may decline.

 

The market price of our common stock has been and may continue to be volatile.

 

The market price of our common stock has experienced volatility in the past and may continue to fluctuate substantially in the future in response to various factors, some of which are beyond our control. These factors include, but are not limited to:

 

 

period-to-period variations in our revenues or operating results;

 

 

our failure to accurately forecast quarterly or annual revenues or operating results;

 

 

shortfalls in our revenues or earnings compared to expectations;

 

 

changes in investors’ perceptions of us or our competitors;

 

 

announcements by us or our competitors of acquisitions, new products, significant contracts, commercial relationships or capital commitments;

 

 

shifts in markets or demand for our products;

 

 

our ability to develop and market new or upgraded products on a timely basis;

 

 

changes in our relationships with suppliers, resellers, distributors or customers;

 

 

our commencement of, or our involvement in, litigation;

 

 

changes to our board of directors or management;

 

 

the volume of shares of our common stock available for public sale;

 

 

short sales, hedging or other derivative transactions involving shares of our common stock;

 

 

shifts in financial markets;

 

 

changes in governmental regulations; and

 

 

global macroeconomic conditions.

 

Additionally, broader financial market trends may negatively affect the market price of our common stock, regardless of our operating performance.

 

 

ITEM 1B.

UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

 

None.

 

17

 


 

ITEM 2.

PROPERTIES

 

Our principal corporate and administrative offices, as well as our Professional Video headquarters, are located in three adjacent buildings in an office park located in Tewksbury, Massachusetts. Our leases on these buildings expire in June 2010.

 

We lease office space in Daly City, California for our Audio headquarters, including its administrative, sales and marketing and R&D activities, and in Mountain View, California, for our Consumer Video headquarters including its administrative, sales and marketing and R&D activities. In Europe we lease facilities in Iver Heath, United Kingdom for our European headquarters, including administrative, sales and support functions; in Munich, Germany for R&D, sales and administrative support; and in Braunschweig, Germany to accommodate the European engineering operations for our Consumer Video products. In Asia, we lease facilities in Singapore for our Asian headquarters. We also lease facilities in Dublin, Ireland and Menlo Park, California for the manufacture and distribution of our products.

 

 

ITEM 3.

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

 

We are involved in legal proceedings from time to time arising from the normal course of business activities, including claims of alleged infringement of intellectual property rights and commercial, employment, piracy prosecution and other matters. We do not believe these matters will have a material adverse effect on our financial position or results of operations. However, our financial position or results of operations may be negatively impacted by the unfavorable resolution of one or more of these proceedings.

 

 

ITEM 4.

SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

 

None.

 

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

Set forth below are the names and ages of each of our executive officers, the position(s) currently held by each person and the principal occupation held by each person for at least the past five years.

 

EXECUTIVE OFFICER

AGE

POSITION(S)

Gary G. Greenfield

53

Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officer

Kirk E. Arnold

48

Executive Vice President and General Manager, Professional Video

Gregory A. Estes

47

Vice President and Chief Marketing Officer

Nancy A. Grant

48

Vice President and Corporate Controller

David M. Lebolt

51

Vice President and General Manager, Audio

Joel E. Legon

57

Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

Gregory A. Munster

46

Chief Information Officer and Vice President of Business Process Transformation

Paige Parisi

43

Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary

Sharad Rastogi

40

Vice President of Corporate Development and Interim General Manager, Consumer Video

Kenneth A. Sexton

54

Executive Vice President and Chief Administrative Officer

 

 

18

 


GARY G. GREENFIELD .  Mr. Greenfield has served as Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officer since December 2007. Prior to joining us, Mr. Greenfield was Chief Executive Officer of GXS, Inc., a provider of business-to-business integration, synchronization and collaboration solutions, since December 2003. Also during that period, he was an Operating Partner with Francisco Partners, a technology-focused private equity firm. From June 2002 to August 2003, Mr. Greenfield served as Chief Executive Officer of Peregrine Systems, Inc., an infrastructure management software company. From December 2001 to March 2003, Mr. Greenfield also served as an advisor to JMI Equity Fund. Prior to that, Mr. Greenfield served as President and Chief Executive Officer of MERANT PLC and, prior to that, was the President and Chief Executive Officer of INTERSOLV, Inc., during which time it merged with Micro Focus Group PLC to form MERANT.

 

KIRK E. ARNOLD .  Ms. Arnold has served as Executive Vice President and General Manager of Professional Video since February 2008. Prior to joining us, Ms. Arnold was Vice Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President of Keane Inc., a global consulting and outsourcing firm, from January 2007 to June 2007. Prior to that, she was at Fidelity Investments, serving as Executive Vice President of Product, Marketing and Strategy for the Human Resources Outsourcing Group, Fidelity’s business process outsourcing unit, from June 2004 to January 2007, and as Senior Vice President of Sales and Market for Fidelity Institutional Retirement Services Company from June 2003 to June 2004. Prior to joining Fidelity, Ms. Arnold served as President and Chief Executive Officer of NerveWire, Inc., a venture-backed information technology services business that she helped launch, from February 2002 to February 2003, and as NerveWire’s President and Chief Operating Officer from February 2000 to February 2002.

 

GREGORY A. ESTES .  Mr. Estes has served as Vice President and Chief Marketing Officer since December 2006. Previously, Mr. Estes served as a marketing consultant to us. Prior to that, from July 1990 to March 2006, he was Vice President of Global Marketing at Silicon Graphics Inc., a provider of high-performance computing and data management solutions. Mr. Estes was also a founding member of RasterOps Corp., which developed the first color graphics boards and video capture devices for the Macintosh II in the late 1980's.

 

NANCY A. GRANT .  Ms. Grant has served as Vice President and Corporate Controller since December 2007. Since joining us in 1992, Ms. Grant has previously served as Corporate Accounting Manager from 1992 to 1997, Director of Order Administration from 1997 to 1998, and Director of Corporate Finance and Assistant Corporate Controller from 1998 until December 2007. Prior to joining us, Ms. Grant served as an Audit Manager at Deloitte and Touche LLC.

 

DAVID M. LEBOLT .  Mr. Lebolt has served as Vice President and General Manager of Audio since July 2002. Previously, Mr. Lebolt held a variety of positions at our Digidesign, including Vice President of Product Strategy from November 1999 to July 2002, Director of Product Strategy from November 1998 to November 1999 and Pro Tools Product Line Manager from February 1994 to November 1998. Before joining Digidesign in 1994, Mr. Lebolt was a professional keyboardist, producer, arranger and composer. He also has experience in music advertising and music production and has received both Clio and Emmy awards for his production work.

 

JOEL E. LEGON .  Mr. Legon has served as Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since July 2007. From March 2006 to July 2007, Mr. Legon was Vice President and Corporate Controller for Avid. Prior to joining us, Mr. Legon served in the following positions at Parametric Technology Corporation, a lifecycle management software solutions company: from January 2004 to March 2006 as Senior Vice President of Finance and Corporate Controller; from November 1999 to January 2004 as Vice President of Finance and Corporate Controller; and from March 1998 to November 1999 as Corporate Controller. Prior to that, Mr. Legon held finance positions at Computervision Corporation, NEC America, Inc., Chesebrough-Ponds, Inc. and Richardson-Vicks Inc.

 

GREGORY A. MUNSTER .  Mr. Munster has served as Chief Information Officer and Vice President of Business Process Transformation since July 2007. Previously, Mr. Munster served as a business process consultant to us beginning in March 2007. Prior to that, from April 2005 until January 2007, Mr. Munster served as Executive Director of Corporate Strategy at Lenovo International, a designer and manufacturer of personal computer products. Prior to the divestiture of its Personal Computer Group to Lenovo, Mr. Munster served from January 1999 until April 2005 in several executive positions at IBM, most recently as a Vice President of Marketing and Strategy for its Asia-Pacific operations based in Tokyo, Japan.

 

19

 


PAIGE PARISI .  Ms. Parisi has served as Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary since May 2006. From June 2003 to May 2006, Ms. Parisi was Corporate Counsel for us. Ms. Parisi also served as our outside counsel while in private practice at Wilmer Cutler Pickering Hale and Dorr LLP from 1997 to 2003. Prior to beginning her law career, Ms. Parisi was a news producer for the CBS Evening News and NBC Nightly News.

 

SHARAD RASTOGI .  Mr. Rastogi has served as Vice President of Corporate Development since August 2005 and as Interim General Manager of Consumer Video since July 2007. From January 2004 until August 2005, he was Vice President of Strategic Planning and New Business Development. Prior to joining us, Mr. Rastogi was a Vice President and Partner at the management consulting firm Bain & Company, Inc. from September 1996 until December 2003. Prior to that, Mr. Rastogi was senior automation engineer at hard-disk manufacturer Komag, Inc.

 

KENNETH A. SEXTON.   Mr. Sexton has served as Executive Vice President and Chief Administrative Officer since January 2008. Prior to joining us, in 2007 Mr. Sexton served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of webMethods, Inc., a provider of business integration solutions. In 2006 he was Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Infor, Inc., a private software company focused on enterprise resource planning software solutions. From 2004 to 2005, Mr. Sexton was Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of Axentis, Inc., a privately-held provider of enterprise governance, risk and compliance management software. From 2002 to 2004, Mr. Sexton was Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Peregrine Systems, Inc., an infrastructure management software company.

 

20

 


PART II

 

 

ITEM 5.

MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

 

Our common stock is listed on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol AVID. The table below shows the high and low sales prices of the common stock for each calendar quarter of the fiscal years ended December 31, 2006 and 2007.

 

2006           

 

High   

 

Low    

First Quarter

 

$59.10

 

$41.65

Second Quarter

 

$44.45

 

$32.95

Third Quarter

 

$43.95

 

$32.05

Fourth Quarter

 

$40.68

 

$35.56

 

2007           

 

High   

 

Low    

First Quarter

 

$38.36

 

$31.90

Second Quarter

 

$38.78

 

$32.00

Third Quarter

 

$38.34

 

$25.55

Fourth Quarter

 

$29.58

 

$24.79

 

On February 25, 2008, the last reported sale price of our common stock on the NASDAQ Global Select Market was $23.35 per share. The approximate number of holders of record of our common stock at February 20, 2008 was 434. This number does not include shareholders for whom shares were held in a “nominee” or “street” name.

 

We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our capital stock and we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future.

 

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

 

A stock repurchase program was approved by the Company’s board of directors and publicly announced on April 26, 2007. Under this program, the Company was authorized to repurchase up to $100 million of its common stock through transactions on the open market, in block trades or otherwise. The program has no expiration date. The following table is a summary of the stock repurchases under this program during the quarter ended December 31, 2007:

 

Period

 

Total Number
of Shares
Repurchased

 

Average Price
Paid Per Share

 

Total Number of
Shares Repurchased
as Part of the
Publicly Announced
Program

 

Dollar Value of
Shares That May
Yet be Purchased
Under the Program
(in thousands)

October 30 – October 31, 2007

 

50,735

 

$28.63

 

50,735

 

$74,882

November 1 – November 2, 2007

 

52,500

 

$28.51

 

52,500

 

$73,385

 

 

103,235

 

$28.57

 

103,235

 

$73,385

 

Subsequent to December 31, 2007, from February 5, 2008 through February 21, 2008, we repurchased an additional 3,454,197 shares of our common stock for a total purchase price of $73.4 million, which completed the stock repurchases then authorized under the repurchase program. The average price per share, including commissions, paid for these shares was $21.28. The average price per share, including commissions, of the total repurchase of 4,263,433 shares of our common stock was $23.49. On February 27, 2008, we announced our board of directors' approval of a $100 million increase in the authorized funds for the repurchase of our common stock under this program.

 

21

 


Stock Performance Graph

 

The following graph compares the cumulative stockholder return on our common stock during the period from December 31, 2002 through December 31, 2007 with the cumulative return during the period for:

 

 

the NASDAQ Computer, Data Processing Index, and

 

 

the NASDAQ Index (all companies traded on NASDAQ Capital, Global or Global Select Markets).

 

This comparison assumes the investment of $100 on December 31, 2002 in our common stock, the NASDAQ Index and the NASDAQ Computer, Data Processing Index and assumes that dividends, if any, were reinvested.

 


22

 


 

 

ITEM 6.

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

 

The following table sets forth our selected condensed consolidated financial data. The selected consolidated financial data below should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included elsewhere in this filing. See Footnote G to our Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 for information regarding our acquisitions that affect the comparability of the selected condensed consolidated financial data presented.

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS DATA :

(in thousands except per share data)

 

 

 

For the Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2007

 

 

 

2006

 

 

 

2005

 

 

 

2004

 

 

 

2003

 

Net revenues

 

$

929,570

 

 

 

$

910,578

 

 

 

$

775,443

 

 

 

$

589,605

 

 

 

$

471,912

 

Cost of revenues

 

 

480,427

 

 

 

 

465,894

 

 

 

 

364,687

 

 

 

 

255,496

 

 

 

 

209,373

 

Gross profit

 

 

449,143

 

 

 

 

444,684

 

 

 

 

410,756

 

 

 

 

334,109

 

 

 

 

262,539

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Research and development

 

 

150,707

 

 

 

 

141,363

 

 

 

 

111,334

 

 

 

 

94,940

 

 

 

 

85,552

 

Marketing and selling

 

 

210,456

 

 

 

 

203,967

 

 

 

 

170,787

 

 

 

 

130,123

 

 

 

 

105,735

 

General and administrative

 

 

77,463

 

 

 

 

63,250

 

 

 

 

47,147

 

 

 

 

35,468

 

 

 

 

27,177

 

Amortization of intangible assets

 

 

13,726

 

 

 

 

14,460

 

 

 

 

9,194

 

 

 

 

3,641

 

 

 

 

1,316

 

Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

53,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,187

 

 

 

 

 

Restructuring costs, net

 

 

9,410

 

 

 

 

2,613

 

 

 

 

3,155

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,194

 

In-process research and development

 

 

 

 

 

 

879

 

 

 

 

32,390

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

 

 

461,762

 

 

 

 

479,532

 

 

 

 

374,007

 

 

 

 

265,359

 

 

 

 

222,974

 

Operating income (loss)

 

 

(12,619

)

 

 

 

(34,848

)

 

 

 

36,749

 

 

 

 

68,750

 

 

 

 

39,565

 

Interest and other income, net

 

 

7,637

 

 

 

 

7,274

 

 

 

 

5,586

 

 

 

 

1,339

 

 

 

 

1,874

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

 

 

(4,982

)

 

 

 

(27,574

)

 

 

 

42,335

 

 

 

 

70,089

 

 

 

 

41,439

 

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

 

 

2,997

 

 

 

 

15,353

 

 

 

 

8,355

 

 

 

 

(1,612

)

 

 

 

550

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

(7,979

)

 

 

$

(42,927

)

 

 

$

33,980

 

 

 

$

71,701

 

 

 

$

40,889

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss) per common share – basic

 

$

(0.19

)

 

 

$

(1.03

)

 

 

$

0.90

 

 

 

$

2.21

 

 

 

$

1.40

 

Net income (loss) per common share – diluted

 

$

(0.19

)

 

 

$

(1.03

)

 

 

$

0.86

 

 

 

$

2.05

 

 

 

$

1.25

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted-average common shares outstanding - basic

 

 

40,974

 

 

 

 

41,736

 

 

 

 

37,762

 

 

 

 

32,485

 

 

 

 

29,192

 

Weighted-average common shares outstanding - diluted

 

 

40,974

 

 

 

 

41,736

 

 

 

 

39,517

 

 

 

 

35,003

 

 

 

 

32,653

 

 

 

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET DATA:

(in thousands)

 

 

 

As of December 31,

 

 

 

2007

 

 

 

2006

 

 

 

2005

 

 

 

2004

 

 

 

2003

 

Cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities

 

$

224,460

 

 

 

$

172,107

 

 

 

$

238,430

 

 

 

$

155,419

 

 

 

$

196,309

 

Working capital

 

 

308,589

 

 

 

 

287,757

 

 

 

 

299,276

 

 

 

 

176,384

 

 

 

 

196,605

 

Total assets

 

 

1,005,953

 

 

 

 

997,034

 

 

 

 

1,062,046

 

 

 

 

576,234

 

 

 

 

348,119

 

Long-term liabilities

 

 

17,495

 

 

 

 

20,471

 

 

 

 

20,048

 

 

 

 

1,689

 

 

 

 

607

 

Total stockholders' equity

 

 

779,783

 

 

 

 

780,381

 

 

 

 

839,597

 

 

 

 

424,621

 

 

 

 

227,105

 

 

 

23

 


 

ITEM   7.

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

EXECUTIVE OVERVIEW

 

Our Markets and Strategy

 

We develop, market, sell and support a wide range of software and hardware products for the production, management and distribution of digital media content. Our products empower users, from the home hobbyist to film studios and media-production companies, to realize their creative vision, whether they aspire to edit blockbuster feature films, write and record hit songs, or design animated characters for games or movies. Our technology also improves customer workflows by enabling collaboration, streamlining processes and securely managing digital assets and allows users to distribute media over multiple platforms, including airwaves, cable and the Internet.

 

In order to serve the needs of these customers, we are organized into strategic business units that reflect the principal markets into which our products are sold: Professional Video, Audio and Consumer Video. These business units also reflect our reportable segments and collectively encompass seven brands: Avid Video, Digidesign, M-Audio, Pinnacle, Sibelius, Softimage and Sundance Digital. For more segment and geographic information, including revenue from customers, a measure of profit or loss and total assets for each of the last three years, see our consolidated financial statements included in this annual report of Form 10-K, including Note O thereto. The following is an overview of the business units and the markets they serve.

 

Professional Video.   This business unit offers innovative solutions including video- and film-editing systems, integrated storage, workflow and asset management tools, 3D and special-effects software and a comprehensive range of services, from product support and training to consultancy and managed services. We market these solutions under the brand names Avid Video, Softimage and Sundance Digital to a broad range of professional users, broadcast and cable companies, corporations, governmental entities and educational institutions. Professional users include production and post-production companies that produce feature films, music videos, commercials, entertainment programs, documentaries, and industrial videos, as well as professional animators, video-game developers and film studios. Our broadcast and cable customers include national and international broadcasters, such as the National Broadcasting Company, Reuters, CBS News, Fox Television, the British Broadcasting Corporation, DirectTV and Comcast networks including E!, the Golf Channel and Versus, as well as network affiliates, local independent television stations, web news providers and local and regional cable operators.

 

Audio.   Under the Digidesign, M-Audio and Sibelius brand names, this business unit offers solutions for audio creation, mixing, post-production, collaboration, distribution and scoring to a range of users from home studio novices to award-winning, multi-platinum recording artists. We also sell our solutions to professional music studios, project studios, film and television production and post-production facilities, television and radio broadcasters, “new media” production studios (for example, creators of DVD and web content), performance venues, corporations, governmental entities and educational institutions. Customers use our audio products and solutions for a wide variety of tasks in both studio and live environments, including recording, editing, mixing, processing, mastering, composing and performing.

 

Consumer Video.   This business unit markets, under the Pinnacle brand name, video-editing and digital-lifestyle products to the home user who wants to create, edit, share, publish and view video content easily, creatively and effectively. This segment's two vertical markets consist of home video editing and TV-over-PC viewing. The home video-editing market includes novice and advanced home video editors, as well as corporations, governmental entities and educational institutions. Our home video-editing solutions are used by more than 10 million customers who want to edit, enhance and preserve their videos and share those videos on DVD or over the Internet. The TV-over-PC viewing market includes virtually any consumer who wants to watch and record television programming on a personal computer. With the emergence of digital television, we are now selling approximately one million TV-over-PC viewing solutions a year.

 

Our strategy consists of four key elements:

 

 

deliver best-of-breed, stand-alone products to content creators;

 

 

deliver an integrated workflow for customers who work with multiple systems or within multiple media disciplines;

 

24

 


 

support open standards for media, metadata and application program interfaces; and

 

 

deliver excellent customer service, support and training.

 

We continue to focus on strategically enhancing our existing products and broadening our product offerings to satisfy customer demand for new technology across the spectrum of educational to consumer to professional markets. We continue to position ourselves and deliver new products and services to benefit from a number of important industry trends, including the move to HD television production, the switch to all-digital broadcast production, the growth of home audio studios, the move to digital audio mixing and the growth of consumer video editing and consumption.

 

Financial Summary

 

The following table sets forth certain items from our consolidated statements of operations as a percentage of net revenues for the periods indicated:

 

 

 

For the Year Ended December 31,

 

 

2007

 

 

2006

 

 

2005

Product revenues

 

86.7

%

 

 

88.8

%

 

 

89.3

%

Service revenues

 

13.3

%

 

 

11.2

%

 

 

10.7

%

Total revenues

 

100.0

%

 

 

100.0

%

 

 

100.0

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of revenues

 

51.7

%

 

 

51.2

%

 

 

47.0

%

Gross profit

 

48.3

%

 

 

48.8

%

 

 

53.0

%

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Research and development

 

16.2

%

 

 

15.5

%

 

 

14.3

%

Marketing and selling

 

22.7

%

 

 

22.4

%

 

 

22.0

%

General and administrative

 

8.3

%

 

 

6.9

%

 

 

6.1

%

Amortization of intangible assets

 

1.5

%

 

 

1.6

%

 

 

1.2

%

Impairment of goodwill

 

 

 

 

5.8

%

 

 

 

Restructuring costs, net

 

1.0

%

 

 

0.3

%

 

 

0.4

%

In-process research and development

 

 

 

 

0.1

%

 

 

4.2

%

Total operating expenses

 

49.7

%

 

 

52.6

%

 

 

48.2

%

Operating income (loss)

 

(1.4

%)

 

 

(3.8

%)

 

 

4.8

%

Interest and other income (expense), net

 

0.8

%

 

 

0.8

%

 

 

0.7

%

Income (loss) before income taxes

 

(0.6

%)

 

 

(3.0

%)

 

 

5.5

%

Provision for income taxes

 

0.3

%

 

 

1.7

%

 

 

1.1

%

Net income (loss)

 

(0.9

%)

 

 

(4.7

%)

 

 

4.4

%

 

Total net revenues for the year ended December 31, 2007 were $929.6 million, an increase of $19.0 million, or 2%, compared to the year ended December 31, 2006. Broken down by business unit, compared to 2006, Professional Video revenues increased 1%, Audio revenues increased 5%, primarily due to our July 2006 acquisition of Sibelius, and Consumer Video revenues decreased 1%. The revenues of each business unit are discussed in further detail in the section titled “Results of Operations” below.

 

For the year ended December 31, 2007, we incurred a net loss of $8.0 million, compared to a net loss of $42.9 million for 2006. The net loss for 2007 includes $30.6 million of acquisition-related costs for intangible asset amortization expenses, compared to $89.5 million of acquisition-related costs in 2006, including intangible asset amortization expenses of $35.6 million, a goodwill impairment charge of $53.0 million and in-process research and development expenses of $0.9 million. This decrease in acquisition-related costs was partially offset by an increase in other operating expenses and to a lesser extent from slightly decreased gross margins. To address our increasing operating expenses, we announced restructuring programs in the third quarter of 2007, primarily in our Professional Video and Consumer Video segments, that are meant to improve operational efficiencies and align key business skill sets with future opportunities. During 2007 we recorded restructuring charges of $12.2 million related to these programs.

 

Following an in-depth internal analysis and with the assistance of Bain and Company, we have identified a number of initiatives that focus on operational efficiency and strategic analysis and improvements. We have undertaken, or plan to

 

25

 


undertake, many of these initiatives and expect to make significant investments in these initiatives in 2008. The 2007 costs for the Bain and Company consulting arrangement were $3.4 million.

 

Our operating activities continue to generate positive cash flows with cash of $94.1 million provided by operating activities in 2007, compared to $33.7 million in 2006. Our cash provided by operating activities in 2007 primarily reflected non-cash adjustments to our net loss for depreciation and amortization and stock-based compensation expense, as well as a decrease in inventory and an increase in deferred revenues.

 

We derive a significant percentage of our revenues from sales to customers outside the United States. International sales accounted for 58% of our net revenues in 2007, compared to 57% of our net revenues for both 2006 and 2005. Our international business is, for the most part, transacted through international subsidiaries and generally in the currency of the customers. Therefore, we are exposed to the risk that changes in foreign currency could materially impact, either positively or adversely, our revenues, net income and cash flow. To hedge against the foreign exchange exposure of certain forecasted receivables, payables and cash balances of our foreign subsidiaries, we enter into short-term foreign currency forward-exchange contracts. We record gains and losses associated with currency rate changes on these contracts in results of operations, offsetting transaction and remeasurement gains and losses on the related assets and liabilities. The success of this hedging program depends on forecasts of transaction activity in the various currencies. To the extent that these forecasts are overstated or understated during periods of currency volatility, we could experience unanticipated currency gains or losses.

 

A significant portion of our operating expenses are fixed in the short term and we plan our expense run rate based on our expectations of future revenues. In addition, a significant percentage of our sales transactions are completed during the final weeks or days of each quarter, and, therefore, we generally do not know whether revenues have met our expectations until after the end of the quarter. If we have a shortfall in revenues in any given quarter, there is an immediate effect on our overall earnings.

 

See Item 1A “Risk Factors” for additional risk factors that may cause our future results to differ materially from our current expectations.

 

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES

 

Our consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. We regularly reevaluate our estimates and judgments, including those related to revenue recognition and allowances for product returns and exchanges; stock-based compensation; allowances for bad debts and reserves for recourse under financing transactions; the valuation of inventories, business combinations, and goodwill and other intangible assets; and income tax assets. We base our estimates and judgments on historical experience and various other factors that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities and the amounts of revenues and expenses that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates.

 

We believe the following critical accounting policies most significantly affect the portrayal of our financial condition and involve our most difficult and subjective estimates and judgments.

 

Revenue Recognition and Allowances for Product Returns and Exchanges

 

We generally recognize revenues from sales of software and software-related products upon receipt of a signed purchase order or contract and product shipment to distributors or end users, provided that collection is reasonably assured, the fee is fixed or determinable and all other revenue recognition criteria of Statement of Position, or SOP, 97-2, Software Revenue Recognition , as amended, are met. In addition, for certain transactions where our services are non-routine or essential to the delivered products, we record revenues upon satisfying the criteria of SOP 97-2 and obtaining customer acceptance. Within our Professional Video segment, much of our Audio segment and our Consumer Video segment, we follow the guidance of SOP 97-2 for revenue recognition because our products and services are software or software related. However, for certain offerings in our Audio segment, software is incidental to the delivered products and services. For these products, we record revenues based on satisfying the criteria in Securities and Exchange Commission Staff Accounting Bulletin, or SAB, No. 104, Revenue Recognition and Emerging Issues Task Force, or EITF, Issue 00-21, Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables.

 

26

 


In connection with many of our product sale transactions, customers may purchase a maintenance and support agreement. We recognize revenues from maintenance contracts on a ratable basis over their term. We recognize revenues from training, installation or other services as the services are performed.

 

We use the residual method to recognize revenues when an order includes one or more elements to be delivered at a future date and evidence of the fair value of all undelivered elements exists. Under the residual method, the fair value of the undelivered element, typically professional services or maintenance, is deferred and the remaining portion of the total arrangement fee is recognized as revenue related to the delivered element. If evidence of the fair value of one or more undelivered elements does not exist, we defer all revenues and only recognize them when delivery of those elements occurs or when fair value can be established. Fair value is typically based on the price charged when the same element is sold separately to customers. However, in certain transactions, fair value of maintenance is based on the renewal price that is offered as a contractual right to the customer, provided that such renewal price is substantive. Our current pricing practices are influenced primarily by product type, purchase volume, term and customer location. We review services revenues sold separately and corresponding renewal rates on a periodic basis and update, when appropriate, our fair value for such services used for revenue recognition purposes to ensure that it reflects our recent pricing experience.

 

In most cases, the products we sell do not require significant production, modification or customization of software. Installation of the products is generally routine, requires minimal effort and is not typically performed by us. However, certain transactions, typically those involving orders from end users, such as news broadcasters, for a significant number of products for a single customer site require that we perform an installation effort that we deem to be complex and non-routine. In these situations, we do not recognize revenues for either the products shipped or the installation services until the installation is complete. In addition, if these orders include a customer acceptance provision, no revenues are recognized until the customer’s acceptance of the products and services has been received or the acceptance period has lapsed.

 

Telephone support, enhancements and unspecified upgrades typically are provided at no additional charge during the product's initial warranty period (generally between 30 days and twelve months), which precedes commencement of the maintenance contracts. We defer the fair value of this support period and recognize the related revenues ratably over the initial warranty period. We also from time to time offer certain customers free upgrades or specified future products or enhancements. For each of these elements that is undelivered at the time of product shipment, and provided that we have vendor specific objective evidence regarding the fair value of the undelivered element, we defer the fair value of the specified upgrade, product or enhancement and recognize that revenue only upon later delivery or at the time at which the remaining contractual terms relating to the upgrade have been satisfied.

 

In 2007 approximately 70% of our revenues were derived from indirect sales channels, including authorized resellers and distributors. Within our Professional Video segment, our resellers and distributors are generally not granted rights to return products to us after purchase, and actual product returns from them have been insignificant to date. However, distributors of our Media Composer software, Avid Xpress Pro and Avid Mojo products have a contractual right to return a percentage of prior quarter purchases. The return provision for these distributors has not had a material impact on our results of operations. In contrast, some channel partners, particularly our Audio and certain of our Consumer Video channel partners, are offered limited rights of return, stock rotation and price protection. In accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards, or SFAS, No. 48, Revenue Recognition When Right of Return Exists , we record a provision for estimated returns and other allowances, as a reduction of revenues, in the same period that related revenues are recorded. Management estimates must be made and used in connection with establishing and maintaining a sales allowance for expected returns and other credits. In making such estimates, we analyze historical returns and credits and the amounts of products held by major resellers and consider the impact of new product introductions, changes in customer demand, current economic conditions and other known factors. The amount and timing of our revenues for any period may be impacted if actual product returns or other reseller credits prove to be materially different from our estimates.

 

A portion of our revenues from sales of Consumer Video products is derived from transactions with channel partners who have unlimited return rights and from whom payment is contingent upon the product being sold through to their customers. Accordingly, revenues for these channel partners is recognized when the products are sold through to the customer instead of being recognized at the time products are shipped to the channel partners.

 

From time to time, we offer rebates on purchases of certain products or based on purchasing volume that are accounted for as reductions to revenues upon shipment or expected achievement of purchasing volumes. In accordance with EITF Issue 01-09, Accounting for Consideration Given by a Vendor to a Customer (including a Reseller of the Vendor’s Products) , consideration given to customers or resellers under the rebate program is recorded as a reduction to revenues because we do not receive an identifiable benefit that is sufficiently separable from the sale of our products.

 

27

 


At the time of a sales transaction, we make an assessment of the collectibility of the amount due from the customer. Revenues are recognized only if we are reasonably assured that collection will occur in a timely manner. In making this assessment, we consider customer credit-worthiness and historical payment experience. If it is determined from the outset of the arrangement that collection is not reasonably assured based on our credit review process, revenues are recognized on a cash-collected basis to the extent that the other criteria of SOP 97-2 and SAB No. 104 are satisfied. At the outset of the arrangement, we assess whether the fee associated with the order is fixed or determinable and free of contingencies or significant uncertainties. In assessing whether the fee is fixed or determinable, we consider the payment terms of the transaction, our collection experience in similar transactions without making concessions, and our involvement, if any, in third-party financing transactions, among other factors. If the fee is not fixed or determinable, revenue is recognized only as payments become due from the customer, provided that all other revenue recognition criteria are met. If a significant portion of the fee is due after our normal payment terms, which are generally 30 days, but can be up to 90 days, after the invoice date, we evaluate whether we have sufficient history of successfully collecting past transactions with similar terms. If that collection history is successful, then revenue is recognized upon delivery of the products, assuming all other revenue recognition criteria are satisfied.

 

We record as revenues all amounts billed to customers for shipping and handling costs and record the actual shipping costs as a component of cost of revenues. We record reimbursements received from customers for out-of-pocket expenses as revenues, with related costs recorded as cost of revenues. We present revenues net of any taxes collected from customers and remitted to a government authority.

 

Stock-Based Compensation

 

On January 1, 2006, we adopted the provisions of, and started to account for stock-based compensation in accordance with, Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123 (revised 2004), or SFAS 123(R), Share-Based Payment , which is a revision of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation . SFAS 123(R) requires employee stock-based compensation awards to be accounted for under the fair value method and eliminates the ability to account for these instruments under the intrinsic value method as prescribed by Accounting Principles Board, or APB, Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees and related interpretations. We adopted SFAS 123(R) using the modified prospective application method as permitted under SFAS 123(R). Under this method, we are required to record compensation cost, based on the fair value estimated in accordance with SFAS 123(R), for stock-based awards granted after the date of adoption over the requisite service periods for the individual awards, which generally equals the vesting period. We are also required to record compensation cost for the non-vested portion of previously granted stock-based awards outstanding at the date of adoption over the requisite service periods for the individual awards based on the fair value estimated in accordance with the original provisions of SFAS No. 123 adjusted for forfeitures as required by SFAS 123(R).

 

Prior to the adoption of SFAS 123(R), we accounted for stock-based compensation under the recognition and measurement principles of APB Opinion No. 25 and related interpretations. Accordingly, no compensation expense was recorded for options issued to employees and non-employee directors in fixed amounts and with fixed exercise prices at least equal to the market price of our common stock at the date of grant. In connection with our acquisition of M-Audio in August 2004, we assumed options to certain M-Audio employees at exercise prices that were less than the market price of our common stock at the date of acquisition. We recorded as deferred compensation a portion of the difference between the exercise prices and the fair value of the options at the date of completion of the acquisition, determined under the Black-Scholes method, multiplied by the number of shares underlying the options. The resulting deferred compensation was expensed over the vesting period of the options. Additionally, deferred compensation was recorded for restricted stock granted to employees based on the market price of our common stock at the date of grant, which was being expensed over the period in which the restrictions lapse. In connection with the adoption of SFAS 123(R) on January 1, 2006, we reversed the remaining deferred compensation of $1.8 million, with the offset to additional paid-in capital.

 

On October 26, 2005, in anticipation of the adoption of SFAS 123(R), our board of directors approved a partial acceleration of the vesting of all outstanding options to purchase our common stock that were granted on February 17, 2005. Vesting was accelerated for options to purchase 371,587 shares of our common stock with an exercise price of $65.81 per share, including options to purchase 157,624 shares of our common stock held by our executive officers. The decision to accelerate vesting of these options was made to avoid recognizing compensation cost related to these out-of-the-money options in our future statements of operations upon the adoption of SFAS 123(R). It is estimated that the maximum future compensation expense that would have been recorded in our statements of operations had the vesting of these options not been accelerated is approximately $4.4 million.

 

The fair values of restricted stock awards, including restricted stock and restricted stock units, are based on the intrinsic values of the awards at the date of grant. As permitted under SFAS No. 123 and SFAS 123(R), we generally use the Black-Scholes option pricing model to estimate the fair value of stock option grants. The Black-Scholes model relies on a number of key assumptions to calculate estimated fair values. Our assumed dividend yield of zero is based on the fact that we have never paid

 

28

 


cash dividends and have no present intention to pay cash dividends. Since adoption of SFAS 123(R) on January 1, 2006, the expected stock-price volatility assumption used by us has been based on recent (six month trailing) implied volatility calculations. These calculations are performed on exchange traded options of our common stock. We believe that using a forward-looking market-driven volatility assumption will result in the best estimate of expected volatility. Prior to adoption of SFAS 123(R), the expected volatility was based on the historical volatility of the underlying stock. The assumed risk-free interest rate is the U.S. Treasury security rate with a term equal to the expected life of the option. The assumed expected life is based on company-specific historical experience. With regard to the estimate of the expected life, we consider the exercise behavior of past grants and model the pattern of aggregate exercises. Based on our historical turnover rates, an annualized estimated forfeiture rate of 6.5% was used in calculating the estimated compensation cost of most of the stock-based awards for the year ended December 31, 2007 and all of the stock-based awards for the year ended December 31, 2006. In December 2007, we granted a stock option to purchase 725,000 shares of our common stock and 100,000 shares of restricted stock award to our newly hired chief executive officer. The compensation cost for these grants was estimated using a 0% forfeiture rate. Additional expense will be recorded if the actual forfeiture rates are lower than estimated, and a recovery of prior expense will be recorded if the actual forfeitures are higher than estimated. Prior to the adoption of SFAS 123(R), forfeitures were not estimated at the time of award.

 

The stock option to purchase 725,000 shares granted to our chief executive officer in December 2007 included 625,000 shares that vest based on performance and market conditions. The vesting of 300,000 shares is tied to our stock price. The vesting of the remaining 325,000 shares is tied to both our stock price and improvements in our return on equity. The fair value of these options was determined using the Monte Carlo valuation method.

 

If factors change and we employ different assumptions for estimating stock-based compensation expense in future periods, or if we decide to use a different valuation model, the stock-based compensation expense we recognize in future periods may differ significantly from what we have recorded in the current period and could materially affect our operating income, net income and earnings per share. It may also result in a lack of comparability with other companies that use different models, methods and assumptions. The Black-Scholes option-pricing model was developed for use in estimating the fair value of traded options that have no vesting restrictions and are fully transferable. These characteristics are not present in our option grants. Existing valuation models, including the Black-Scholes and Monte Carlo models, may not provide reliable measures of the fair values of our stock-based compensation. See Footnote L to our Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 for further information regarding our adoption of SFAS 123(R).

 

During 2007 we granted both restricted stock units and stock options as part of our annual stock-based compensation program, and during 2006 we granted only restricted stock units as part of this program. During both 2007 and 2006, we granted stock options to new hires and restricted stock to newly hired executives. The vesting of stock option grants may be based on time, performance or market conditions. In the future, we may grant either stock awards, options, or other equity-based instruments allowed by our stock-based compensation plans, or a combination thereof, as part of our overall compensation strategy.

 

Allowance for Bad Debts and Reserves for Recourse under Financing Transactions

 

We maintain allowances for estimated bad debt losses resulting from the inability of our customers to make required payments for products or services. When evaluating the adequacy of the allowances, we analyze accounts receivable balances, historical bad debt experience, customer concentrations, customer credit worthiness and current economic trends. If the financial condition of our customers were to deteriorate, resulting in an impairment of their ability to make payments, additional allowances could be required.

 

We provide third-party lease financing options to some of our customers. We are not generally a party to the leases; however, during the terms of these leases, which are generally three years, we remain liable for any unpaid principal balance upon default by the end user, but such liability is limited in the aggregate. We record revenues from these transactions upon the shipment of our products because we believe that our collection experience with similar transactions supports our assessment that the fee is fixed or determinable. We have operated these programs for over ten years and to date defaults under the program have consistently ranged between 2% and 4%. We maintain reserves for estimated recourse losses under this financing program based on these historical default rates. While we have experienced insignificant losses from defaults to date under this program, deterioration in the financial condition of our customers who participate in the program could require additional reserves. See Footnote J to our Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 for further information regarding third-party lease financing.

 

Inventories

 

Inventory in the digital media market, including our inventory, is subject to rapid technological change or obsolescence. We regularly review inventory quantities on hand and write down inventory to its realizable value to reflect estimated obsolescence

 

29

 


or lack of marketability based on assumptions about future inventory demand (generally for the following twelve months) and market conditions. If actual future demand or market conditions are less favorable than we estimate, additional inventory write-downs may be required.

 

Business Combinations

 

When we acquire new businesses, we allocate the purchase price of the acquired businesses to the assets, including intangible assets, and the liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values, with any amount in excess of such allocations designated as goodwill. Significant management judgments and assumptions are required in determining the fair value of acquired assets and liabilities, particularly acquired intangible assets. For example, it is necessary to estimate the portion of development efforts that are associated with technology that is in process and has no alternative future use. The valuation of purchased intangible assets is based on estimates of the future performance and cash flows from the acquired business. If different assumptions are used, it could materially impact the purchase price allocation and our financial position and results of operations.

 

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

 

We assess the impairment of goodwill and identifiable intangible assets on at least an annual basis and whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of the asset may not be fully recoverable. Factors we consider important that could trigger an impairment review include significant underperformance relative to the historical or projected future operating results, significant negative industry or economic trends, unanticipated competition, loss of key personnel, a more-likely-than-not expectation that a reporting unit or component thereof will be sold or otherwise disposed of, significant changes in the manner of use of the acquired assets or the strategy for our overall business, a significant decline in our stock price for a sustained period, a reduction of our market capitalization relative to our net book value and other such circumstances.

 

In accordance with SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets , we do not amortize goodwill and certain indefinite-lived intangible assets. The goodwill impairment test prescribed by SFAS No. 142 requires us to identify reporting units and to determine estimates of the fair values of our reporting units as of the date we test for impairment. Our organizational structure is based on strategic business units aligned with the principal markets in which our products are sold: Professional Video, Audio and Consumer Video. Our reporting units equate to these strategic business units. All three of the reporting units include goodwill.

 

We complete our annual impairment tests as of the end of the fourth quarter of each year. In our goodwill impairment analysis, the fair value of each reporting unit is compared to its carrying value, including goodwill. We generally use a discounted cash flow valuation model to determine the fair values of our reporting units. This model focuses on estimates of future revenues and profits for each reporting unit and also assumes a terminal value for the unit based on a multiple of revenue. We estimate these amounts by evaluating historical trends, current budgets, operating plans and industry data. For reporting units composed primarily of acquired businesses, we utilize the same technique as was used to value the acquisition assuming it is consistent with the objective of measuring fair value. If the reporting unit’s carrying value exceeds its fair value, we would record an impairment loss equal to the difference between the carrying value of the goodwill and its implied fair value. In the fourth quarter of 2006, our impairment testing determined that the carrying value of our Consumer Video reporting unit exceeded its fair value. The fair value of the Consumer Video unit was based on a multiple-of-revenues technique similar to that used in valuing the Pinnacle acquisition, updated for current revenues projections. The estimated fair value was then allocated among the assets and liabilities of the Consumer Video business, with the excess fair value representing the implied fair value of goodwill. Because the book value of Consumer Video's goodwill exceeded the implied fair value by $53 million, we recorded this amount as an impairment loss.

 

In our identifiable intangible asset impairment analysis, if events or circumstances exist that indicate that the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable, the fair value of each asset is compared to its carrying value. If the asset’s carrying value is not recoverable and exceeds its fair value, we would record an impairment loss equal to the difference between the carrying value of the asset and its fair value. The carrying value of an asset is not recoverable if it exceeds the sum of the undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use and eventual disposition of the asset. In connection with the goodwill impairment charge taken for the Consumer Video reporting unit in 2006, we also reviewed the Consumer Video identifiable intangible assets for possible impairment. This analysis included grouping the intangible assets with other operating assets and liabilities in the Consumer Video business that would not otherwise be subject to impairment testing, because the grouped assets and liabilities represent the lowest level for which cash flows are largely independent of the cash flows of other groups of assets and liabilities within our company. The result of this analysis was that the undiscounted cash flows of the Consumer Video net asset groups exceeded the carrying value, indicating no impairment loss had occurred.

 

30

 


Income Tax Assets

 

We record deferred tax assets and liabilities based on the net tax effects of tax credits, operating loss carryforwards and temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes compared to the amounts used for income tax purposes. We regularly review our deferred tax assets for recoverability with consideration for such factors as historical losses, projected future taxable income and the expected timing of the reversals of existing temporary differences. Statement of Financial Accounting Standards, or SFAS, No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes , requires us to record a valuation allowance when it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. Based on our level of deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2007 and our level of historical U.S. losses, we have determined that the uncertainty regarding the realization of these assets is sufficient to warrant the need for a full valuation allowance against our U.S. net deferred tax assets.

 

Our assessment of the valuation allowance on our U.S. deferred tax assets could change in the future based on our levels of pre-tax income and other tax-related adjustments. Reversal of the valuation allowance in whole or in part would result in a non-cash reduction in income tax expense during the period of reversal. If the valuation allowance of $140.5 million as of December 31, 2007 were to be removed in its entirety, a $101.4 million non-cash reduction in income tax expense and a $39.1 million credit to goodwill related to Pinnacle net operating losses, tax credit carryforwards and temporary differences would be recorded. To the extent some or all of our valuation allowance is reversed, future financial statements would reflect an increase in non-cash income tax expense until such time as our deferred tax assets are fully utilized. For 2007 there was no impact to goodwill from the utilization of acquired U.S. deferred tax assets. For 2006 the impact to goodwill resulting from the utilization of acquired U.S. deferred tax assets was $9.8 million.

 

In addition to the tax assets described above, we have deferred tax assets resulting from the exercise of employee stock options. In accordance with SFAS No. 109 and SFAS 123(R), recognition of these assets would occur upon their utilization to reduce taxes payable and would result in a credit to additional paid-in capital within stockholders' equity rather than the provision for income taxes. As a result of the exercise of employee stock options, we recorded increases to additional paid-in capital of $0.3 million and $4.1 million in 2007 and 2006, respectively.

 

We adopted the provisions of FASB Interpretation No. 48, or FIN 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes – An Interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109 , on January 1, 2007. FIN 48 clarified the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an enterprise's financial statement in accordance with SFAS No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes . FIN 48 requires that a tax position must be more likely than not to be sustained before being recognized in the financial statements. The interpretation also requires us to accrue interest and penalties as applicable on our unrecognized tax positions. We recognized no adjustment in the liability for unrecognized income tax benefits as a result of the adoption of FIN 48.

 

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

In the first quarter of 2006, with the adoption of SFAS 123(R), we began to record stock-based compensation expense for the fair value of stock options. Stock-based compensation expense of $15.9 million, $16.8 million and $2.4 million, resulting from the adoption of SFAS 123(R), the acquisition of M-Audio and the issuance of restricted stock and restricted stock units, was included in the following in our consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively:

 

 

 

Years Ended December 31,
(in thousands)

 

 

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

 

Product cost of revenues

 

$

679

 

$

516

 

$

 

Service cost of revenues

 

 

829

 

 

801

 

 

 

Research and development expenses

 

 

4,521

 

 

4,925

 

 

272

 

Marketing and selling expenses

 

 

4,470

 

 

4,833

 

 

772

 

General and administrative expenses

 

 

5,450

 

 

5,766

 

 

1,403

 

 

 

$

15,949

 

$

16,841

 

$

2,447

 

 

In addition, stock-based compensation totaling $180,000 was included in the caption “restructuring costs, net” during 2006 related to stock-based compensation expense for the acceleration of vesting for certain employees who were terminated in a restructuring program.

 

As of December 31, 2007, there was $46.3 million of total unrecognized compensation cost, before forfeitures, related to non-vested stock-based compensation awards granted under our stock-based compensation plans. This cost will be recognized over

 

31

 


the next four years. We expect this cost to be amortized as follows: $17.1 million in 2008, $14.1 million in 2009, $11.0 million in 2010 and $4.1 million thereafter. See Footnotes B and L to our Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 for further information regarding our stock-based compensation assumptions and expenses, including pro forma disclosures for the year ended December 31, 2005.

 

Net Revenues

 

Comparison of 2007 to 2006

 

 

Years Ended December 31, 2007 and 2006

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

2007

Net Revenues

 

% of Consolidated Net Revenues

 

2006

Net Revenues

 

% of Consolidated Net Revenues

 

Change

 

% Change

in Revenues

Professional Video:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Product revenues

$363,980

 

39.1%

 

$379,097

 

41.7%

 

($15,117)

 

(4.0%)

Service revenues

121,206

 

13.1%

 

100,286

 

11.0%

 

20,920 

 

20.9% 

Total

485,186

 

52.2%

 

479,383

 

52.7%

 

5,803 

 

1.2% 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Audio:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Product revenues

316,732

 

34.1%

 

303,072

 

33.3%

 

13,660 

 

4.5% 

Service revenues

2,261

 

0.2%

 

1,290

 

0.1%

 

971 

 

75.3% 

Total

318,993

 

34.3%

 

304,362

 

33.4%

 

14,631 

 

4.8% 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consumer Video:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Product revenues

125,391

 

13.5%

 

126,833

 

13.9%

 

(1,442)

 

(1.1%)

Total

125,391

 

13.5%

 

126,833

 

13.9%

 

(1,442)

 

(1.1%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total net revenues:

$929,570

 

100.0%

 

$910,578

 

100.0%

 

$18,992

 

2.1% 

 

Professional Video product revenues decreased $15.1 million from 2006 to 2007 due to lower revenues from our video- and film-editing products and broadcast products. The decrease in product revenues for our video- and film-editing products was partially due to Media Composer Adrenaline migration issues that caused longer than expected customer transitions to the latest versions of that product, as well as a shift in product mix to a software-only version of our Media Composer product that has significantly lower average selling prices than our other editing products. The decrease in revenues for our broadcast products was related to our transmission server product line. As part of our 2007 restructuring programs, we made a decision to exit this product line. The overall decrease in Professional Video product revenues for 2007, as compared to 2006, was partially mitigated by increased revenues from our storage and workgroups product families.

 

Professional Video service revenues are derived primarily from maintenance contracts, professional and installation services, and training. The $20.9 million increase in service revenues for 2007, as compared to 2006, was due to increased revenues generated from maintenance contracts sold in connection with our products.

 

Of the total $14.6 million increase in our Audio segment product revenues in 2007, as compared to 2006, approximately $9.6 million related to our acquisition of Sibelius in July 2006. Audio product revenues for 2007 also included increased revenues from Digidesign products, including the Venue live sound mixing consoles, Pro Tools systems, and ICON control surfaces, partially offset by a slight decrease in M-Audio product revenues. The overall increase in Audio segment product revenues was primarily the result of increased sales volumes.

 

Consumer Video product revenues decreased $1.4 million from 2006 to 2007, primarily due to decreased revenues from our TV-over-PC viewing products. Revenues from our TV-over-PC viewing products were lower in 2007 because of the lack of revenue drivers that existed in 2006, such as new product releases and increased consumer demand due to the 2006 World Cup tournament. The decrease in revenues from our TV-over-PC viewing products was partially offset by increased revenues from our video-editing products, which was primarily related to our release of Pinnacle Studio version 11 in May 2007. These changes in revenues were primarily related to changes in sales volumes.

 

32

 


Overall, net revenues derived through indirect channels were approximately 70% for 2007 compared to 72% for 2006. The decrease in indirect sales resulted from increased direct sales of our Professional Video products. Revenues from direct sales of our Professional Video products can vary significantly based on the relative proportion of revenues recognized from large solution sales in any period.

 

Sales to international customers accounted for 58% of our net revenues in 2007, compared to 57% in 2006 and increased by $25.0 million, or 4.8%, from 2006 to 2007. The increase in international sales in 2007 occurred primarily in Europe, and to a lesser extent in Asia.

 

Comparison of 2006 to 2005

 

 

Years Ended December 31, 2006 and 2005

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

2006

Net Revenues

 

% of Consolidated Net Revenues

 

2005

Net Revenues

 

% of Consolidated Net Revenues

 

Change

 

% Change

in Revenues

Professional Video:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Product revenues

$379,097

 

41.7%

 

$366,074

 

47.2%

 

$13,023

 

3.6%

Service revenues

100,286

 

11.0%

 

82,214

 

10.6%

 

18,072

 

22.0%

Total

479,383

 

52.7%

 

448,288

 

57.8%

 

31,095

 

6.9%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Audio:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Product revenues

303,072

 

33.3%

 

267,616

 

34.5%

 

35,456

 

13.2%

Service revenues

1,290

 

0.1%

 

442

 

0.1%

 

848

 

191.9%

Total

304,362

 

33.4%

 

268,058

 

34.6%

 

36,304

 

13.5%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consumer Video:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Product revenues

126,833

 

13.9%

 

59,097

 

7.6%

 

67,736

 

NM (a)

Total

126,833

 

13.9%

 

59,097

 

7.6%

 

67,736

 

NM (a)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total net revenues:

$910,578

 

100.0%

 

$775,443

 

100.0%

 

$135,135

 

17.4%

 

 

(a)

Comparison is not meaningful as the Consumer Video segment was formed in August 2005 with the acquisition of Pinnacle Systems.

 

Professional Video product revenues increased $13.0 million from 2005 to 2006. For 2006, products we acquired in the Pinnacle acquisition accounted for $47.4 million of Professional Video product revenues, compared to $31.6 million for 2005. The increase in these product revenues was offset by a net decrease of $2.8 million for all other product families, including decreased revenues from our video- and film-editing products and broadcast products. The decrease in revenues was due to lower revenues from large solution sales as a result of several factors, including the increasing size and complexity of our customer projects, delays in delivering specific customer commitments and customer logistics delays, including changes to “on-air” dates. These decreased revenues were partially offset by increased revenues from our storage and workgroups products, primarily related to new product introductions.

 

Service revenues consist primarily of maintenance contracts, installation services and training. Professional Video service revenues resulting from the Pinnacle acquisition were $12.9 million and $6.8 million for 2006 and 2005, respectively. The remaining increase of $12.0 million in 2006, as compared to 2005, was primarily due to an increase in maintenance contracts sold in connection with our products, as well as increased revenues generated from professional services, such as installation services provided in connection with large broadcast news deals.

 

Of the total $35.5 million increase in our Audio segment product revenues in 2006, as compared to 2005, approximately $6.9 million related to our acquisition of Sibelius in July 2006. The remaining increase represented increased revenues from both our M-Audio family of products and our Digidesign products. Sales of Digidesign’s Pro Tools|HD systems slowed in the third quarter of 2006 due to a transition to the Intel-based Macintosh platform, but improved in the fourth quarter, resulting in an overall increase in these revenues from 2005 to 2006. We believe that customers delayed their Pro Tools|HD purchases pending evaluation of the new Mac Pro desktop computers and a new version of Pro Tools software designed to support the new computers, as well as a lack of updated third-party software plug-in products that supported the new machines.

 

33

 


 

The Consumer Video segment was formed during the third quarter of 2005 with our acquisition of Pinnacle, and, therefore, revenues for this segment for 2006 and 2005 are not comparable. Net revenues, which are primarily derived from our home video-editing and TV-over-PC viewing product lines, were lower than expected for 2006, due in large part to product quality issues in our home video-editing product line. We focused on several operating initiatives during 2006 to address the product reliability issues and improve the operating efficiency of the business. Revenues for our home video-editing product line increased steadily during the third and fourth quarters of 2006, which we believe resulted from improvements that we made to the Pinnacle Studio product, including our release of the Pinnacle Studio 10 Anniversary edition in Europe during the third quarter of 2006. Revenues from our TV-over-PC viewing products were particularly strong during the second and fourth quarters of 2006. We believe the second quarter was strong as a result of new TV-over-PC viewing product releases across Europe and increased consumer demand during the 2006 World Cup tournament. Increased sales in the fourth quarter were the result of the release of the Pinnacle PCTV HD Pro Stick in the United States in the third quarter coupled with strong holiday sales in the fourth quarter.

 

Net revenues derived through indirect channels were approximately 72% for 2006 compared to 70% for 2005. The increase in indirect selling was due primarily to the acquisition of Pinnacle, which sells products almost exclusively through indirect channels, and the growth in revenues from our Audio segment, which also sells a large percentage of products through indirect channels.

 

Sales to international customers accounted for 57% of our net revenues for both 2006 and 2005. International sales increased by $74.4 million, or 16.8%, in 2006 compared to 2005. The increase in international sales in 2006 occurred primarily in Europe, and to a lesser extent in Asia, and is primarily due to the acquisition of Pinnacle, which has a significant portion of its sales in Europe and Asia.

 

Gross Profit

 

Cost of revenues consists primarily of costs associated with:

 

 

the procurement of components;

 

the assembly, testing and distribution of finished products;

 

warehousing;

 

post-sales customer support costs related to maintenance contract revenues and other services; and

 

royalties for third-party software and hardware included in our products.

 

Cost of revenues also includes amortization of technology, which represents the amortization of developed technology assets acquired in the August 2005 Pinnacle acquisition and, to a lesser extent, the M-Audio, Sibelius, Sundance Digital, Medea and Wizoo acquisitions, and is described further in the Amortization of Intangible Assets section below. For 2007, cost of revenues includes a charge of $4.3 million related to the write-down of inventory resulting from our decision to exit the transmission server product line.

 

Gross margin fluctuates based on factors such as the mix of products sold, the cost and proportion of third-party hardware and software included in the systems sold, the offering of product upgrades, price discounts and other sales-promotion programs, the distribution channels through which products are sold, the timing of new product introductions, sales of aftermarket hardware products such as disk drives and currency exchange-rate fluctuations.

 

Comparison of 2007 to 2006

 

 

Years Ended December 31, 2007 and 2006

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

2007

 

Gross Margin

 

2006

 

Gross Margin

 

Gross Margin
% Change

Product cost of revenues

$390,725

 

51.5%

 

$388,483

 

52.0%

 

(0.5%)

Service cost of revenues

68,529

 

44.5%

 

56,218

 

44.7%

 

(0.2%)

Amortization of intangible assets

16,895

 

 

21,193

 

 

Restructuring costs

4,278

 

 

 

 

Total

$480,427

 

48.3%

 

$465,894

 

48.8%

 

(0.5%)

 

The decrease in product gross margin percentage in 2007, as compared to 2006, primarily reflected price reductions due to competitive pressures, decreased margins from certain large broadcast installations and the write-down of inventory related to

 

34

 


the discontinuation of a product line. These negative influences on gross margin were partially offset by a shift in product mix to increased revenues from higher margin software products and increased sales volumes. During 2007 a few large Professional Video broadcast installations had gross margins that were lower than our usual margin for broadcast transactions of similar size, due in part to the inclusion of a high percentage of lower margin third-party products. These transactions had a negative effect on our Professional Video product gross margins for 2007. In our Consumer Video segment, we made a decision in the fourth quarter of 2007 to discontinue a TV-over-PC viewing product sold exclusively to an original equipment manufacturer. This decision resulted in a write-off of $1.7 million in inventory and had a negative impact on the Consumer Video segment's 2007 gross margins.

 

The slight decrease in the service gross margin in 2007, as compared to 2006, primarily reflected a 22% increase in service costs and expenses, including a $4.6 million increase in service personnel costs and a $1.3 million increase in facilities costs, and an increase of 22% for the corresponding service revenues.

 

Comparison of 2006 to 2005

 

 

Years Ended December 31, 2006 and 2005

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

2006

 

Gross Margin

 

2005

 

Gross Margin

 

Gross Margin
% Change

Product cost of revenues

$388,483

 

52.0%

 

$308,386

 

55.5%

 

(3.5%)

Service cost of revenues

56,218

 

44.7%

 

45,274

 

45.2%

 

(0.5%)

Amortization of intangible assets

21,193

 

 

11,027

 

 

Total

$465,894

 

48.8%

 

$364,687

 

53.0%

 

(4.2%)

 

The decrease in the product gross margin percentage in 2006, as compared to 2005, primarily reflected changes in the mix of products sold in our Professional Video and Consumer Video segments, as well as reduced product pricing resulting from competitive pressures, which were partially offset by increased volumes. In our Professional Video segment, net revenues in 2006 reflected an increased percentage of products with lower gross margin relative to 2005, including products acquired from the Pinnacle and Medea businesses. In our Consumer Video segment, the percentage of revenues from our hardware-based TV-over-PC viewing products, which have lower gross margins than our home-editing products, increased in 2006 compared to 2005.

 

The decrease in the service gross margin in 2006, as compared to 2005, primarily reflects higher personnel-related costs of $9.2 million, which increased significantly in the last quarter of 2006, compared to the same period in 2005, without a corresponding increase in service revenues.

 

Research and Development

 

Research and development expenses include costs associated with the development of new products and the enhancement of existing products, and consist primarily of employee salaries and benefits, facilities costs, depreciation, costs for consulting and temporary employees, and prototype and other development expenses.

 

Comparison of 2007 to 2006

 

 

Years Ended December 31, 2007 and 2006

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

2007 Expenses

 

2006 Expenses

 

Change

 

% Change

Research and development

$150,707

 

$141,363

 

$9,344

 

6.6%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As a percentage of net revenues

16.2%

 

15.5%

 

0.7%

 

 

 

The increase in R&D expenses in 2007, as compared to 2006, was primarily due to increases in personnel-related costs of $6.3 million and hardware development and computer equipment costs of $2.9 million. The increase in personnel-related costs was primarily the result of our 2006 acquisitions and a decrease in the amount of R&D costs transferred to cost of product revenues in connection with work performed on complex solution sales. The increase in hardware development and computer equipment costs was primarily the result of the write-off of certain assets related to changes in our Professional Video segment's development strategy. The increase in R&D expense as a percentage of revenues was also related to the spending increases noted, as the 7% increase in R&D expenses was greater than the 2% increase in revenues for the comparative periods.

 

35

 


Comparison of 2006 to 2005

 

 

Years Ended December 31, 2006 and 2005

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

2006 Expenses

 

2005 Expenses

 

Change

 

% Change

Research and development

$141,363

 

$111,334

 

$30,029

 

27.0%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As a percentage of net revenues

15.5%

 

14.4%

 

1.1%

 

 

 

The increase in R&D expenses in 2006, as compared to 2005, was primarily due to increases in personnel-related costs of $18.9 million and facilities costs of $3.4 million, primarily resulting from our acquisitions in 2005 and 2006. We also incurred increased stock-based compensation expense of $4.7 million in 2006, as compared to 2005, as a result of the adoption of SFAS 123(R) on January 1, 2006. The increase in R&D expenses as a percentage of revenues was also related to the spending increases noted, as the 27% increase in R&D expenses was greater than the 17% increase in revenues for the comparative periods.

 

Marketing and Selling

 

Marketing and selling expenses consist primarily of employee salaries and benefits for sales, marketing and pre-sales customer support personnel, as well as commissions, travel expenses, advertising and promotional expenses, and facilities costs.

 

Comparison of 2007 to 2006

 

 

Years Ended December 31, 2007 and 2006

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

2007 Expenses

 

2006 Expenses

 

Change

 

% Change

Marketing and selling

$210,456

 

$203,967

 

$6,489

 

3.2%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As a percentage of net revenues

22.7%

 

22.4%

 

0.3%

 

 

 

The increase in marketing and selling expenses during 2007, as compared to 2006, was largely due to an increase in personnel-related costs of $10.8 million, partially offset by a decrease in advertising, tradeshow and other promotional expenses of $4.5 million. The increase in personnel-related costs, which includes salaries and related taxes, benefits and commissions, was largely the result of our 2006 acquisitions. The decrease in advertising, tradeshow and other promotional expenses was primarily the result to fewer new product introductions in 2007, compared to 2006, combined with the results of several cost-reduction initiatives. The increase in marketing and selling expense as a percentage of revenues was also related to the spending increases noted, as the 3% increase in marketing and selling expenses was greater than the 2% increase in revenues for the comparative periods.

 

Comparison of 2006 to 2005

 

 

Years Ended December 31, 2006 and 2005

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

2006 Expenses

 

2005 Expenses

 

Change

 

% Change

Marketing and selling

$203,967

 

$170,787

 

$33,180

 

19.4%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As a percentage of net revenues

22.4%

 

22.0%

 

0.4%

 

 

 

The increase in marketing and selling expenses during 2006, as compared 2005, was primarily due to higher personnel-related costs of $14.7 million, including salaries and related taxes, benefits, commissions and travel expenses, which resulted in large part from the acquisitions that occurred in 2005 and 2006, as well as higher spending for advertising, trade shows and other marketing programs totaling $4.5 million. We also spent $2.1 million more on consulting and other outside services, as compared to 2005. In addition, we incurred increased stock-based compensation expense of $4.1 million in 2006, as compared to 2005, as a result of the adoption of SFAS 123(R) on January 1, 2006. The increase in marketing and selling expense as a percentage of revenues was also related to the spending increases noted, as the 19% increase in marketing and selling expenses was greater than the 17% increase in revenues for the comparative periods.

 

36

 


General and Administrative

 

General and administrative expenses consist primarily of employee salaries and benefits for administrative, executive, finance and legal personnel; audit and legal fees; and insurance, information systems and facilities costs. Information systems and facilities costs reported within general and administrative expenses are net of allocations to other expenses categories.

 

Comparison of 2007 to 2006

 

 

Years Ended December 31, 2007 and 2006

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

2007 Expenses

 

2006 Expenses

 

Change

 

% Change

General and administrative

$77,463

 

$63,250

 

$14,213

 

22.5%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As a percentage of net revenues

8.3%

 

6.9%

 

1.4%

 

 

 

The increase in general and administrative expenditures in 2007, as compared to 2006, was due to increased personnel-related costs of $8.7 million, as well as higher consulting and outside services costs of $6.6 million. The increased personnel-related costs primarily resulted from our 2006 acquisitions, as well as executive management severance and bonus compensation paid in the third and fourth quarters of 2007 and profit sharing accrued in the fourth quarter of 2007. The increased consulting and outside services costs were largely the result of our consulting arrangement with Bain and Company and the increased use of temporary employees for short-term projects. The increase in general and administrative expense as a percentage of revenues was also related to the spending increases noted, as the 23% increase in general and administrative expenses was greater than the 2% increase in revenues for the comparative periods.

 

Comparison of 2006 to 2005

 

 

Years Ended December 31, 2006 and 2005

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

2006 Expenses

 

2005 Expenses

 

Change

 

% Change

General and administrative

$63,250

 

$47,147

 

$16,103

 

34.2%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As a percentage of net revenues

6.9%

 

6.1%

 

0.8%

 

 

 

The increase in general and administrative expenditures in 2006, as compared to 2005, was due in large part to higher personnel-related costs of $10.6 million, as well as higher facilities-related costs of $4.5 million and depreciation of $2.1 million, all primarily resulting from our acquisitions that occurred in 2005 and 2006. We also incurred increased stock-based compensation expense of $4.4 million in 2006 as a result of the adoption of SFAS 123(R) on January 1, 2006. The increase in general and administrative expense as a percentage of revenues was also related to the spending increases noted, as the 34% increase in general and administrative expenses was greater than the 17% increase in revenues for the comparative periods.

 

Amortization of Intangible Assets

 

Intangible assets result from acquisitions and include developed technology, customer-related intangibles, trade names and other identifiable intangible assets with finite lives. With the exception of developed technology, these intangible assets are amortized using the straight-line method. Developed technology is amortized over the greater of the amount calculated using the ratio of current quarter revenues to the total of current quarter and anticipated future revenues over the estimated useful life of the developed technology, and the straight-line method over each developed technology's remaining useful life. Amortization of developed technology is recorded within cost of revenues. Amortization of customer-related intangibles, trade names and other identifiable intangible assets is recorded within operating expenses.

 

37

 


Comparison of 2007 to 2006

 

 

Years Ended December 31, 2007 and 2006

 

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

 

2007 Expenses

 

2006 Expenses

 

Change

 

% Change

 

Amortization of intangible assets recorded in cost of revenues

$16,895

 

$21,193

 

($4,298)

 

(20.3%)

 

Amortization of intangible assets recorded in operating expenses

13,726

 

14,460

 

(734)

 

(5.1%)

 

Total amortization of intangible assets

$30,621

 

$35,653

 

($5,032)

 

(14.1%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As a percentage of net revenues

3.3%

 

3.9%

 

(0.6%)

 

 

 

 

The decrease in amortization of intangible assets for 2007, as compared to 2006, was primarily the result of the completion during 2007 of the amortization of certain developed technologies related to our acquisition of Pinnacle in 2005 and the completion during 2006 of the amortization of certain intangible assets related to our acquisition of M-Audio and other prior acquisitions.

 

The unamortized balance of the identifiable intangible assets relating to all acquisitions was $71.4 million at December 31, 2007. We expect amortization of these intangible assets to be approximately $21 million in 2008, $15 million in 2009, $12 million in 2010 and $23 million thereafter. See Footnote G to our Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 regarding identifiable intangible assets related to acquisitions.

 

Comparison of 2006 to 2005

 

 

Years Ended December 31, 2006 and 2005

 

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

 

2006 Expenses

 

2005 Expenses

 

Change

 

% Change

 

Amortization of intangible assets recorded in cost of revenues

$21,193

 

$11,027

 

$10,166

 

92.2% 

 

Amortization of intangible assets recorded in operating expenses

14,460

 

9,194

 

5,266

 

57.3% 

 

Total amortization of intangible assets

$35,653

 

$20,221

 

$15,432

 

76.3% 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As a percentage of net revenues

3.9%

 

2.6%

 

1.3%

 

 

 

 

The increase in amortization of intangible assets for 2006, as compared to 2005, was primarily the result of a full year of amortization related to our acquisition of Pinnacle in August 2005 and, to a lesser extent, amortization related to our acquisitions of Sibelius, Sundance Digital and Medea in 2006. In the purchase price allocation for the Pinnacle acquisition, we recorded amortizing identifiable intangible assets totaling $90.8 million. For the Sibelius, Sundance Digital and Medea acquisitions, we recorded amortizing identifiable intangible assets totaling $9.2 million, $5.6 million and $3.8 million, respectively.

 

Impairment of Goodwill and Intangible Assets

 

As part of the purchase accounting allocation for our August 2005 acquisition of Pinnacle, we recorded goodwill of approximately $214 million of which approximately $131 million was allocated to our Consumer Video segment. In December 2006, the goodwill allocated to the Consumer Video reporting unit was analyzed in accordance with SFAS No. 142 and was determined to be impaired. Accordingly, we recorded an impairment charge of $53.0 million during the quarter ended December 31, 2006. See Footnote G to our Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8.

 

Restructuring Costs, Net

 

During 2007 we implemented restructuring programs within our Professional Video and Consumer Video segments, as well as corporate operations, that resulted in restructuring charges of $12.2 million. In connection with these actions, we notified approximately 125 employees that their employment would be terminated. The terminated employees were primarily from the research and development teams and marketing and selling teams. The charges for the estimated costs for the employee terminations totaled $5.2 million. Actions under these restructuring programs also included the closure of facilities in Munich, Germany and Chicago, Illinois and portions of facilities in Tewksbury, Massachusetts; Montreal, Canada; and Mountain View, California, and our exit from the transmission server product line. The costs for the facility closures totaled $2.6 million. As a result of exiting the transmission server product line, we recorded non-cash charges totaling $4.3 million in cost of revenues for the write-down of inventory. We also recorded a non-cash restructuring charge of $0.1 million related to the disposal of fixed

 

38

 


assets. The purpose of these restructuring programs was to eliminate duplicative business functions, improve operational efficiencies and align key business skill sets with future opportunities. We expect annual cost savings of between $10 million and $12 million to result from actions taken under these restructuring programs.

 

During 2007 we also recorded restructuring charges totaling $0.7 million and $0.1 million, respectively, as a result of our increased estimates for the facilities restructuring costs related to our Pinnacle and Medea acquisitions, and $0.4 million primarily as a result of our increased estimate for the restructuring costs associated with the vacated portion of our Montreal facility that was part of a restructuring that took place in December 2005. The revised estimate related to the Pinnacle acquisition was primarily the result of an increase in the estimated costs for the closure of Pinnacle's Uxbridge, U.K. facility based on our conclusion that we will be unable to find a subtenant at any time during the remaining term of our lease for that facility. The revised estimate related to the Montreal facility was primarily the result of a buy-out of the lease for the vacated portion of the facility.

 

During the fourth quarter of 2006, we implemented restructuring programs within both our Professional Video and Consumer Video segments, resulting in restructuring charges of $2.9 million and $0.9 million, respectively. As a result of the Professional Video restructuring program, approximately 40 employees worldwide, primarily in the management and selling teams, were notified that their employment would be terminated and a small leased office in Australia was closed. The total estimated costs for the employee terminations were $2.8 million and the total costs for the facility closure were $0.1 million. As a result of the Consumer Video restructuring program, approximately 10 employees worldwide, primarily in the selling and engineering teams, were notified that their employment would be terminated and a portion of a leased facility in Germany was vacated. The total estimated costs for the employee terminations were $0.8 million and the total costs for the facility closure were $0.1 million. The purpose of these programs was to improve the effectiveness of each segment. During the first and second quarters of 2007, we recorded in our statement of operations additional restructuring charges totaling $0.3 million for revisions to the estimated liabilities for the Professional Video restructuring program.

 

During the first quarter of 2006, we implemented a restructuring program within our Consumer Video segment under which approximately 25 employees worldwide, primarily in the marketing and selling teams and research and development teams, were notified that their employment would be terminated. The purpose of the program was to improve efficiency. In connection with this action, we recorded a charge of $1.1 million in the statement of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2006. During the three months ended September 30, 2006, we completed the payments under this restructuring and reversed approximately $0.1 million remaining in the related restructuring accrual.

 

Also during 2006, we executed an amendment to the existing lease for our Daly City, California facility that extended the lease through September 2014, and a new subtenant was found for a portion of our London, U.K. facility vacated as part of a 1999 restructuring program. Based on the new terms of the amended lease for the Daly City facility and our changing facilities requirements, we determined that we would re-occupy the space in this facility that had previously been vacated under a restructuring program. Accordingly, the existing restructuring accrual for that facility was reversed during the three months ended September 30, 2006, and a restructuring recovery of $1.5 million was recorded in our statement of operations. As a result of finding a subtenant for the London facility, a restructuring recovery of $0.6 million was recorded in our statement of operations during the three months ended December 31, 2006.

 

In December 2005, we implemented a restructuring program within our Professional Video segment under which approximately 20 employees worldwide were terminated and a portion of a leased facility in Montreal, Canada was vacated. In connection with these actions, we recorded charges of $0.8 million for employment terminations and $0.5 million for facilities costs. Also during 2005, we recorded restructuring charges totaling $1.8 million, primarily as a result of our increased estimate for the restructuring costs associated with our London facility that was vacated as part of a restructuring plan in 1999. The revision became necessary when one of the subtenants in the facility gave notice of their intention to discontinue their sublease.

 

In-process Research and Development

 

We recorded in-process R&D charges of:

 

 

$0.5 million in the third quarter of 2006 related to the acquisition of Sibelius,

 

 

$0.3 million in the first quarter of 2006 related to the acquisition of Medea,

 

39

 


 

$32.3 million in the third quarter of 2005 related to the acquisition of Pinnacle, and

 

 

$0.1 million in the third quarter of 2005 related to the acquisition of Wizoo.

 

These in-process R&D charges represent product development efforts that were under way at Sibelius, Medea, Pinnacle and Wizoo at the time of the respective acquisitions for which technological feasibility had not yet been established. Technological feasibility is established when either of the following criteria is met: 1) detailed program design has been completed, documented and traced to product specifications and its high-risk development issues have been resolved; or 2) a working model of the product has been finished and determined to be complete and consistent with the product design. As of the respective acquisition dates, Sibelius, Medea, Pinnacle and Wizoo had not completed product designs or working models for the in-process technology, and we determined that there was no future alternative use for the technologies beyond the stated purpose of the specific R&D projects. The fair value of each in-process R&D effort was, therefore, expensed at the time of the respective acquisitions.

 

The key assumptions used in the in-process R&D valuations consisted of the expected completion dates for the in-process projects, estimated costs to complete the projects, revenues and expense projections assuming future release of the product, and a risk-adjusted discount rate. The discount rate is based on the weighted-average cost of capital adjusted for risks such as delays or uncertainties in bringing the products to market and competitive pressures. Such risks vary from acquisition to acquisition based on the characteristics of the acquired company and the applications of the acquired technology. Projections of revenues and expenses, the estimated costs to complete the projects and the determination of the appropriate discount rate reflect management's best estimates of such factors at the time of the valuation. For purposes of valuing the in-process R&D of Sibelius, Medea, Pinnacle and Wizoo, we used discount rates of 19%, 20%, 17% and 22%, respectively.

 

Interest and Other Income (Expense), Net

 

Comparison of 2007 to 2006

 

Interest and other income (expense), net, generally consists of interest income, interest expense and equity in income of a non-consolidated company.

 

 

Years Ended December 31, 2007 and 2006

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

2007

 

2006

 

% Change

 

% Change

Interest and other income (expense), net

$7,637

 

$7,274

 

$363

 

5.0% 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As a percentage of net revenues

0.8%

 

0.8%

 

0.0%

 

 

 

The increase in interest and other income, net, for 2007, as compared to 2006, was primarily due to increased interest income earned due to increased rates of return on cash and marketable securities balances.

 

Comparison of 2006 to 2005

 

 

Years Ended December 31, 2006 and 2005

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

2006

 

2005

 

Change

 

% Change

Interest and other income (expense), net

$7,274

 

$5,586

 

$1,688

 

30.2% 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As a percentage of net revenues

0.8%

 

0.7%

 

0.1%

 

 

 

The increase in interest and other income, net, for 2006, as compared to 2005, was primarily due to increased interest income earned due to increased rates of return on cash and marketable securities balances.

 

40

 


Provision for Income Taxes, Net

 

Comparison of 2007 to 2006

 

 

Years Ended December 31, 2007 and 2006

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

2007

 

2006

 

Change

Provision for income taxes, net

$2,997

 

$15,353

 

($12,356)

 

 

 

 

 

 

As a percentage of net revenues

0.3%

 

1.7%

 

(1.4%)

 

 

Comparison of 2006 to 2005

 

 

Years Ended December 31, 2006 and 2005

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

2006

 

2005

 

Change

Provision for income taxes, net

$15,353

 

$8,355

 

$6,998 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As a percentage of net revenues

1.7%

 

1.1%

 

0.6% 

 

The net tax provision of $3.0 million for 2007 reflected a current tax provision of $6.3 million and a deferred tax benefit of $3.3 million mostly related to the foreign amortization of non-deductible acquisition-related intangible assets and to a release of a deferred tax liability in our German entity. The net tax provision of $15.4 million for 2006 reflected a current tax provision of $10.9 million and a non-cash deferred tax charge of $7.9 million related to the utilization of acquired net operating loss carryforwards and other acquired timing differences, partially offset by a $3.4 million deferred tax benefit related to the foreign amortization of non-deductible acquisition-related intangible assets. The net tax provision of $8.4 million for 2005 reflected a current tax provision of $8.6 million and a non-cash deferred tax charge of $1.8 million related to utilization of acquired net operating loss carryforwards, partially offset by a $1.2 million deferred tax benefit related to the amortization of non-deductible acquisition-related intangible assets and other deferred benefits totaling $0.8 million.

 

Our effective tax rate, which is our tax provision as a percentage of profit or loss before tax, was 60%, 56% and 20%, respectively, for 2007, 2006 and 2005. Although there was a significant decrease in the provision for income taxes in 2007, there was a slight increase in the effective tax rate in 2007, as compared to 2006. The decrease in the provision for income taxes in 2007, as compared to 2006, resulted primarily from: (1) a discrete tax benefit of $3.0 million resulting from the favorable settlement of a Canadian R&D credit audit; (2) a discrete tax benefit of $1.0 million resulting from the release of a deferred tax liability in our German entity; and (3) our inability to recognize a tax benefit on U.S. losses. The increase in the effective tax rate for 2006, as compared to 2005, resulted from a non-deductible impairment of goodwill charge and an increase in deferred taxes related to the utilization of acquired net operating losses and acquired timing differences, partially offset by a reduction in tax contingency reserves. We generally recognize no significant U.S. tax benefit from acquisition-related amortization. Except for a minimal amount of state tax payments, the federal and state tax provisions are non-cash provisions due to the tax impact of net operating loss carryforwards related to stock option deductions and acquisition-related net operating loss carryforwards.

 

The tax rate in each year is affected by net changes in the valuation allowance against our deferred tax assets. We regularly review our deferred tax assets for recoverability taking into consideration such factors as historical losses, projected future taxable income and the expected timing of the reversals of existing temporary differences. SFAS No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes , requires us to record a valuation allowance when it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. Based on the level of deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2007 and the level of historical U.S. losses, we have determined that the uncertainty regarding the realization of these assets is sufficient to warrant the continued establishment of a full valuation allowance against the U.S. net deferred tax assets.

 

Our assessment of the valuation allowance on the U.S. deferred tax assets could change in the future based on our levels of pre-tax income and other tax-related adjustments. Reversal of the valuation allowance in whole or in part would result in a non-cash reduction in income tax expense during the period of reversal. To the extent there is a reversal of some or all of the valuation allowance, future financial statements would reflect an increase in non-cash income tax expense until such time as our deferred tax assets are all used to reduce current taxes payable.

 

41

 


Excluding the impact of the valuation allowance, our effective tax rate would have been (187)%, 50% and 59%, respectively, for the years 2007, 2006 and 2005. These rates differ from the Federal statutory rate of 35% primarily due to the mix of income and losses in foreign jurisdictions, which have tax rates that differ from the statutory rate, non-deductible impairment of goodwill expenses, and non-deductible acquisition-related expenses.

 

We file in multiple tax jurisdictions and from time to time are subject to audit in certain tax jurisdictions, but we believe that we are adequately reserved for these exposures.

 

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

 

We have funded our operations in recent years through cash flows from operations as well as through stock option exercises from our employee stock plans. As of December 31, 2007, our principal sources of liquidity included cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities totaling $224.5 million.

 

Net cash provided by operating activities was $94.1 million in 2007, compared to $33.7 million in 2006 and $49.8 million in 2005. In 2007 cash provided by operating activities primarily reflected non-cash adjustments to our net loss for depreciation and amortization and stock-based compensation expense, as well as a decrease in inventory and an increase in deferred revenues. In 2006 cash provided by operating activities primarily reflected non-cash adjustments to our net loss for depreciation and amortization, impairment of goodwill, and stock-based compensation expense, partially offset by increased inventories and decreases in accounts payable and accrued expenses, all net of the impact of acquisitions. In 2005 cash provided by operating activities primarily reflected net income adjusted for depreciation and amortization and the write-off of in-process R&D, partially offset by increases in accounts receivable and inventories and a decrease in accrued expenses, all net of the impact of acquisitions.

 

Accounts receivable increased by $0.1 million to $138.7 million at December 31, 2007, from $138.6 million at December 31, 2006, driven primarily by the increase in net revenues of 8% in the fourth quarter of 2007 when compared to the same period of 2006. These balances are net of allowances for sales returns, bad debts and customer rebates, all of which we estimate and record based primarily on historical experience. Days sales outstanding in accounts receivable was 48 days at December 31, 2007, compared to 52 days at December 31, 2006. The days sales outstanding at December 31, 2007 was unusually low due to the recognition of revenues in the fourth quarter of 2007 from a number of large broadcast deals for which payment had already been received.

 

At December 31, 2007 and 2006, we held inventory in the amounts of $117.3 million and $144.2 million, respectively. These balances include stockroom, spare parts and demonstration equipment inventories at various locations and inventory at customer sites related to shipments for which we have not yet recognized revenue. The decrease in inventory of $26.9 million from December 31, 2006 to December 31, 2007 was the result of various 2007 operating initiatives, as well as approximately $6.4 million related to the write-off of inventories for discontinued products. The 2007 initiatives were launched in response to significant increases in our inventories in 2006. As a result of these initiatives, we increased utilization of outsourced manufacturing programs in Asia and focused on reducing our inventories through improved procurement and manufacturing forecasting.

 

Net cash flow provided by investing activities was $35.6 million in 2007, while in 2006 and 2005 we used cash of $25.5 million and $19.4 million, respectively, for investing activities. We hold our excess cash in short-term marketable securities and convert them to cash as needed. The net cash flow provided by investing activities for 2007 primarily reflected net proceeds of $63.6 million resulting from the timing of the sale and purchase of such marketable securities, partially offset by purchases of property and equipment. The net cash flow used in investing activities in 2006 primarily reflected cash paid, net of cash acquired, of $20.7 million, $11.4 million and $9.3 million for our acquisitions of Sibelius, Sundance Digital and Medea, respectively, and purchases of property and equipment, partially offset by net proceeds resulting from the sale and purchase of marketable securities. The net cash flow used in investing activities in 2005 primarily reflected the timing of purchases and sales of marketable securities, which resulted in net purchases in the period, and the purchase of property and equipment, partially offset by net cash acquired of $24.9 million related to our acquisition of Pinnacle. We purchased $26.1 million of property and equipment during 2007, compared to $20.8 million during 2006 and $17.8 million in 2005. Purchases of property and equipment in all years consisted primarily of computer hardware and software to support R&D activities and our information systems. Our capital spending in 2008 is currently expected to be approximately $35 million, including approximately $12 million for investment in projects related to Avid 20|20 initiatives. These amounts could increase in the event we enter into strategic business acquisitions or for other reasons.

 

Net cash flow used in financing activities was $15.3 million and $37.8 million, respectively, in 2007 and 2006, while in 2005 cash of $18.0 million was provided by financing activities. The cash used in financing activities in 2007 reflected a $26.6

 

42

 


million repurchase of our common stock in the second and fourth quarters of 2007, partially offset by proceeds of $11.1 million from the issuance of stock related to the exercise of stock options and our employee stock purchase plan. The stock repurchase program was approved by our board of directors and publicly announced on April 26, 2007. Under this program, we were authorized to repurchase up to $100 million of our common stock through transactions on the open market, in block trades or otherwise. During the second and fourth quarters of 2007, respectively, we repurchased 706,001 shares and 103,235 shares of common stock under the program at an average price per share, including commissions, of $32.92. As of December 31, 2007, $73.4 million remained authorized for future stock repurchases under the program. Subsequent to December 31, 2007, from February 5, 2008 through February 21, 2008, we repurchased an additional 3,454,197 shares of our common stock at an average price per share, including commissions, of $21.28, which completed the stock repurchases then authorized under the program. The average price per share, including commissions, of the total repurchase of 4,263,433 shares of our common stock was $23.49. On February 27, 2008, we announced our board of directors' approval of a $100 million increase in the authorized funds for the repurchase of our common stock under this program. The stock repurchase program is being funded through working capital. The cash used in financing activities in 2006 was primarily the result of $50.0 million used to repurchase 1,432,327 shares of our common stock under a stock repurchase program approved and completed in the third quarter of 2006, partially offset by proceeds of $8.2 million from the issuance of stock related to the exercise of stock options and our employee stock purchase plan.

 

In connection with our Pinnacle acquisition in 2005, we recorded restructuring accruals totaling $14.4 million related to severance ($10.0 million) and lease or other contract terminations ($4.4 million). In connection with our Medea acquisition in 2006, we recorded severance obligations of $0.7 million and $0.5 million for lease termination costs. As of December 31, 2007, we had future cash obligations of approximately $1.3 million under leases for which we had vacated the underlying facilities and restructuring accruals of $2.0 million related to acquisition-related lease obligations. Lease payments will be made over the remaining terms of the leases, which have varying expiration dates through 2010.

 

In 2007 we implemented corporate restructuring programs that are intended to reduce costs and enable our Professional Video and Consumer Video business units to better serve their respective customers through the elimination of duplicative business functions, improvement in operational efficiencies and alignment of key business skill sets with future opportunities. In connection with the restructurings, approximately 125 employees, primarily from the research and development teams and marketing and selling teams, were notified that their employment would be terminated; we reduced office space at our facilities in Tewksbury, Massachusetts; Mountain View, California; Montreal, Canada; Munich, Germany; and Chicago, Illinois; and we exited from the transmission server product line. During 2007 we recorded restructuring charges of $12.2 million related to these activities and charges of $1.5 million for revisions to estimates for restructuring plans initiated in prior years. With the exception of non-cash expenses of $4.4 million for the write-down of inventory and the disposal of fixed assets, these charges represented cash expenditures.

 

In connection with non-acquisition-related restructuring activities during 2007 and prior periods, as of December 31, 2007, we have future cash obligations of approximately $9.4 million under leases for which we have vacated the underlying facilities, and restructuring accruals of $1.2 million and $3.3 million related to severance and lease obligations, respectively. The lease accrual represents the excess of our lease commitments on space no longer used by us over expected payments to be received on subleases of such facilities. Severance payments will be made during the next twelve months. Lease payments will be made over the remaining terms of the leases, which have varying expiration dates through 2011, unless we are able to negotiate earlier terminations.

 

All payments related to restructuring actions are expected to be funded through working capital. See Footnote N to our Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 for the activity in the restructuring and other costs accrual for 2007.

 

Our cash requirements vary depending on factors such as our growth, capital expenditures, acquisitions of businesses or technologies and obligations under restructuring programs. We believe that our existing cash, cash equivalents, marketable securities and funds generated from operations will be sufficient to meet our operating cash requirements for at least the next twelve months. In the event that we require additional financing, we believe that we will be able to obtain such financing; however, there can be no assurance that we would be successful in doing so or that we could do so on favorable terms.

 

43

 


CONTRACTUAL AND COMMERCIAL OBLIGATIONS INCLUDING OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS

 

The following table sets forth future payments that we are obligated to make as of December 31, 2007 under existing lease agreements and commitments to purchase inventory (in thousands):

 

 

 


Total

 

Less than
1 Year

 


1 – 3 Years

 


3 – 5 Years

 

After
5 Years

Operating leases

 

$118,421

 

$28,461

 

$42,135

 

$23,714

 

$24,111

Unconditional purchase obligations

 

60,870

 

60,870

 

 

 

 

 

$179,291

 

$89,331

 

$42,135

 

$23,714

 

$24,111

 

Other contractual arrangements that may result in cash payments consist of the following (in thousands):

 

 

 


Total

 

Less than
1 Year

 


1 – 3 Years

 


3 – 5 Years

 

After
5 Years

 

All
Other

Transactions with recourse

 

$  8,800

 

$8,800

 

 

 

$  —

 

$     —

FIN 48 liability and interest (a)

 

4,700

 

 

 

 

 

4,700

Stand-by letter of credit

 

750

 

 

 

 

750

 

 

 

$14,250

 

$8,800

 

 

 

$750

 

$4,700

 

 

(a)

As of December 31, 2007, our FIN 48 liability related to unrecognized tax positions and related interest was $4.7 million, and we were unable to reasonably estimate the timing of our FIN 48 liability in individual years beyond 12 months due to uncertainties in the timing of the effective settlement of the positions.

 

 

Through a third party, we offer lease financing options to our customers. During the terms of these financing arrangements, which are generally for three years, we remain liable for a portion of the unpaid principal balance in the event of a default on the lease by the end-user, but our liability is limited in the aggregate based on a percentage of initial amounts funded or, in certain cases, amounts of unpaid balances. As of December 31, 2007, our maximum exposure under this program was $8.8 million.

 

We have a stand-by letter of credit at a bank that is used as a security deposit in connection with our Daly City, California office space lease. In the event of a default on this lease, the landlord would be eligible to draw against this letter of credit to a maximum, as of December 31, 2007, of $0.8 million. The letter of credit will remain in effect at this amount throughout the remaining lease period, which runs through September 2014. As of December 31, 2007, we were not in default of this lease.

 

We conduct our business globally and, consequently, our results from operations are exposed to movements in foreign- currency exchange rates. We enter into forward exchange contracts, which generally have one-month maturities, to reduce exposures associated with the foreign exchange exposures of certain forecasted third-party and intercompany receivables, payables and cash balances. At December 31, 2007, we had foreign currency forward contracts outstanding with an aggregate notional value of $53.8 million, denominated in the euro, British pound, Canadian dollar and Japanese yen, as a hedge against forecasted foreign currency denominated receivables, payables and cash balances.

 

RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

 

In December 2007, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, issued SFAS No. 141 (revised 2007), or SFAS 141(R), Business Combinations . SFAS 141(R) makes significant changes to the accounting and reporting standards for business acquisitions. SFAS 141(R) establishes principles and requirements for an acquirer's financial statement recognition and measurement of the assets acquired; the liabilities assumed, including those arising from contractual contingencies; any contingent consideration; and any noncontrolling interest in the acquiree at the acquisition date. SFAS 141(R) amends SFAS No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes , to require the acquirer to recognize changes in the amount of its deferred tax benefits that are recognizable as a result of a business combination either in income from continuing operations in the period of the combination or directly in contributed capital, depending on the circumstances. The statement also amends SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets , to, among other things, provide guidance for the impairment testing of acquired research and development intangible assets and assets that the acquirer intends not to use. SFAS 141(R) is effective for our fiscal year beginning January 1, 2009 and may not be adopted early or applied retrospectively. The adoption of SFAS 141(R) will have an impact on our accounting for business combinations occurring on or after the adoption date, but the effect will be dependent on the acquisitions made at that time.

 

44

 


 

In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 160, Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements – an amendment of ARB No. 51 . SFAS No. 160 establishes new accounting and reporting standards for the noncontrolling interest in a subsidiary and for the deconsolidation of a subsidiary. Specifically, this statement requires that a noncontrolling interest, or minority interest, be recognized as equity in the consolidated financial statements and that it be presented separately from the parent’s equity. Also, the amounts of net income attributable to the parent and to the noncontrolling interest must be included in consolidated net income on the face of the income statement. SFAS No. 160 clarifies that changes in a parent’s ownership interest in a subsidiary constitute equity transactions if the parent retains its controlling financial interest. In addition, this statement requires that a parent recognize a gain or loss in net income when a subsidiary is deconsolidated, with that gain or loss measured using the fair value of the noncontrolling equity investment on the deconsolidation date. SFAS No. 160 is effective for our fiscal year beginning January 1, 2009 and requires retroactive adoption of the presentation and disclosure requirements for existing minority interests; all other requirements may only be applied prospectively. Adoption of SFAS No. 160 is not expected to have a material impact on our financial position or results of operations.

 

In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities - Including an Amendment of FASB Statement No.   115 . SFAS No. 159 permits entities to choose to measure many financial instruments and certain other items at fair value and is effective for our fiscal year beginning January 1, 2008. Adoption of SFAS No. 159 is not expected to have a material impact on our financial position or results of operations.

 

In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, Fair Value Measurements , which defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. SFAS No. 157 does not require any new fair value measurements, but its provisions apply to all other accounting pronouncements that require or permit fair value measurement. SFAS No. 157 is effective for our fiscal year beginning January 1, 2008. Adoption of SFAS No. 157 is not expected to have a material impact on our financial position or results of operations.

 

45

 


 

ITEM 7A.

QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURE ABOUT MARKET RISK

 

Foreign Currency Exchange Risk

 

We have significant international operations and, therefore, our revenues, earnings, cash flows and financial position are exposed to foreign currency risk from foreign currency denominated receivables, payables, sales transactions and net investments in foreign operations.

 

We derive more than half of our revenues from customers outside the United States. This business is, for the most part, transacted through international subsidiaries and generally in the currency of the end-user customers. Therefore, we are exposed to the risks that changes in foreign currency could adversely impact our revenues, net income and cash flow. To hedge against the foreign exchange exposure of certain forecasted receivables, payables and cash balances, we enter into short-term foreign currency forward contracts. There are two objectives of our foreign currency forward-contract program: (1) to offset any foreign exchange currency risk associated with cash receipts expected to be received from our customers over the next 30-day period and (2) to offset the impact of foreign currency exchange on our net monetary assets denominated in currencies other than the functional currency of the legal entity. These forward contracts typically mature within 30 days of execution. We record gains and losses associated with currency rate changes on these contracts in results of operations, offsetting gains and losses on the related assets and liabilities. The success of this hedging program depends on forecasts of transaction activity in the various currencies and contract rates versus financial statement rates. To the extent these forecasts are overstated or understated during periods of currency volatility, we could experience unanticipated currency gains or losses.

 

At December 31, 2007, we had foreign currency forward contracts outstanding with an aggregate notional value of $53.8 million, denominated in the euro, British pound, Canadian dollar and Japanese yen, as a hedge against forecasted foreign currency denominated receivables, payables and cash balances. For the year ended December 31, 2007, net losses of $2.0 million resulting from forward contracts were included in results of operations, offset by $3.3 million of net transaction and remeasurement gains on the related assets and liabilities.

 

A hypothetical 10% change in foreign currency rates would not have a material impact on our results of operations, assuming the above-mentioned forecast of foreign currency exposure is accurate, because the impact on the forward contracts as a result of a 10% change would at least partially offset the impact on the asset and liability positions of our foreign subsidiaries.

 

Interest Rate Risk

 

At December 31, 2007, we held $224.5 million in cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities, including short-term corporate obligations, asset-backed securities and government-agency obligations. Marketable securities are classified as “available for sale” and are recorded on the balance sheet at market value, with any unrealized gain or loss recorded in other comprehensive income (loss). A hypothetical 10% increase or decrease in interest rates would not have a material impact on the fair market value of these instruments due to their short maturities.

 

 

46

 


 

ITEM 8.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION

 

AVID TECHNOLOGY, INC.

 

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE

 

 

 

Page

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS INCLUDED IN ITEM 8:

 

 

 

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

48

 

 

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firms

49

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

52

 

 

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2007 and 2006

53

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

54

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

55

 

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

56

 

 

 

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE INCLUDED IN ITEM 15(d):

 

 

 

Schedule II – Valuation and Qualifying Accounts for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

F-1

 

 

 

 

Schedules other than those listed above have been omitted since the required information is not present, or not present in amounts sufficient to require submission of the schedule, or because the information is included in the consolidated financial statements or the notes thereto.

 

 

47

 


Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

 

 

The management of the Company is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Internal control over financial reporting is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the Company’s principal executive and principal financial officers and effected by the Company’s board of directors, management and other personnel, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and includes those policies and procedures that:

 

 

pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Company;

 

 

provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the Company; and

 

 

provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

 

The Company’s management assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2007. In making this assessment, the Company’s management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in Internal Control-Integrated Framework.

 

Based on our assessment, management has concluded that as of December 31, 2007 the Company’s internal control over financial reporting is effective based on the criteria set forth by the COSO.

 

Ernst & Young LLP, the independent registered public accounting firm that audited our financial statements included in this annual report on Form 10-K, has issued an attestation report on our internal controls over financial reporting as of December 31, 2007. Please see page 49.

 

 

48

 


 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

The Board of Directors and Stockholders of Avid Technology, Inc.

 

We have audited Avid Technology, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2007, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (the COSO criteria). Avid Technology, Inc.’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

 

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

 

In our opinion, Avid Technology, Inc. maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2007, based on the COSO criteria .

 

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of Avid Technology, Inc. as of December 31, 2007 and 2006, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2007 and our report dated February 27, 2008 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

 

 

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

 

Boston, Massachusetts  

 

February 27, 2008

 

49

 


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

The Board of Directors and Stockholders of Avid Technology, Inc.

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Avid Technology, Inc. as of December 31, 2007 and 2006, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders' equity, and cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2007. Our audit also included the financial statement schedule listed in the index in Item 15(d). These financial statements and schedule are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and schedule based on our audits.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Avid Technology, Inc. at December 31, 2007 and 2006, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2007, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also, in our opinion the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, present fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.

 

As discussed in Note B to the consolidated financial statements, on January 1, 2006, the Company adopted the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123(R), Share-Based Payment .

 

As discussed in Note B to the consolidated financial statements, on January 1, 2007, the Company adopted the provisions of FASB Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes-An Interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109 .

 

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), Avid Technology, Inc.'s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2007, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated February 27, 2008 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

 

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

 

Boston, Massachusetts

 

February 27, 2008

 

50

 


 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Avid Technology, Inc.:

 

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements listed in the accompanying index present fairly, in all material respects, the results of operations and cash flows of Avid Technology, Inc. and its subsidiaries for the year ended December 31, 2005, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. In addition, in our opinion, the financial statement schedule listed in the accompanying index presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein with respect to the year ended December 31, 2005 when read in conjunction with the related consolidated financial statements. These financial statements and financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and financial statement schedule based on our audit. We conducted our audit of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

 

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

 

Boston, MA

March 7, 2006

 

51

 


AVID TECHNOLOGY, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(in thousands, except per share data)

 

 

 

For the Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

 

2007

 

 

 

2006

 

 

 

2005

 

 

Net revenues:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Products

 

$

806,103

 

 

 

$

809,002

 

 

 

$

692,787

 

 

Services

 

 

123,467

 

 

 

 

101,576

 

 

 

 

82,656

 

 

Total net revenues

 

 

929,570

 

 

 

 

910,578

 

 

 

 

775,443

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of revenues:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Products

 

 

390,725

 

 

 

 

388,483

 

 

 

 

308,386

 

 

Services

 

 

68,529

 

 

 

 

56,218

 

 

 

 

45,274

 

 

Amortization of intangible assets

 

 

16,895

 

 

 

 

21,193

 

 

 

 

11,027

 

 

Restructuring costs

 

 

4,278

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total cost of revenues

 

 

480,427

 

 

 

 

465,894

 

 

 

 

364,687

 

 

Gross profit

 

 

449,143

 

 

 

 

444,684

 

 

 

 

410,756

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Research and development

 

 

150,707

 

 

 

 

141,363

 

 

 

 

111,334

 

 

Marketing and selling

 

 

210,456

 

 

 

 

203,967

 

 

 

 

170,787

 

 

General and administrative

 

 

77,463

 

 

 

 

63,250

 

 

 

 

47,147

 

 

Amortization of intangible assets

 

 

13,726

 

 

 

 

14,460

 

 

 

 

9,194

 

 

Impairment of goodwill

 

 

 

 

 

 

53,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

Restructuring costs, net

 

 

9,410

 

 

 

 

2,613

 

 

 

 

3,155

 

 

In-process research and development

 

 

 

 

 

 

879

 

 

 

 

32,390

 

 

Total operating expenses

 

 

461,762

 

 

 

 

479,532

 

 

 

 

374,007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

 

 

(12,619

)

 

 

 

(34,848

)

 

 

 

36,749

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

 

8,256

 

 

 

 

7,991

 

 

 

 

5,244

 

 

Interest expense

 

 

(603

)

 

 

 

(489

)

 

 

 

(367

)

 

Other income (expense), net

 

 

(16

)

 

 

 

(228

)

 

 

 

709

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

 

 

(4,982

)

 

 

 

(27,574

)

 

 

 

42,335

 

 

Provision for income taxes, net

 

 

2,997

 

 

 

 

15,353

 

 

 

 

8,355

 

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

(7,979

)

 

 

$

(42,927

)

 

 

$

33,980

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss) per common share – basic

 

$

(0.19

)

 

 

$

(1.03

)

 

 

$

0.90

 

 

Net income (loss) per common share – diluted

 

$

(0.19

)

 

 

$

(1.03

)

 

 

$

0.86

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted-average common shares outstanding – basic

 

 

40,974

 

 

 

 

41,736

 

 

 

 

37,762

 

 

Weighted-average common shares outstanding – diluted

 

 

40,974

 

 

 

 

41,736

 

 

 

 

39,517

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

52

 


AVID TECHNOLOGY, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(in thousands, except par value)

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2007

 

 

 

2006

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

208,619

 

 

 

$

96,279

 

Marketable securities

 

 

15,841

 

 

 

 

75,828

 

Accounts receivable, net of allowances of $20,784 and $22,331 at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively

 

 

138,692

 

 

 

 

138,578

 

Inventories

 

 

117,324

 

 

 

 

144,238

 

Deferred tax assets, net

 

 

1,873

 

 

 

 

1,254

 

Prepaid expenses

 

 

9,967

 

 

 

 

8,648

 

Other current assets

 

 

24,948

 

 

 

 

19,114

 

Total current assets

 

 

517,264

 

 

 

 

483,939

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

 

 

46,160

 

 

 

 

40,483

 

Intangible assets, net

 

 

71,427

 

 

 

 

102,048

 

Goodwill

 

 

360,584

 

 

 

 

360,143

 

Other assets

 

 

10,518

 

 

 

 

10,421

 

Total assets

 

$

1,005,953

 

 

 

$

997,034

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable

 

$

34,992

 

 

 

$

34,108

 

Accrued compensation and benefits

 

 

30,724

 

 

 

 

22,246

 

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

 

 

49,319

 

 

 

 

52,801

 

Income taxes payable

 

 

13,869

 

 

 

 

13,284

 

Deferred revenues

 

 

79,771

 

 

 

 

73,743

 

Total current liabilities

 

 

208,675

 

 

 

 

196,182

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Long-term liabilities

 

 

17,495

 

 

 

 

20,471

 

Total liabilities

 

 

226,170

 

 

 

 

216,653

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies (Note J)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred stock, $0.01 par value, 1,000 shares authorized; no shares issued or outstanding

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock, $0.01 par value, 100,000 shares authorized; 42,339 shares issued at December 31, 2007 and 2006; and 41,094 and 41,095 outstanding at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively

 

 

423

 

 

 

 

423

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

 

968,339

 

 

 

 

952,763

 

Accumulated deficit

 

 

(155,722

)

 

 

 

(134,708

)

Treasury stock at cost, net of reissuances, 1,245 shares and 1,244 shares at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively

 

 

(45,823

)

 

 

 

(43,768

)

Accumulated other comprehensive income

 

 

12,566

 

 

 

 

5,671

 

Total stockholders’ equity

 

 

779,783

 

 

 

 

780,381

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

 

$

1,005,953

 

 

 

$

997,034

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

53

 


AVID TECHNOLOGY, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

(in thousands)

 

Shares of
Common Stock

Common
Stock

Additional
Paid-in
Capital

Accumulated
Deficit

Treasury
Stock


Deferred
Compensation

Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income

Total
Stockholders’
Equity

Issued

In
Treasury

Balances at December 31, 2004

34,837 

—  

$ 348  

$ 546,849 

($122,775) 

$ —  

($4,392) 

$ 4,591  

$ 424,621  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock issued pursuant to employee stock plans

1,010 

 

10  

18,104 

 

 

 

 

18,114  

Issuance of common stock in connection with acquisition

6,250 

 

63  

362,799 

 

 

 

 

362,862  

Amortization of and reversal of deferred compensation

(2)

 

 

(195)

 

 

2,562  

 

2,367  

Tax benefits on stock options

 

 

 

1,146 

 

 

 

 

1,146  

Comprehensive income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

33,980  

 

 

 

33,980  

Net change in unrealized gain (loss) on marketable securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

92  

92  

Translation adjustment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3,585) 

(3,585) 

Other comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3,493) 

Comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

30,487  

Balances at December 31, 2005

42,095 

—  

421  

928,703 

(88,795) 

—  

(1,830) 

1,098  

839,597  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock repurchased

 

(1,432) 

 

(43)

 

(50,000) 

 

 

(50,043) 

Stock issued pursuant to employee stock plans

244 

204  

2  

4,334 

(2,986) 

6,885  

 

 

8,235  

Stock-based compensation

 

 

 

15,191 

 

 

1,830  

 

17,021  

Tax benefits on stock options

 

 

 

4,080 

 

 

 

 

4,080  

Issuance (recovery) of common stock in connection with acquisitions

 

(12) 

 

498 

 

(493) 

 

 

5  

Stock recovery for payment of withholding tax

 

(4) 

 

 

 

(160) 

 

 

(160) 

Comprehensive loss:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

 

 

 

(42,927) 

 

 

 

(42,927) 

Net change in unrealized gain (loss) on marketable securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

37  

37  

Translation adjustment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,536  

4,536  

Other comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,573  

Comprehensive loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(38,354) 

Balances at December 31, 2006

42,339 

(1,244) 

423  

952,763 

(134,708) 

(43,768) 

—  

5,671  

780,381  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock repurchased

 

(809) 

 

(24)

 

(26,615) 

 

 

(26,639) 

Stock issued pursuant to employee stock plans

 

810  

 

(639)

(13,035) 

24,617  

 

 

10,943  

Stock-based compensation

 

 

 

15,949 

 

 

 

 

15,949  

Tax benefits on stock options

 

 

 

290 

 

 

 

 

290  

Recovery of common stock in connection with acquisitions

 

(1) 

 

 

 

(34) 

 

 

(34) 

Stock recovery for payment of withholding tax

 

(1) 

 

 

 

(23) 

 

 

(23) 

Comprehensive loss:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

 

 

 

(7,979) 

 

 

 

(7,979) 

Net change in unrealized gain (loss) on marketable securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

11  

11  

Translation adjustment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,884  

6,884  

Other comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,895  

Comprehensive loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,084) 

Balances at December 31, 2007

42,339 

(1,245) 

$ 423  

$ 968,339 

($155,722) 

($45,823) 

$ —  

$ 12,566  

$ 779,783  

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

54

 


AVID TECHNOLOGY, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(in thousands)

 

 

For the Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2007

 

 

 

2006

 

 

 

2005

 

Cash flows from operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

(7,979

)

 

 

$

(42,927

)

 

 

$

33,980

 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

53,186

 

 

 

 

57,381

 

 

 

 

37,488

 

Provision for (recoveries of) doubtful accounts

 

 

220

 

 

 

 

(618

)

 

 

 

753

 

Non-cash provision for restructuring

 

 

4,440

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

In-process research and development

 

 

 

 

 

 

879

 

 

 

 

32,390

 

Impairment of goodwill

 

 

 

 

 

 

53,000

 

 

 

 

 

(Gain) loss on disposal of fixed assets

 

 

(88

)

 

 

 

220

 

 

 

 

21

 

Compensation expense from stock grants and options

 

 

15,949

 

 

 

 

17,021

 

 

 

 

2,447

 

Tax benefit of stock option exercises

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,146

 

Equity in loss (income) of non-consolidated company

 

 

130

 

 

 

 

203

 

 

 

 

(291

)

Changes in deferred tax assets and liabilities, excluding initial effects of acquisitions

 

 

(2,980

)

 

 

 

4,499

 

 

 

 

(226

)

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, excluding initial effects of acquisitions:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts receivable

 

 

3,574

 

 

 

 

10,118

 

 

 

 

(38,081

)

Inventories

 

 

23,899

 

 

 

 

(43,612

)

 

 

 

(22,649

)

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

 

(5,882

)

 

 

 

(785

)

 

 

 

26

 

Accounts payable

 

 

496

 

 

 

 

(14,236

)

 

 

 

6,625

 

Accrued expenses, compensation and benefits and other liabilities

 

 

3,826

 

 

 

 

(13,954

)

 

 

 

(14,867

)

Income taxes payable

 

 

(1,398

)

 

 

 

1,472

 

 

 

 

5,153

 

Deferred revenues

 

 

6,693

 

 

 

 

5,059

 

 

 

 

5,910

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

 

94,086

 

 

 

 

33,720

 

 

 

 

49,825

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchases of property and equipment

 

 

(26,129

)

 

 

 

(20,773

)

 

 

 

(17,766

)

Payments for other long-term assets

 

 

(1,344

)

 

 

 

(1,117

)

 

 

 

(1,624

)

Payments for business acquisitions, including transaction costs, net of cash acquired

 

 

(529

)

 

 

 

(43,128

)

 

 

 

(6,419

)

Cash received in business acquisition, including transaction costs, net of cash paid

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

24,942

 

Purchases of marketable securities

 

 

(10,185

)

 

 

 

(53,454

)

 

 

 

(104,354

)

Proceeds from sales of marketable securities

 

 

73,790

 

 

 

 

92,971

 

 

 

 

85,865

 

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

 

 

35,603

 

 

 

 

(25,501

)

 

 

 

(19,356

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Payments on capital lease obligations

 

 

(51

)

 

 

 

(107

)

 

 

 

(85

)

Purchases of common stock for treasury

 

 

(26,639

)

 

 

 

(50,043

)

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from issuance of common stock under employee stock plans

 

 

11,059

 

 

 

 

8,235

 

 

 

 

18,114

 

Tax benefits of stock option exercises

 

 

290

 

 

 

 

4,080

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

 

 

(15,341

)

 

 

 

(37,835

)

 

 

 

18,029

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

 

 

(2,008

)

 

 

 

2,822

 

 

 

 

(1,983

)

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

 

 

112,340

 

 

 

 

(26,794

)

 

 

 

46,515

 

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

 

 

96,279

 

 

 

 

123,073

 

 

 

 

76,558

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

 

$

208,619

 

 

 

$

96,279

 

 

 

$

123,073

 

 

See Notes F, H and R for supplemental disclosures.

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

55

 


AVID TECHNOLOGY, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

A.

ORGANIZATION AND OPERATIONS

 

Avid Technology, Inc. (“Avid” or the “Company”) develops, markets, sells and supports a wide range of software and hardware for digital media production, management and distribution. Digital media are video, audio or graphic elements in which the image, sound or picture is recorded and stored as digital values, as opposed to analog, or tape-based, signals. The Company’s products are used worldwide in production and post-production facilities; film studios; network, affiliate, independent and cable television stations; recording studios; live-sound performance venues; advertising agencies; government and educational institutions; corporate communication departments; and by game developers and Internet professionals. Projects produced using Avid’s products include major motion pictures and prime-time television, music, video and other recordings. The Company is organized into strategic business units that reflect the principal markets into which Avid’s products are sold: Professional Video, Audio and Consumer Video. These business units also reflect the Company’s reportable segments

 

B.

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

A summary of the Company’s significant accounting policies follows:

 

Basis of Presentation

 

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries. Intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated.

 

The Company’s preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the dates of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reported periods. Actual results could differ from those estimates. The most significant estimates reflected in these financial statements include revenue recognition, stock-based compensation, accounts receivable and sales allowances, inventory valuation, goodwill and intangible asset valuation, and income tax valuation allowances.

 

During the year ended December 31, 2006, the Company concluded that it was appropriate to classify its investments in variable rate demand note securities as marketable securities. Previously, such investments were classified as cash and cash equivalents. Accordingly, the Company revised the classification to exclude from cash and cash equivalents $10.9 million of variable rate demand note securities at December 31, 2005 and to include such amounts as marketable securities. In addition the Company has made corresponding adjustments to the accompanying statement of cash flows to reflect the gross purchases and sales of these securities as investing activities. As a result, cash used in investing activities increased by $8.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2005. This change in classification did not affect previously reported cash flows from operations or from financing activities.

 

Translation of Foreign Currencies

 

The functional currency of each of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries is the local currency, except for the Irish manufacturing branch whose functional currency is the U.S. dollar. The assets and liabilities of the subsidiaries whose functional currencies are other than the U.S. dollar are translated into U.S. dollars at the current exchange rate in effect at the balance sheet date. Income and expense items for these entities are translated using the average exchange rate for the period. Cumulative translation adjustments are included in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), which is reflected as a separate component of stockholders’ equity.

 

The Irish manufacturing branch and the U.S. parent company, both of whose functional currency is the U.S. dollar, carry monetary assets and liabilities denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. These assets and liabilities typically include cash, accounts receivable and intercompany operating balances denominated in the euro, pound sterling, Japanese yen, Swedish krona, Danish kroner, Norwegian krone, Canadian dollar, Singapore dollar, Australian dollar and Korean won. These assets and liabilities are remeasured into the U.S. dollar at the current exchange rate in effect at the balance sheet date. Foreign

 

56

 


currency transaction and remeasurement gains and losses are included within marketing and selling expenses in the results of operations.

 

The U.S. parent company and various other wholly owned subsidiaries have long-term intercompany loan balances denominated in foreign currencies that are remeasured into the U.S. dollar at the current exchange rate in effect at the balance sheet date. Any gains and losses relating to these loans are included in the cumulative translation adjustment account in the balance sheet.

 

Cash, Cash Equivalents and Marketable Securities

 

Cash equivalents consist primarily of commercial paper and money market investments. The Company considers all debt instruments purchased with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents. Marketable securities consist of certificates of deposit, corporate obligations, commercial paper and asset-backed securities (see Note C). The Company generally invests in securities that mature within one year from the date of purchase. The Company classifies its cash equivalents and marketable securities as “available for sale” and reports them at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses excluded from earnings and reported as an adjustment to other comprehensive income (loss), which is reflected as a separate component of stockholders’ equity. Amortization or accretion of premium or discount is included in interest income (expense) in the results of operations.

 

Concentration of Credit Risk and Fair Value of Financial Instruments

 

Financial instruments which potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist of cash investments and trade receivables. The Company places its excess cash in marketable investment grade securities. There are no significant concentrations in any one issuer of debt securities. The Company places its cash, cash equivalents and investments with financial institutions with high credit standing. Concentrations of credit risk with respect to trade receivables are limited due to the large number of customers comprising the Company’s customer base and their dispersion across different regions. No individual customer accounted for more than 10% of the Company’s net accounts receivable as of December 31, 2007 or 2006. The Company also maintains reserves for potential credit losses and such losses have been within management’s expectations.

 

Inventories

 

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost (determined on a first-in, first-out or moving-average basis) or market value. Management regularly reviews inventory quantities on hand and writes down inventory to its realizable value to reflect estimated obsolescence or lack of marketability based on assumptions about future inventory demand (generally for the following twelve months) and market conditions. Inventory in the digital-media market, including the Company’s inventory, is subject to rapid technological change or obsolescence; therefore, utilization of existing inventory may differ from the Company’s estimates.

 

Property and Equipment

 

Property and equipment is recorded at cost and depreciated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful life of the asset. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the useful life of the improvement or the remaining term of the lease. Expenditures for maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred. Upon retirement or other disposition of assets, the cost and related accumulated depreciation are eliminated from the accounts and the resulting gain or loss is reflected in other income (expense) in the results of operations. A significant portion of the property and equipment is subject to rapid technological obsolescence; as a result, the depreciation and amortization periods could ultimately be shortened to reflect changes in future technology.

 

Acquisition-related Intangible Assets and Goodwil l

 

Acquisition-related intangible assets, which consist primarily of customer relationships, trade names and developed technology, resulted from the Company’s acquisitions of the following companies or their assets: Sibelius Software Limited (“Sibelius”); Sundance Digital, Inc. (“Sundance Digital”); Medea Corporation (“Medea”); Pinnacle Systems Inc. (“Pinnacle”); Wizoo Sound Design GmbH (“Wizoo”); Midiman, Inc., d/b/a M-Audio (“M-Audio”); Avid Nordic AB (“Avid Nordic”) and NXN Software GmbH (“NXN”) (see Note G). These assets were accounted for under the purchase method. Finite-lived acquisition-related intangible assets are reported at fair value, net of accumulated amortization. Identifiable intangible assets,

 

57

 


with the exception of developed technology acquired from Sibelius, Sundance Digital, Medea and Pinnacle, are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives of two years to twelve years. Straight-line amortization is used because no other pattern over which the economic benefits will be consumed can be reliably determined. The developed technology acquired from Sibelius, Sundance Digital, Medea and Pinnacle is being amortized on a product-by-product basis over the greater of the amount calculated using the ratio of current quarter revenues to the total of current quarter and anticipated future revenues over the estimated useful lives of two years to four years, or the straight-line method over each product’s remaining respective useful life.

 

Goodwill is the amount by which the cost of acquired net assets exceeded the fair value of those net assets on the date of acquisition. The Company assesses goodwill for impairment on a reporting unit basis annually during the fourth quarter of each year, or more frequently when events and circumstances occur indicating that the recorded goodwill may be impaired. In the goodwill impairment analysis, the fair value of each reporting unit is compared to its carrying value, including goodwill. The Company generally uses a discounted cash flow valuation model to determine the fair values of reporting units. This model focuses on estimates of future revenues and profits for each reporting unit and also assumes a terminal value for the unit based on a multiple of revenue. These amounts are estimated by evaluating historical trends, current budgets, operating plans and industry data. For reporting units composed primarily of acquired businesses, the Company utilizes the same technique as was used to value the acquisition assuming it is consistent with the objective of measuring fair value. If the reporting unit’s carrying value exceeds its fair value, an impairment loss equal to the difference between the carrying value of the goodwill and its implied fair value is recorded.

 

Long-Lived Assets

 

The Company periodically evaluates its long-lived assets, other than goodwill, for events and circumstances that indicate a potential impairment. A long-lived asset is assessed for impairment when the undiscounted expected future cash flows derived from that asset are less than its carrying value. The cash flows used for this analysis take into consideration a number of factors including past operating results, budgets and economic projections, market trends and product development cycles. The amount of any impairment would be equal to the difference between the estimated fair value of the asset, based on a discounted cash flow analysis, and its carrying value.

 

Revenue Recognition and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

 

The Company generally recognizes revenues from sales of software and software-related products upon receipt of a signed purchase order or contract and product shipment to distributors or end users, provided that collection is reasonably assured, the fee is fixed or determinable and all other revenue recognition criteria of Statement of Position (“SOP”) 97-2, Software Revenue Recognition , as amended, are met. In addition, for certain transactions where the Company's services are non-routine or essential to the delivered products, the Company records revenues upon satisfying the criteria of SOP 97-2 and obtaining customer acceptance. Within the Professional Video segment, much of the Audio segment and the Consumer Video segment, the Company follows the guidance of SOP 97-2 for revenue recognition on most of its product and service transactions since they are software or software-related. However, for certain offerings in the Company’s Audio segment, software is incidental to the delivered products and services. For these products, the Company records revenues based on satisfying the criteria in Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) Staff Accounting Bulletin (“SAB”) No. 104, Revenue Recognition and Emerging Issues Task Force ("EITF") Issue 00-21, Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables.

 

In connection with many of the Company’s product sale transactions, customers may purchase a maintenance and support agreement. The Company recognizes revenues from maintenance contracts on a ratable basis over their term. The Company recognizes revenues from training, installation and other services as the services are performed.

 

The Company uses the residual method to recognize revenues when an order includes one or more elements to be delivered at a future date and evidence of the fair value of all undelivered elements exists. Under the residual method, the fair value of the undelivered element, typically professional services or maintenance, is deferred and the remaining portion of the total arrangement fee is recognized as revenues related to the delivered elements. If evidence of the fair value of one or more undelivered elements does not exist, revenues are deferred and recognized when delivery of those elements occurs or when fair value can be established. Fair value is typically based on the price charged when the same element is sold separately to customers. However, in certain transactions, fair value of maintenance is based on the renewal price that is offered as a contractual right to the customer, provided that such renewal price in substantive. The Company’s current pricing practices are influenced primarily by product type, purchase volume, term and customer location. Management reviews services revenues

 

58

 


sold separately and corresponding renewal rates on a periodic basis and updates, when appropriate, the fair value for such services used for revenue recognition purposes to ensure that it reflects the Company’s recent pricing experience.

 

In most cases, the products the Company sells do not require significant production, modification or customization of software. Installation of the products is generally routine, requires minimal effort and is not typically performed by the Company. However, certain transactions, typically those involving orders from end users, such as news broadcasters, for a significant number of products for a single customer site may require that the Company perform an installation effort that is deemed to be non-routine and complex. In these situations, the Company does not recognize revenues for either the products shipped or the installation services performed until the installation is complete. In addition, if such orders include a customer acceptance provision, no revenues are recognized until the customer’s acceptance of the products and services has been received or the acceptance period has lapsed.

 

Telephone support, enhancements and unspecified upgrades typically are provided at no additional charge during the product’s initial warranty period (generally between 30 days and twelve months), which precedes commencement of the maintenance contracts. The Company defers the fair value of this support period and recognizes the related revenue ratably over the initial warranty period. The Company also from time to time offers certain customers free upgrades or specified future products or enhancements. For each of these elements that are undelivered at the time of product shipment, and provided that the Company has vendor specific objective evidence regarding the fair value of the undelivered element, the Company defers the fair value of the specified upgrade, product or enhancement and recognizes that revenue only upon later delivery or at the time at which the remaining contractual terms relating to the upgrade have been satisfied.

 

A significant portion of the Company’s revenues are derived from indirect sales channels, including authorized resellers and distributors. Within the Company’s Professional Video segment, resellers and distributors are generally not granted rights to return products to the Company after purchase, and actual product returns from them have been insignificant to date. However, distributors of the Avid Media Composer, Avid Xpress Pro and Avid Mojo product lines have a contractual right to return a percentage of prior quarter purchases. The return provision for these distributors has not had a material impact on the Company’s results of operations. In contrast, some channel partners, particularly the Company’s Audio and certain Consumer Video channel partners, are offered limited rights of return, stock rotation and price protection. In accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 48, Revenue Recognition When Right of Return Exists , the Company records a provision for estimated returns and other allowances as a reduction of revenues in the same period that related revenues are recorded. Management estimates must be made and used in connection with establishing and maintaining a sales allowance for expected returns and other credits. In making such estimates, the Company analyzes historical returns and credits and the amounts of products held by major resellers and considers the impact of new product introductions, changes in customer demand, current economic conditions and other known factors. The amount and timing of the Company’s revenues for any period may be impacted if actual product returns or other reseller credits prove to be materially different from the Company’s estimates. To date actual returns and other allowances have not differed from management's estimates.

 

A portion of the Company’s revenues from sales of Consumer Video products is derived from transactions with channel partners who have unlimited return rights and from whom payment is contingent upon the product being sold through to their customers. Accordingly, revenues for these channel partners are recognized when the products are sold through to the customer instead of being recognized at the time products are shipped to the channel partners.

 

The Company from time to time offers rebates on purchases of certain products or rebates based on purchasing volume that are accounted for as reductions to revenues upon shipment of related products or expected achievement of purchasing volumes. In accordance with EITF Issue 01-09, Accounting for Consideration Given by a Vendor to a Customer (including a Reseller of the Vendor’s Products) , consideration given to customers or resellers under the rebate program is recorded as a reduction to revenues because the Company does not receive an identifiable benefit that is sufficiently separable from the sale of the Company’s products.

 

At the time of a sale transaction, the Company makes an assessment of the collectibility of the amount due from the customer. Revenue is recognized only if the Company is reasonably assured that collection will occur. In making this assessment, the Company considers customer credit-worthiness and historical payment experience. If it is determined from the outset of the arrangement that collection is not reasonably assured based on the Company’s credit review process, revenues are recognized on a cash-collected basis to the extent that the other criteria of SOP 97-2 and SAB No. 104 are satisfied. At the outset of the arrangement, the Company assesses whether the fee associated with the order is fixed or determinable and free of contingencies or significant uncertainties. In assessing whether the fee is fixed or determinable, the Company considers the payment terms of

 

59

 


the transaction, collection experience in similar transactions without making concessions and the Company’s involvement, if any, in third-party financing transactions, among other factors. If the fee is not fixed or determinable, revenues are recognized only as payments become due from the customer, provided that all other revenue recognition criteria are met. If a significant portion of the fee is due after the Company’s normal payment terms, which are generally 30 days, but can be up to 90 days, after the invoice date, the Company evaluates whether there is sufficient history of successfully collecting past transactions with similar terms. If that collection history is successful, then revenues are recognized upon delivery of the products, assuming all other revenue recognition criteria are satisfied.

 

The Company maintains allowances for estimated bad debt losses resulting from the inability of its customers to make required payments for products or services. When evaluating the adequacy of the allowances, the Company analyzes accounts receivable balances, historical bad debt experience, customer concentrations, customer credit worthiness and current economic trends. To date, actual bad debts have not differed materially from management's estimates. If the financial condition of certain customers were to deteriorate, resulting in an impairment of their ability to make payments, additional allowances could be required.

 

The Company records as revenue all amounts billed to customers for shipping and handling costs and records its actual shipping costs as a component of cost of revenues. Reimbursements received from customers for out-of-pocket expenses are recorded as revenue, with related costs recorded as cost of revenues. The Company presents revenues net of any taxes collected from customers and remitted to a government authority.

 

Advertising Expenses

 

All advertising costs are expensed as incurred and are classified as marketing and selling expenses. Advertising expenses during 2007, 2006 and 2005 were $10.7 million, $14.8 million and $13.2 million, respectively.

 

As part of its advertising initiatives, the Company maintains a cooperative marketing program for certain resellers in the Professional Video segment. Participating resellers can earn reimbursement credits of up to 1% of qualified purchases from Avid. Consideration given to these resellers is included in marketing and selling expenses in accordance with EITF Issue 01-09, as the Company receives an identifiable benefit that is sufficiently separable from the sale of the Company’s products and can reasonably estimate the fair value of that benefit. The Company records the cooperative marketing credit earned by the reseller at the date the related revenue is recognized based on an estimate of claims to be made. To date, actual claims have not differed materially from management’s estimates.

 

Research and Development Costs

 

Research and development costs are expensed as incurred, except for costs of internally developed or externally purchased software that qualify for capitalization. Development costs for software to be sold that are incurred subsequent to the establishment of technological feasibility, but prior to the general release of the product, are capitalized. Upon general release, these costs are amortized using the straight-line method over the expected life of the related products, generally 12 to 36 months. The straight-line method generally results in approximately the same amount of expense as that calculated using the ratio that current period gross product revenues bear to total anticipated gross product revenues. Capitalized software development costs amortized to cost of product revenues were $1.5 million, $1.0 million and $0.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. The Company evaluates the net realizable value of capitalized software at each balance sheet date, considering a number of business and economic factors. Unamortized capitalized software development costs were $1.6 million and $1.9 million at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

 

Income Taxes

 

The Company accounts for income taxes under SFAS No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes . SFAS No. 109 is an asset and liability approach that requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in the Company’s financial statements or tax returns. In June 2006 the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued FASB Interpretation No. 48 (“FIN 48”), Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes – An Interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109 , which clarified the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an enterprise's financial statement in accordance with SFAS No. 109. FIN 48 requires that a tax position must be more likely than not to be sustained before being recognized in the financial statements. The interpretation also requires the accrual of interest and penalties as applicable on unrecognized tax positions. The Company adopted the provisions of FIN 48 on January 1, 2007,

 

60

 


and did not recognize any adjustments in the liability for unrecognized income tax benefits as a result of the adoption of FIN 48.

 

Computation of Net Income (Loss) Per Common Share

 

Net income (loss) per common share is presented for both basic earnings per share (“Basic EPS”) and diluted earnings per share (“Diluted EPS”). Basic EPS is based on the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period, excluding non-vested restricted stock held by employees. Diluted EPS is based on the weighted-average number of common and potential common shares outstanding during the period. Potential common shares result from the assumed exercise of outstanding stock options and warrants as well as non-vested restricted stock, the proceeds and remaining unrecorded compensation expense of which are then assumed to have been used to repurchase outstanding common stock using the treasury stock method. For periods that the Company reports a loss, all potential common stock is considered anti-dilutive; for periods when the Company reports net income, potential common shares with combined purchase prices and unamortized compensation cost in excess of the Company’s average common stock fair value for the related period are considered anti-dilutive. (see Note Q).

 

Comprehensive Income

 

Comprehensive income consists of net income and other comprehensive income (loss), which includes foreign currency translation adjustments and unrealized gains and losses on certain investments. For the purposes of comprehensive income disclosures, the Company does not record tax provisions or benefits for the net changes in the foreign currency translation adjustment, as the Company intends to permanently reinvest undistributed earnings in its foreign subsidiaries. Accumulated other comprehensive income at December 31, 2007 and 2006 is composed of cumulative translation adjustments of $12.6 million and $5.8 million, respectively, and net unrealized losses on debt securities of ($0.0) million and ($0.1) million, respectively.

 

Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation

 

The Company has several stock-based employee compensation plans, which are described more fully in Note L. In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 123 (revised 2004), Share-Based Payment (“SFAS 123(R)”), which is a revision of SFAS No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation . SFAS 123(R) requires employee stock-based compensation awards to be accounted for under the fair value method and eliminates the ability to account for these instruments under the intrinsic value method as prescribed by Accounting Principles Board (“APB”) Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees , and related interpretations. The Company adopted SFAS 123(R) on January 1, 2006 using the modified prospective application method as permitted under SFAS 123(R). Under this method, the Company is required to record compensation cost, based on the fair value estimated in accordance with SFAS 123(R), for stock-based awards granted after the date of adoption over the requisite service periods for the individual awards, which generally equals the vesting period. The Company is also required to record compensation cost for the non-vested portion of previously granted stock-based awards outstanding at the date of adoption over the requisite service periods for the individual awards based on the fair value estimated in accordance with the original provisions of SFAS No. 123 adjusted for forfeitures as required by SFAS 123(R).

 

Prior to the adoption of SFAS 123(R), the Company accounted for stock-based compensation under the recognition and measurement principles of APB Opinion No. 25 and related interpretations. Accordingly, no compensation expense was recorded for options issued to employees and directors in fixed amounts and with fixed exercise prices at least equal to the market price of the Company’s common stock at the date of grant. In connection with the acquisition of M-Audio in August 2004, the Company assumed options of certain M-Audio employees at exercise prices that were less than the market price of the Company’s common stock at the date of grant. The Company recorded as deferred compensation a portion of the difference between the exercise prices and the fair values of the options at the date of completion of the acquisition, determined under the Black-Scholes method, multiplied by the number of shares underlying the options. The resulting deferred compensation was being expensed over the vesting period of the options. Additionally, deferred compensation was recorded for restricted stock granted to employees based on the market price of the Company’s common stock at the date of grant, which was being expensed over the period in which the restrictions lapse. In connection with the adoption of SFAS 123(R) on January 1, 2006, the Company reversed the remaining deferred compensation of $1.8 million, with the offset to additional paid-in capital.

 

61

 


The following table illustrates the effect on net income and net income per share as if the Company had applied the fair value recognition provisions of SFAS No. 123 to all stock-based employee awards for the year ended December 31, 2005 (in thousands, except per share data):

 

 

 

For the Year Ended December 31, 2005

 

Net income as reported

 

$

33,980

 

Add:   Stock-based employee compensation expense included in reported net income, net of related tax effects

 

 


2,447

 

Deduct:   Total stock-based employee compensation expense determined under the fair value based method for all awards, net of related tax effects

 

 


(27,219


)

Pro forma net income

 

$

9,208

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income per share:

 

 

 

 

Basic-as reported

 

$

0.90

 

Basic-pro forma

 

$

0.24

 

Diluted-as reported

 

$

0.86

 

Diluted-pro forma

 

$

0.23

 

 

Beginning with the adoption of SFAS 123(R) in the first quarter of 2006, the Company recorded stock-based compensation expense for the fair value of stock options. Stock-based compensation expense of $15.9 million and $17.0 million, resulting from the adoption of SFAS 123(R), the acquisition of M-Audio and the issuance of restricted stock and restricted stock units, was recorded for 2007 and 2006, respectively. (See Note L for further disclosure of stock-based compensation expense included in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005.)

 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

 

In December 2007, the FASB, issued SFAS No. 141 (revised 2007) (“SFAS 141(R)”), Business Combinations . SFAS 141(R) makes significant changes to the accounting and reporting standards for business acquisitions. SFAS 141(R) establishes principles and requirements for an acquirer's financial statement recognition and measurement of the assets acquired; the liabilities assumed; including those arising from contractual contingencies, any contingent consideration; and any noncontrolling interest in the acquiree at the acquisition date. SFAS 141(R) amends SFAS No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes , to require the acquirer to recognize changes in the amount of its deferred tax benefits that are recognizable as a result of a business combination either in income from continuing operations in the period of the combination or directly in contributed capital, depending on the circumstances. The statement also amends SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets , to, among other things, provide guidance for the impairment testing of acquired research and development intangible assets and assets that the acquirer intends not to use. SFAS 141(R) is effective for the Company's fiscal year beginning January 1, 2009 and may not be adopted early or applied retrospectively. The adoption of SFAS 141(R) will have an impact on the accounting for business combinations occurring on or after the adoption date, but the effect will be dependent on the acquisitions made at that time.

 

In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 160, Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements – an amendment of ARB No. 51 . SFAS No. 160 establishes new accounting and reporting standards for the noncontrolling interest in a subsidiary and for the deconsolidation of a subsidiary. Specifically, this statement requires that a noncontrolling interest, or minority interest, be recognized as equity in the consolidated financial statements and that it be presented separately from the parent’s equity. Also, the amounts of net income attributable to the parent and to the noncontrolling interest must be included in consolidated net income on the face of the income statement. SFAS No. 160 clarifies that changes in a parent’s ownership interest in a subsidiary are equity transactions if the parent retains its controlling financial interest. In addition, this statement requires that a parent recognize a gain or loss in net income when a subsidiary is deconsolidated, with such gain or loss measured using the fair value of the noncontrolling equity investment on the deconsolidation date. SFAS No. 160 is effective for the Company's fiscal year beginning January 1, 2009 and requires retroactive adoption of the presentation and disclosure requirements for existing minority interests; all other requirements may only be applied prospectively. Adoption of SFAS No. 160 is not expected to have a material impact on the Company's financial position or results of operations.

 

62

 


In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities - Including an Amendment of FASB Statement No.   115 . SFAS No. 159 permits entities to choose to measure many financial instruments and certain other items at fair value and is effective for the Company's fiscal year beginning January 1, 2008. Adoption of SFAS No. 159 is not expected to have a material impact on the Company's financial position or results of operations.

 

In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, Fair Value Measurements , which defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. SFAS No. 157 does not require any new fair value measurements, but its provisions apply to all other accounting pronouncements that require or permit fair value measurement. SFAS No. 157 is effective for the Company's fiscal year beginning January 1, 2008. Adoption of SFAS No. 157 is not expected to have a material impact on the Company's financial position or results of operations.

 

C.

MARKETABLE SECURITIES

 

The cost (amortized cost of debt instruments) and fair value of marketable securities as of December 31, 2007 and 2006 were as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

Cost

 

 

Net Unrealized Gains (Losses)

 

 

Fair Value

 

2007                

 

Corporate obligations

 

$

5,101

 

 

$

(2

)

 

$

5,099

 

Certificates of deposit

 

 

1,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,000

 

Commercial paper

 

 

2,982

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,982

 

Asset-backed securities

 

 

6,802

 

 

 

(42

)

 

 

6,760

 

 

 

$

15,885

 

 

$

(44

)

 

$

15,841

 

 

 

2006                

 

Corporate obligations

 

$

51,259

 

 

$

3

 

 

$

51,262

 

Asset-backed securities

 

 

24,623

 

 

 

(57

)

 

 

24,566

 

 

 

$

75,882

 

 

$

(54

)

 

$

75,828

 

 

All fixed income securities held at December 31, 2007 and 2006 had an effective maturity of less than one year. The Company’s investments in floating-rate securities are recorded at cost, which approximates fair value due to their variable interest rates. The interest rates generally reset within 120 days. Despite the long-term nature of their stated contractual maturities, the Company has the ability to quickly liquidate investments in floating-rate securities. All income generated from these investments has been recorded as interest income. The Company calculates realized gains and losses on a specific identification basis. Realized gains and losses from the sale of marketable securities were not material for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005.

 

D.

ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE

 

Accounts receivable, net of allowances, consist of the following (in thousands):

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2007

 

 

 

2006

 

Accounts receivable

 

$

159,476

 

 

 

$

160,909

 

Less:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for doubtful accounts

 

 

(2,160

)

 

 

 

(2,583

)

Allowance for sales returns and rebates

 

 

(18,624

)

 

 

 

(19,748

)

 

 

$

138, 692

 

 

 

$

138,578

 

 

The accounts receivable balances as of December 31, 2007 and 2006, exclude approximately $24.6 million and $40.1 million, respectively, for large solution sales and certain distributor sales that were invoiced, but for which revenues had not been recognized and payments were not then due.

 

63

 


 

E.

INVENTORIES

 

Inventories consist of the following (in thousands):

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

2007

 

 

2006

Raw materials

 

$

31,316

 

 

$

41,937

Work in process

 

 

6,179

 

 

 

9,140

Finished goods

 

 

79,829

 

 

 

93,161

 

 

$

117,324

 

 

$

144,238

 

As of December 31, 2007 and 2006, the finished goods inventory included inventory at customer locations of $22.8 million and $23.3 million, respectively, associated with products shipped to customers for which revenues had not yet been recognized.

 

F.

PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

 

Property and equipment consist of the following (in thousands):

 

 

Depreciable
Life

 

December 31,
2007

 

 

 

December 31,
2006

Computer and video equipment and software

2 to 5 years

 

$

116,413

 

 

 

$

117,654

Manufacturing tooling and testbeds

2 to 8 years

 

 

7,748

 

 

 

 

8,067

Office equipment

3 to 5 years

 

 

3,741

 

 

 

 

3,890

Furniture and fixtures

3 to 13 years

 

 

13,314

 

 

 

 

13,413

Leasehold improvements

2 to 10 years

 

 

30,762

 

 

 

 

26,371

 

 

 

 

171,978

 

 

 

 

169,395

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

 

 

 

125,818

 

 

 

 

128,912

 

 

 

$

46,160

 

 

 

$

40,483

 

Depreciation and amortization expense related to property and equipment was $21.1 million, $20.7 million and $16.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. The Company wrote off fully depreciated assets with gross values of $19.4 million, $4.7 million and $2.3 million in 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively.

 

G.

ACQUISITIONS

 

Sibelius

 

In July 2006, the Company acquired all the outstanding shares of Sibelius, a U.K.-based music applications software company and leading provider of music notation software for the educational and professional markets, for cash, net of cash acquired, of $20.3 million plus transaction costs of $0.7 million and $0.5 million for the fair value of stock options assumed. In the third quarter of 2006, the Company performed an allocation of the purchase price to the net tangible assets and intangible assets of Sibelius based on their fair values as of the consummation of the acquisition. The purchase price was allocated as follows: $1.0 million to net tangible assets acquired, $9.2 million to amortizable identifiable intangible assets, $0.5 million to in-process R&D and the remaining $10.8 million to goodwill. An additional $3.2 million was recorded as goodwill for deferred tax liabilities related to non-deductible intangible asset amortization. During the fourth quarter of 2006, the Company received a cash refund of $0.3 million related to the settlement of a purchase price adjustment clause in the acquisition agreement that was recorded as a decrease to goodwill. Also during the fourth quarter of 2006 and the first quarter of 2007, the Company continued its analysis of the fair values of certain assets and liabilities, primarily deferred tax assets and tax reserves, and recorded an increase in the value of net assets acquired of $0.3 million with a corresponding decrease to goodwill. At December 31, 2007, the total goodwill was $13.4 million. The goodwill was assigned to the Company's Audio segment and is not deductible for tax purposes.

 

The amortizable identifiable intangible assets include developed technology of $6.6 million, customer relationships of $1.8 million and a trade name of $0.8 million. The values of the customer relationships and trade name are both being amortized on

 

64

 


a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives of six years. The value of the developed technology is being amortized over the greater of: 1) the amount calculated using the ratio of current quarter revenues to the total of current quarter and anticipated future revenues, and 2) the straight-line method, over the estimated useful life of four years. The weighted-average amortization period for the amortizable identifiable intangible assets is approximately five years. Amortization expense for these intangible assets totaled $2.1 million for 2007 and $0.9 million from the date of acquisition to December 31, 2006, and accumulated amortization was $3.0 million at December 31, 2007. The allocation of $0.5 million to in-process R&D was expensed at the time of acquisition and represents technology that had not yet reached technological feasibility and had no alternative future use. The Company used the income approach to determine the values of the acquired intangible assets.

 

Sundance Digital

 

In April 2006, the Company acquired all the outstanding shares of Sundance Digital, a Texas-based developer of automation and device-control software for broadcast video servers, tape transports, graphics systems and other broadcast station equipment, for cash, net of cash acquired, of $11.2 million plus transaction costs of $0.2 million. In the second quarter of 2006, the Company performed an allocation of the purchase price to the net tangible and intangible assets of Sundance Digital based on their fair values as of the consummation of the acquisition. The purchase price was allocated as follows: ($4.0) million to net liabilities assumed, $5.6 million to amortizable identifiable intangible assets and the remaining $9.8 million to goodwill. During the remainder of 2006 and the first three months of 2007, the Company continued its analysis of the fair values of certain assets and liabilities primarily related to accounts receivable reserves. Accordingly, the Company recorded adjustments to these assets and liabilities resulting in a net increase of $0.5 million in the value of the net liabilities assumed and a corresponding increase to goodwill. At December 31, 2007, the total goodwill was $10.3 million. The goodwill was assigned to the Company's Professional Video segment and is not deductible for tax purposes.

 

The amortizable identifiable intangible assets include developed technology of $3.9 million, customer relationships of $1.0 million, non-compete agreements of $0.4 million and trademarks and trade name of $0.3 million. The values of the customer relationships, non-compete agreements and trademarks and trade name, which were determined using the income approach, are being amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives of six years, two years and six years, respectively. The value of the developed technology, which was determined using the cost approach, is being amortized over the greater of: 1) the amount calculated using the ratio of current quarter revenues to the total of current quarter and anticipated future revenues, and 2) the straight-line method, over the estimated useful life of three years. The weighted-average amortization period for the amortizable identifiable intangible assets is approximately four years. Amortization expense for these intangible assets totaled $2.0 million for 2007 and $1.2 million from the date of acquisition to December 31, 2006, and accumulated amortization was $3.2 million at December 31, 2007.

 

Medea

 

In January 2006, the Company acquired all the outstanding shares of Medea, a California-based provider of local storage solutions for real-time media applications, for cash of $8.9 million plus transaction costs of $0.2 million. In the first quarter of 2006, the Company performed an allocation of the purchase price to the net tangible and intangible assets of Medea based on their fair values as of the consummation of the acquisition. The purchase price was allocated as follows: ($2.1) million to net liabilities assumed, $3.8 million to amortizable identifiable intangible assets, $0.3 million to in-process R&D and the remaining $7.1 million to goodwill. During the remainder of 2006, the Company continued its analysis of the fair values of certain assets and liabilities primarily related to accruals for employee terminations and a facility closure. Accordingly, the Company recorded adjustments to these assets and liabilities resulting in a $1.1 million increase in net liabilities assumed and a corresponding increase to goodwill. At December 31, 2007, the total goodwill was $8.2 million. The goodwill was assigned to the Company's Professional Video segment and is not deductible for tax purposes.

 

The amortizable identifiable intangible assets include developed technology of $2.7 million, customer relationships of $0.7 million, order backlog of $0.3 million and non-compete agreements of $0.1 million. The customer relationships and non-compete agreements are being amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives of six years and two years, respectively. The value of the developed technology is being amortized over the greater of: 1) the amount calculated using the ratio of current quarter revenues to the total of current quarter and anticipated future revenues, and 2) the straight-line method, over the estimated useful life of two and one-half years. The order backlog, which had an estimated useful life of six months, was fully amortized during the first two quarters of 2006. The weighted-average amortization period for the amortizable identifiable intangible assets is approximately three years. Amortization expense for these intangible assets totaled $1.4 million for 2007 and $1.6 million from the date of acquisition to December 31, 2006. Accumulated amortization for the customer

 

65

 


relationships, non-competition agreements and developed technology was $2.7 million at December 31, 2007. The allocation of $0.3 million to in-process R&D was expensed at the time of acquisition. The Company used the income approach to determine the values of the acquired intangible assets.

 

Pinnacle

 

In August 2005, Avid completed the acquisition of California-based Pinnacle, a supplier of digital video products to customers ranging from individuals to broadcasters. Avid paid $72.1 million in cash plus common stock consideration of approximately $362.9 million in exchange for all of the outstanding shares of Pinnacle. Avid also incurred $6.5 million of transaction costs. The Company incorporated Pinnacle’s broadcast and professional offerings, including the Deko on-air graphics system, into its Professional Video segment and formed a new Consumer Video segment that offers Pinnacle’s consumer products, including Pinnacle Studio and other products.

 

During 2005 the Company allocated the total purchase price of $441.4 million as follows: $91.8 million to net assets acquired; $123.1 million to identifiable intangible assets, including $32.3 million of in-process R&D; and the remaining $226.5 million to goodwill. During 2006 the Company continued its analysis of the fair values of certain assets and liabilities, in particular accruals for employee terminations, facilities closures and contract terminations; inventory reserves; deferred tax assets and tax reserves; and certain other accruals. Accordingly, the Company recorded adjustments to these assets and liabilities, resulting in a $12.7 million increase in the value of the net assets acquired and a corresponding decrease to goodwill. This resulted in total goodwill related to the Pinnacle acquisition of $213.8 million, with $82.7 million assigned to the Company’s Professional Video segment and $131.1 million assigned to the Consumer Video segment.

 

In December 2006, the Company's annual goodwill impairment testing determined that the carrying value of the Consumer Video segment goodwill exceeded its implied fair value. As described in Note B, the Company performs its annual goodwill impairment analysis in the fourth quarter of each year. This is also the quarter in which the Company completes its annual budget for the upcoming year and updates longer-range plans for each business unit. In connection with these analyses, revenue projections for the Consumer Video business unit were lowered significantly from those prepared in connection with the acquisition, indicating the fair value of the business had declined. A new estimate of the fair value of the Consumer Video unit was prepared based on a multiple-of-revenues technique similar to that used in valuing the Pinnacle acquisition, updated for these current revenue projections. This fair value was then allocated among the Consumer Video segment’s tangible and intangible assets and liabilities to determine the implied fair value of goodwill. Because the book value of the Consumer Video goodwill exceeded the implied fair value by $53 million, the Company recorded this amount as an impairment loss, reducing Consumer Video goodwill to $78.1 million at December 31, 2006.

 

During the first three months of 2007, the Company recorded a further $0.3 million reduction in the deferred tax liabilities assumed and a corresponding decrease in goodwill. At December 31, 2007, the total goodwill was $160.5 million with $78.0 assigned to the Consumer Video segment and $82.5 million assigned to the Professional Video segment. The goodwill is not deductible for tax purposes.

 

The identifiable intangible assets, with the exception of the in-process R&D, which was expensed at the time of acquisition, are being amortized over their estimated useful lives of six and one-half years for customer relationships, seven years for the trade names and two to three years for the developed technology. The weighted-average amortization period for these intangible assets is approximately five years. These intangible assets are being amortized using the straight-line method, with the exception of developed technology. Developed technology is being amortized on a product-by-product basis over the greater of: 1) the amount calculated using the ratio of current quarter revenues to the total of current quarter and anticipated future revenues over the estimated useful lives of two to three years, and 2) the straight-line method over each product’s remaining respective useful life. Amortization expense for these intangible assets totaled $18.4 million, $24.5 million and $12.6 million, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, and accumulated amortization was $55.5 million at December 31, 2007.

 

Wizoo

 

In August 2005, Avid acquired all the outstanding shares of Wizoo, a Germany-based provider of virtual instruments for music producers and sound designers. The total purchase price of $5.1 million was allocated as follows: ($0.6 million) to net liabilities assumed, $1.2 million to amortizable identifiable intangible assets, $0.1 million to in-process R&D and the remaining $4.4 million to goodwill. The goodwill is reported within the Company’s Audio segment and is not deductible for tax purposes.

 

66

 


The amortizable identifiable intangible assets, which include developed technology of $0.6 million and license agreements of $0.6 million, are being amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives of two to four years and three to four years, respectively. Amortization expense for these intangible assets totaled $0.3 million, $0.4 million and $0.2 million, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, and accumulated amortization was $0.9 million at December 31, 2007. The in-process R&D of $0.1 million was expensed at the time of acquisition.

 

As part of the purchase agreement, Avid was contingently obligated to make additional payments to the former shareholders of Wizoo of up to €1.0 million, dependent upon Wizoo achieving certain engineering milestones through January 2008. These payments, if required, would be recorded as additional purchase consideration, allocated to goodwill. During 2006 three engineering milestones were met and €0.6 million ($0.8 million) was recorded as additional purchase price. During the first quarter of 2007, the final milestone was met and an additional €0.4 million ($0.5 million) was recorded as additional purchase price. Also, during 2006, goodwill was reduced by $0.5 million primarily as a result of an increase in the value of net assets acquired due to the utilization of Wizoo deferred tax assets, resulting in a goodwill balance of $5.2 million at December 31, 2007.

 

Other Acquisitions

 

During the year ended December 31, 2004, the Company acquired M-Audio, Avid Nordic and NXN. As of December 31, 2007, the goodwill balances related to the M-Audio, Avid Nordic and NXN acquisitions were $120.5 million allocated to the Audio segment, $3.8 million allocated to the Professional Video segment and $34.8 million allocated to the Professional Video segment, respectively. In connection with these acquisitions, the Company allocated $50.3 million to identifiable intangible assets for customer relationships, developed technology, a trade name and a non-compete covenant, which are being amortized over their estimated useful lives of three to twelve years, four to six years, six years and two years, respectively. Amortization expense relating to these intangible assets was $6.1 million, $6.5 million and $6.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively.

 

Amortizing Identifiable Intangible Assets

 

As a result of the Company’s acquisitions, amortizing identifiable intangible assets consist of the following (in thousands):

 

 

 

December 31, 2007

 

 

 

December 31, 2006

 

 


Gross

 

 

 

Accumulated
Amortization

 

 

 


Net

 

 

 


Gross

 

 

 

Accumulated
Amortization

 

 

 


Net

Completed technologies
   and patents

 

$

65,727

 

 

 

$

(54,099)

 

 

 

$

11,628

 

 

 

$

66,298

 

 

 

$

(36,984)

 

 

 

$

29,314

Customer relationships
    and order backlog

 

 

71,701

 

 

 

 

(25,205)

 

 

 

 

46,496

 

 

 

 

72,041

 

 

 

 

(16,204)

 

 

 

 

55,837

Trade names

 

 

21,316

 

 

 

 

(8,284)

 

 

 

 

13,032

 

 

 

 

21,316

 

 

 

 

(5,093)

 

 

 

 

16,223

Non-compete covenants

 

 

1,704

 

 

 

 

(1,637)

 

 

 

 

67

 

 

 

 

1,704

 

 

 

 

(1,384)

 

 

 

 

320

License agreements

 

 

560

 

 

 

 

(356)

 

 

 

 

204

 

 

 

 

560

 

 

 

 

(206)

 

 

 

 

354

 

 

$

161,008

 

 

 

$

(89,581)

 

 

 

$

71,427

 

 

 

$

161,919

 

 

 

$

(59,871)

 

 

 

$

102,048

 

Amortization expense related to all intangible assets in the aggregate was $30.6 million, $35.6 million and $20.2 million, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005. The Company expects amortization of these intangible assets to be approximately $21 million in 2008, $15 million in 2009, $12 million in 2010, $11 million in 2011, $4 million in 2012, and $8 million thereafter.

 

67

 


Pro Forma Financial Information for Acquisitions (Unaudited)

 

The results of operations of Sibelius, Sundance Digital and Medea have been included in the results of operations of the Company since the respective date of each acquisition. The following unaudited pro forma financial information presents the results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2006 as if the acquisitions of Sibelius and Sundance Digital had occurred at the beginning of 2006. Pro forma results of operations giving effect to the Medea acquisition are not included as they would not differ materially from reported results. The pro forma financial information for the combined entities has been prepared for comparative purposes only and is not indicative of what actual results would have been if the acquisitions had taken place at the beginning of 2006 or of future results.

 

(in thousands except per share data)

 

For the Year Ended
December 31, 2006

 

Net revenues

 

 

$919,951

 

Net loss

 

 

($45,540

)

Net loss per share – basic

 

 

($1.09

)

Net loss per share - diluted

 

 

($1.09

)

 

H.

INCOME TAXES

 

Income (loss) before income taxes and the components of the income tax provision (benefit) consist of the following (in thousands):

 

 

 

For the Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2007

 

 

 

2006

 

 

 

2005

 

Income (loss) before income taxes:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

United States

 

$

(23,324

)

 

 

$

(27,309

)

 

 

$

36,019

 

Foreign

 

 

18,342

 

 

 

 

(265

)

 

 

 

6,316

 

Total income (loss) before income taxes

 

$

(4,982

)

 

 

$

(27,574

)

 

 

$

42,335

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current tax expense (benefit):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

$

(2,779

)

 

 

$

2,290

 

 

 

$

705

 

State

 

 

250

 

 

 

 

669

 

 

 

 

225

 

Foreign benefit of net operating losses

 

 

(1,270

)

 

 

 

(364

)

 

 

 

(2,979

)

Other foreign

 

 

10,099

 

 

 

 

8,259

 

 

 

 

10,630

 

Total current tax expense

 

 

6,300

 

 

 

 

10,854

 

 

 

 

8,581

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred tax expense (benefit):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

 

318

 

 

 

 

7,926

 

 

 

 

1,820

 

State

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign benefit of net operating losses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other foreign

 

 

(3,621

)

 

 

 

(3,427

)

 

 

 

(2,046

)

Total deferred tax expense (benefit)

 

 

(3,303

)

 

 

 

4,499

 

 

 

 

(226

)

Total provision for income taxes

 

$

2,997

 

 

 

$

15,353

 

 

 

$

8,355

 

 

Net cash payments for income taxes in 2007, 2006 and 2005 were approximately $6.0 million, $4.9 million, and $3.1 million, respectively.

 

The cumulative amount of undistributed earnings of subsidiaries, which is intended to be permanently reinvested and for which U.S. income taxes have not been provided, totaled approximately $123.2 million at December 31, 2007.

 

68

 


Net deferred tax assets (liabilities) consist of the following (in thousands):

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2007

 

 

 

2006

 

Deferred tax assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tax credit and net operating loss carryforwards

 

$

80,509

 

 

 

$

80,982

 

Allowances for bad debts

 

 

315

 

 

 

 

443

 

Difference in accounting for:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenue

 

 

5,513

 

 

 

 

6,166

 

Costs and expenses

 

 

36,949

 

 

 

 

23,931

 

Inventories

 

 

5,184

 

 

 

 

5,827

 

Acquired intangible assets

 

 

44,791

 

 

 

 

51,910

 

Other

 

 

3

 

 

 

 

3

 

Gross deferred tax assets

 

 

173,264

 

 

 

 

169,262

 

Valuation allowance

 

 

(140,486

)

 

 

 

(138,974

)

Deferred tax assets after valuation allowance

 

 

32,778

 

 

 

 

30,288

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Difference in accounting for:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenue

 

 

(6

)

 

 

 

 

Costs and expenses

 

 

(5,974

)

 

 

 

(2,056

)

Inventories

 

 

(2,621

)

 

 

 

(2,469

)

Acquired intangible assets

 

 

(25,278

)

 

 

 

(31,374

)

Other

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross deferred tax liabilities

 

 

(33,879

)

 

 

 

(35,899

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets (liabilities)

 

$

(1,101

)

 

 

$

(5,611

)

 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities reflect the net tax effects of the tax credits and net operating loss carryforwards and the temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. The ultimate realization of the net deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of sufficient future taxable income in the applicable tax jurisdictions.

 

For U.S. federal income tax purposes at December 31, 2007, the Company has tax credit carryforwards of approximately $55.4 million, which will expire between 2008 and 2027, and net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $226.8 million, which will expire between 2018 and 2027. These amounts include $0.8 million in Pinnacle tax credit carryforwards and $82.8 million in Pinnacle net operating loss carryforwards, both of which are subject to limitation under Section 382 change of ownership rules of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Internal Revenue Code”). Based on the level of the deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2007 and the level of historical U.S. losses, management has determined that the uncertainty regarding the realization of these assets warrants a full valuation allowance at December 31, 2007.

 

The Company’s assessment of the valuation allowance on the U.S. deferred tax assets could change in the future based on its levels of pre-tax income and other tax related adjustments. Removal of the valuation allowance in whole or in part would result in a non-cash reduction in income tax expense during the period of removal. If the valuation allowance of $140.5 million as of December 31, 2007 were to be removed in its entirety, a $101.4 million non-cash reduction in income tax expense, and a $39.1 million credit to goodwill related to Pinnacle net operating losses, tax credit carryforwards and temporary differences would be recorded. For 2007 there was no impact to goodwill resulting from the utilization of the acquired U.S. deferred tax assets. For 2006 the impact to goodwill resulting from the utilization of acquired U.S. deferred tax assets was $9.8 million.

 

Excluded from the above deferred tax schedule as of December 31, 2007 are tax assets totaling $67.4 million resulting from the exercise of employee stock options. In accordance with SFAS No. 109 and SFAS 123(R), recognition of these assets would occur upon utilization of these deferred tax assets to reduce taxes payable and would result in a credit to additional paid-in capital within stockholders’ equity rather than the provision for income taxes. As a result of the exercise of employee stock

 

69

 


options, the Company recorded increases to additional paid-in capital of $0.3 million and $4.1 million in 2007 and 2006, respectively.

 

The following table sets forth a reconciliation of the Company's income tax provision (benefit) to the statutory U.S. federal tax rate:

 

 

 

2007

 

 

2006

 

 

2005

 

 

Statutory rate

 

(35)%

 

 

(35)%

 

 

35%

 

 

Tax credits

 

(51)   

 

 

(5)   

 

 

(2)  

 

 

Foreign operations

 

(114)   

 

 

20    

 

 

(5)  

 

 

State taxes, net of federal benefit

 

3    

 

 

1    

 

 

3   

 

 

Other

 

10    

 

 

2    

 

 

1   

 

 

In process research and development

 

-    

 

 

-    

 

 

27   

 

 

Goodwill impairment

 

-    

 

 

67    

 

 

-   

 

 

Increase (decrease) in valuation allowance

 

247    

 

 

6    

 

 

(39)  

 

 

Effective tax rate

 

60% 

 

 

56% 

 

 

20%

 

 

 

In June 2006, the FASB issued FIN 48, which clarified the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an enterprise's financial statement in accordance with SFAS No. 109. FIN 48 requires that a tax position must be more likely than not to be sustained before being recognized in the financial statements. The interpretation also requires the accrual of interest and penalties as applicable on unrecognized tax positions. As a result of the adoption of FIN 48 on January 1, 2007, the Company recognized no adjustment in the liability for unrecognized income tax benefits. At January 1, 2007, Avid had $6.9 million of unrecognized tax benefits, of which $4.7 million would affect the Company's effective tax rate if recognized. In March 2007, a Canadian R&D tax credit audit for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2005 was completed. As a result, Avid recognized $3.0 million of previously unrecognized tax benefits. This amount was included in the tax benefits for the year ended December 31, 2007. At December 31, 2007, the Company's unrecognized tax benefits and related accrued interest and penalties totaled $4.7 million, of which $2.1 million would affect the Company's effective tax rate if recognized. The remaining balance of $2.6 million, if recognized, would reduce goodwill. The Company does not anticipate a significant change to the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits within the next 12 months.

 

The following table sets forth a reconciliation of the beginning and ending amounts of unrecognized tax benefits, excluding the impact of interest and penalties (in thousands):

 

Unrecognized tax benefits at January 1, 2007

 

$6,200

 

Increases for tax positions taken during a prior period

 

400

 

Increases for tax positions taken during the current period

 

200

 

Decreases related to settlements

 

(2,800

)

Increases (decreases) resulting from the expiration of statute of limitations

 

 

Unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2007

 

$4,000

 

 

The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions in income tax expense. As of both December 31 and January 1, 2007, Avid had approximately $0.7 million of accrued interest related to uncertain tax positions.

 

The tax years 2001 through 2006 remain open to examination by taxing authorities in the jurisdictions in which the Company operates.

 

70

 


I.

LONG-TERM LIABILITIES

 

Long-term liabilities consist of the following (in thousands):

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

2007

 

 

 

2006

Long-term deferred tax liabilities, net

 

$

7,430

 

 

 

$

11,116

Long-term deferred revenue

 

 

4,581

 

 

 

 

3,851

Long-term deferred rent

 

 

3,008

 

 

 

 

3,396

Long-term accrued restructuring

 

 

2,476

 

 

 

 

2,108

 

 

$

17,495

 

 

 

$

20,471

 

J.

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

 

Operating Lease Commitments

 

The Company leases its office space and certain equipment under non-cancelable operating leases. The future minimum lease commitments under these non-cancelable leases at December 31, 2007 were as follows (in thousands ):

 

Year

 

 

2008

 

$28,461

2009

 

23,520

2010

 

18,615

2011

 

13,555

2012

 

10,159

Thereafter

 

24,111

Total

 

$118,421

 

The total of future minimum rentals to be received by the Company under non-cancelable subleases related to the above leases was $6.7 million as of December 31, 2007. Such sublease income amounts are not reflected in the schedule of minimum lease payments above. Included in the operating lease commitments above are obligations under leases for which the Company has vacated the underlying facilities as part of various restructuring plans. These leases expire at various dates through 2011 and represent an aggregate obligation of $10.7 million through 2011. The Company has restructuring accruals of $5.3 million at December 31, 2007 which represents the difference between this aggregate future obligation and expected future sublease income under actual or estimated potential sublease agreements, on a net present value basis, as well as other facilities related obligations (see Note N).

 

The Company's two leases for corporate office space in Tewksbury, Massachusetts, which expire in June 2010, contain renewal options to extend the respective terms of each lease for an additional 60 months. The Company has other leases for office space that have early termination options, which if exercised by the Company, would result in penalties of approximately $2.5 million in the aggregate. The future minimum lease commitments above include the Company’s obligations through the original lease terms and do not include these penalties.

 

The accompanying consolidated results of operations reflect rent expense on a straight-line basis over the term of the leases. Total rent expense under operating leases, net of operating subleases, was approximately $22.6 million, $22.2 million and $19.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. Total rent received from the Company’s operating subleases was approximately $3.2 million, $3.5 million and $3.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively.

 

The Company has a standby letter of credit at a bank that is used as a security deposit in connection with the Company’s Daly City, California office space lease. In the event of default on this lease, the landlord would, as of December 31, 2007, be eligible to draw against this letter of credit to a maximum of $0.8 million. The letter of credit will remain in effect at $0.8 million throughout the remaining lease period, which extends to September 2014. As of December 31, 2007, the Company was not in default of this lease.

 

71

 


 

Purchase Commitments and Sole Source Suppliers

 

As of December 31, 2007, the Company had entered into non-cancelable purchase commitments for certain inventory components used in its normal operations. The purchase commitments covered by these agreements are generally less than one year and in the aggregate total approximately $60.9 million.

 

The Company depends on sole source suppliers for certain key hardware components of its products. If any of these sole source suppliers cease, suspend or otherwise limit production or shipment of their hardware components, or adversely modify purchasing terms or pricing structures, the Company's ability to sell and service its products may be impaired. The Company procures product components and builds inventory based on forecasts of product life cycle and customer demand. If the Company is unable to provide accurate forecasts or manage inventory levels in response to shifts in customer demand, the Company may have insufficient, excess or obsolete product inventory.

 

Transactions with Recourse

 

The Company, through a third party, provides lease financing options to its customers, including end-users and, on a limited basis, resellers. During the terms of these leases, which are generally three years, the Company remains liable for any unpaid principal balance upon default by the customer, but such liability is limited in the aggregate based on a percentage of initial amounts funded or, in certain cases, amounts of unpaid balances. At December 31, 2007 and 2006, Avid’s maximum recourse exposure totaled approximately $8.8 million and $11.0 million, respectively. The Company records revenues from these transactions upon the shipment of products, provided that all other revenue recognition criteria, including collectibility being reasonably assured, are met. Because the Company has been providing these financing options to its customers for many years, the Company has a substantial history of collecting under these arrangements without providing significant refunds or concessions to the end user, reseller or financing party. To date, the payment default rate has consistently been between 2% and 4% per year of the original funded amount. This low default rate results because the third-party leasing company diligently screens applicants and collects amounts due and because Avid actively monitors its exposures under the financing program and participates in the approval process for any lessees outside of agreed-upon credit-worthiness metrics. The Company maintains a reserve for estimated losses under this recourse lease program based on these historical default rates applied to the funded amount outstanding at period end. At December 31, 2007 and 2006, the Company’s accrual for estimated losses was $0.8 million and $1.5 million, respectively.

 

Contingencies

 

Avid receives inquiries from time to time claiming possible patent infringement by the Company. If any infringement is determined to exist, the Company may seek licenses or settlements. In addition, as a normal incidence of the nature of the Company’s business, various claims, charges and litigation have been asserted or commenced from time to time against the Company arising from or related to contractual or employee relations, intellectual property rights or product performance. Settlements related to any such claims are generally included in the “general and administrative expenses” caption in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations. Management does not believe these claims will have a material adverse effect on the financial position or results of operations of the Company.

 

On May 24, 2007, David Engelke and Bryan Engelke filed a complaint against the Company's Pinnacle subsidiary in Pinellas County (Florida) Circuit Court, claiming that Pinnacle breached certain contracts among them and that the Engelkes are entitled to indemnification for damages (and attorneys' fees) awarded against them in litigation with a third party. The complaint, which seeks damages of approximately $17.7 million, was served on September 4, 2007. Pinnacle’s motion to dismiss the complaint in its entirety is scheduled for hearing on March 7, 2008. On September 28, 2007, the Florida appellate court reversed the damages award for which the Engelkes seek indemnification and remanded the case for a new damages trial with instructions that would limit the potential award to a sum significantly lower than the amount demanded in the Engelkes’ complaint against Pinnacle. Because the Company cannot predict the outcome of this action at this time, no costs have been accrued for any loss contingency; however, the Company does not expect this matter to have a material effect on the Company's financial position or results of operations.

 

In April 2005 Avid was notified by the Korean Federal Trade Commission (“KFTC”) that a former reseller, Neat Information Telecommunication, Inc. (“Neat”), had filed a petition against a subsidiary of the Company, Avid Technology Worldwide, Inc., alleging unfair trade practices. On August 11, 2005, the KFTC issued a decision in favor of Avid regarding the complaint

 

72

 


filed by Neat. On February 16, 2006, in response to a second petition filed by Neat, the KFTC reaffirmed its earlier decision in favor of Avid and concluded its review of the case. On October 14, 2005, Neat filed a related civil lawsuit in Seoul Central District Court against Avid Technology Worldwide, Inc. alleging tortious conduct and unfair trade practices. On August 11, 2006, Neat filed an identical complaint against Avid Technology, Inc. Neat sought alleged damages of approximately $1.1 million, plus interest and attorneys’ fees. The parties reached a settlement during 2007. Settlement of this matter did not have a material effect on the Company’s financial position or results of operation.

 

On August 16, 2006, Trevor Blumenau filed a complaint against the Company in the U.S. District Court, Northern District of Texas, alleging infringement of U.S. Patent 5,664,216 (the "216 patent"), entitled Iconic Audiovisual Data Editing Environment . The complaint asserted that Avid develops, markets and sells software that infringes one or more claims in the 216 patent. On March 12, 2007, Avid filed an answer, denying infringement and making counterclaims seeking a declaratory judgment that the patent is invalid and unenforceable. The parties reached a settlement during 2007. Settlement of this matter did not have a material effect on the Company’s financial position or results of operation.

 

From time to time, the Company provides indemnification provisions in agreements with customers covering potential claims by third parties of intellectual property infringement. These agreements generally provide that the Company will indemnify customers for losses incurred in connection with an infringement claim brought by a third party with respect to the Company’s products. These indemnification provisions generally offer perpetual coverage for infringement claims based on the products covered by the agreement. The maximum potential amount of future payments the Company could be required to make under these indemnification provisions is theoretically unlimited; however, to date, the Company has not incurred material costs related to these indemnification provisions. As a result, the Company believes the estimated fair value of these indemnification provisions is minimal.

 

As permitted under Delaware law and pursuant to Avid's Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, the Company is obligated to indemnify its current and former officers and directors for certain events that occur or occurred while the officer or director is or was serving in such capacity. The term of the indemnification period is for each respective officer’s or director’s lifetime. The maximum potential amount of future payments the Company could be required to make under these indemnification obligations is unlimited; however, Avid has mitigated the exposure through the purchase of directors and officers insurance, which is intended to limit the risk and, in most cases, enable the Company to recover all or a portion of any future amounts paid. As a result of this insurance policy coverage, the Company believes the estimated fair value of these indemnification obligations is minimal.

 

Avid provides warranties on externally sourced and internally developed hardware. For internally developed hardware and in cases where the warranty granted to customers for externally sourced hardware is greater than that provided by the manufacturer, the Company records an accrual for the related liability based on historical trends and actual material and labor costs. The warranty period for all of the Company’s products is generally 90 days to one year, but can extend up to five years depending on the manufacturer’s warranty or local law.

 

The following table sets forth the activity in the product warranty accrual account for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006 (in thousands):

 

Accrual balance at December 31, 2005

 

$

6,190

 

Acquired product warranty

 

 

67

 

Accruals for product warranties

 

 

4,891

 

Cost of warranty claims

 

 

(5,076

)

Accrual balance at December 31, 2006

 

 

6,072

 

Accruals for product warranties

 

 

5,351

 

Cost of warranty claims

 

 

(5,620

)

Accrual balance at December 31, 2007

 

$

5,803

 

 

 

73

 


K.

CAPITAL STOCK

 

Preferred Stock

 

The Company has authorized up to one million shares of preferred stock, $0.01 par value per share for issuance. Each series of preferred stock shall have such rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions, including voting rights, dividend rights, conversion rights, redemption privileges and liquidation preferences, as may be determined by the Company's board of directors.

 

Common Stock

 

A stock repurchase program was approved by the Company's board of directors and publicly announced on April 26, 2007. Under this program, the Company was authorized to repurchase up to $100 million of the Company's common stock through transactions on the open market, in block trades or otherwise. Between May 1, 2007 and May 11, 2007, the Company repurchased 706,001 shares of the Company's common stock for a total purchase price of $23.7 million. The average price per share paid for these shares, including commissions, was $33.55. Between October 30, 2007 and November 2, 2007, the Company repurchased an additional 103,235 shares of the Company's common stock for a total purchase price of $2.9 million. The average price per share paid for these shares, including commissions, was $28.60. Subsequent to December 31, 2007, from February 5, 2008 through February 21, 2008, the Company repurchased an additional 3,454,197 shares of the Company's common stock for a total purchase price of $73.4 million, which completed the stock repurchases then authorized under the program. The average price per share paid for these shares, including commissions, was $21.28. The average price per share paid for the total repurchase of 4,263,433 shares of the Company’s common stock, including commissions, was $23.49. On February 27, 2008, the Company announced our board of directors' approval of a $100 million increase in the authorized funds for the repurchase of our common stock under this program. This stock repurchase program is being funded using the Company's working capital.

 

Previously, in 2006 a stock repurchase program was approved by the Company’s board of directors effective July 21, 2006. Under this program, the Company was authorized to repurchase up to $50 million of the Company’s common stock through transactions on the open market, in block trades or otherwise. The program was completed on August 7, 2006 with 1,432,327 shares of the Company’s common stock repurchased from July 25, 2006 through the completion date. The average price per share paid for these shares, including commissions, was $34.94. The stock repurchase program was funded using the Company’s working capital.

 

Under some of the Company's equity compensation plans, employees have the option to satisfy any withholding tax obligations by tendering to the Company a portion of the common stock received under the award. In addition, under some of the Company's equity award agreements, employees are required to satisfy any withholding tax obligation by tendering the Company a portion of the common stock received under the award. During the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, the Company received approximately 684, 4,039 shares and 1,588 shares, respectively, of its common stock in exchange for $23 thousand, $0.2 million and $0.1 million, respectively, of employee withholding liabilities paid by the Company.

 

Warrant

 

In connection with the acquisition of Softimage Inc. in 1998, the Company issued to Microsoft a ten-year warrant to purchase 1,155,235 shares of the Company’s common stock, valued at $26.2 million. The warrant became exercisable on August 3, 2000 at a price of $47.65 per share and expires on August 3, 2008.

 

L.

STOCK PLANS

 

Stock Option and Award Plans

 

The Company has several stock-based compensation plans under which employees, officers, directors and consultants may be granted stock awards or options to purchase the Company’s common stock, generally at the market price on the date of grant. Certain plans allow for options to be granted at below market price under certain circumstances, although this is typically not the Company’s practice. The options become exercisable over various periods, typically four years for employees and one year for non-employee directors, and have a maximum term of ten years. As of December 31, 2007, 1,790,732 shares of common

 

74

 


stock remain available to cover future stock option grants under the Company’s stock-based compensation plans, including 1,616,650 shares that may alternatively be issued as awards of restricted stock, restricted stock units or other forms of stock-based compensation.

 

Beginning with the adoption of SFAS 123(R) in the first quarter of 2006, the Company recorded stock-based compensation expense for the fair value of stock options. Stock-based compensation expense of $15.9 million, $16.8 million and $2.4 million, resulting from the adoption of SFAS 123(R), the acquisition of M-Audio and the issuance of restricted stock and restricted stock units, was included in the following captions in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively (in thousands):

 

 

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

Product cost of revenues

 

$

679

 

$

516

 

$

Service cost of revenues

 

 

829

 

 

801

 

 

Research and development expense

 

 

4,521

 

 

4,925

 

 

272

Marketing and selling expense

 

 

4,470

 

 

4,833

 

 

772

General and administrative expense

 

 

5,450

 

 

5,766

 

 

1,403

 

 

$

15,949

 

$

16,841

 

$

2,447

 

In addition, stock-based compensation totaling $180,000 was included in the caption “restructuring costs, net” during 2006 related to stock-based compensation expense for the acceleration of vesting for certain employees whose employment was terminated in a restructuring program.

 

If the Company had applied the fair value recognition provisions of SFAS No. 123 to all stock-based employee awards for the year ended December 31, 2005, the Company’s net income and earnings per share would have been adjusted to the pro forma amounts shown in Note B – “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies.”

 

The fair values of restricted stock awards, including restricted stock and restricted stock units, are based on the intrinsic values of the awards at the date of grant. As permitted under SFAS No. 123 and SFAS 123(R), the Company generally uses the Black-Scholes option pricing model to estimate the fair value of stock option grants. The Black-Scholes model relies on a number of key assumptions to calculate estimated fair values. For stock options granted prior to 2006, the Company recognized stock-compensation expense using the graded-vesting attribution method. For options granted since the adoption of SFAS 123(R), the Company uses the straight-line attribution method.

 

The following table sets forth the weighted-average key assumptions and fair value results for stock options with time-based vesting granted during the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005:

 

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

Expected dividend yield

0.00%

 

0.00%

 

0.00%

Risk-free interest rate

4.48%

 

4.84%

 

4.00%

Expected volatility

32.8%

 

34.1%

 

51.0%

Expected life (in years)

4.26  

 

4.39  

 

4.24  

Weighted-average fair value of options granted

$10.76  

 

$14.16  

 

$22.57  

 

The dividend yield of zero is based on the fact that the Company has never paid cash dividends and has no present intention to pay cash dividends. Since adoption of SFAS 123(R) on January 1, 2006, the expected stock-price volatility assumption used by the Company has been based on recent (six month trailing) implied volatility calculations. These calculations are performed on exchange-traded options of the Company’s common stock, based on the implied volatility of long-term (nine to thirty-nine month term) exchange-traded options, which is consistent with the requirements of SFAS 123(R) and Securities and Exchange Commission Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 107. The Company believes that using a forward-looking, market-driven volatility assumption will result in the best estimate of expected volatility. Prior to adoption of SFAS 123(R), the expected volatility was based on historical volatilities of the underlying stock. The risk-free interest rate is the U.S. Treasury security rate with a term equal to the expected life of the option. The expected life is based on company-specific historical experience. With regard to the estimate of the expected life, the Company considers the exercise behavior of past grants and models the pattern of aggregate exercises.

 

75

 


Based on the Company’s historical turnover rates for different types of employees, annualized estimated forfeiture rates of 0% to 6.5% were used to calculate the estimated compensation cost for grants made during the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006. Additional expense is recorded if actual forfeitures are lower than estimated and a recovery of prior expense is recorded if the actual forfeitures are higher than estimated. Prior to the adoption of SFAS 123(R), forfeitures were not estimated at the time of award.

 

In December 2007, the Company granted a stock option to purchase 725,000 shares of Avid common stock and 100,000 shares of restricted stock to the Company's newly hired chief executive officer. The 725,000 share option included 625,000 shares that vest based on performance and market conditions. The vesting of 300,000 shares is tied to the Company's stock price. The vesting of the remaining 325,000 shares is tied to both stock price and improvements in the Company's return on equity. The compensation cost and derived service periods for the market-condition grants were estimated using the Monte Carlo valuation method with an assumed volatility of 32.8% and a risk free interest rate of 3.93%. The weighted-average fair value of these option shares is $6.60 and the expected lives range from 3.25 to 4.98 years.

 

Information with respect to options granted under all stock option plans for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively, is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

Shares

 

 

Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price

 

Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term

 

Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
(in thousands)

Options outstanding at December 31, 2004

 

3,584,189

 

 

$24.19

 

 

 

 

Granted

 

1,792,968

 

 

$51.47

 

 

 

 

Exercised

 

(984,114

)

 

$17.18

 

 

 

 

Canceled or forfeited

 

(172,869

)

 

$43.06

 

 

 

 

Options outstanding at December 31, 2005

 

4,220,174

 

 

$36.65

 

 

 

 

Granted

 

412,650

 

 

$39.59

 

 

 

 

Assumed in Sibelius acquisition

 

34,581

 

 

$8.45

 

 

 

 

Exercised

 

(403,239

)

 

$16.87

 

 

 

 

Forfeited

 

(242,614

)

 

$42.78

 

 

 

 

Canceled

 

(49,509

)

 

$50.70

 

 

 

 

Options outstanding at December 31, 2006

 

3,972,043

 

 

$38.17

 

 

 

 

Granted

 

1,642,370

 

 

$29.39

 

 

 

 

Exercised

 

(634,333

)

 

$16.63

 

 

 

 

Forfeited

 

(525,300

)

 

$40.17

 

 

 

 

Canceled

 

(629,600

)

 

$49.55

 

 

 

 

Options outstanding at December 31, 2007

 

3,825,180

 

 

$35.83

 

6.42

 

$9,581

Options vested at December 31, 2007 or expected to vest

 

3,518,135

 

 

$36.26

 

6.32

 

$9,017

Options exercisable at December 31, 2007

 

2,020,884

 

 

$38.39

 

5.21

 

$6,950

 

Options assumed as a result of the acquisition of Sibelius in 2006 had exercise prices below the Company's average market price on the date of acquisition. The weighted-average fair value of the Sibelius assumed options was $27.65, which was determined using the Black-Scholes option pricing model assuming an expected volatility of 34.3%, a risk-free interest rate of 5.01% and an expected life of 2.55 years for the remaining vesting.

 

The aggregate intrinsic value of stock options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 was approximately $8.1 million, $10.2 million and $37.0 million, respectively. Cash received from the exercise of stock options for the year ended December 31, 2007 was $10.5 million. The Company did not realize any actual tax benefit from the tax deductions for stock option exercises during the year ended December 31, 2007, due to the full valuation allowance on the Company’s U.S. deferred tax assets.

 

76

 


Information with respect to non-vested restricted stock units for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively, is as follows:

 

 

 

Non-Vested Restricted Stock Units

 

 

Shares

 

 

Weighted-
Average
Grant-Date
Fair Value

 

Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term

 

Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
(in thousands)

Non-vested at December 31, 2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Granted

 

207,757

 

 

$47.01

 

 

 

 

Vested

 

(3,738

)

 

$47.01

 

 

 

 

Forfeited

 

(22,400

)

 

$47.01

 

 

 

 

Non-vested at December 31, 2006

 

181,619

 

 

$47.01

 

 

 

 

Granted

 

692,231

 

 

$33.76

 

 

 

 

Vested

 

(58,164

)

 

$44.97

 

 

 

 

Forfeited

 

(168,185

)

 

$37.83

 

 

 

 

Non-vested at December 31, 2007

 

647,501

 

 

$35.39

 

3.03

 

$18,344

 

Information with respect to non-vested restricted stock for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively, is as follows:

 

 

 

Non-Vested Restricted Stock

 

 

Shares

 

 

Weighted-
Average
Grant-Date
Fair Value

 

Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual Term

 

Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
(in thousands)

Non-vested at December 31, 2004

 

20,000

 

 

$56.72

 

 

 

 

Granted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Vested

 

(5,000

)

 

$56.72

 

 

 

 

Forfeited

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-vested at December 31, 2005

 

15,000

 

 

$56.72

 

 

 

 

Granted

 

8,618

 

 

$47.01

 

 

 

 

Vested

 

(9,000

)

 

$56.72

 

 

 

 

Forfeited

 

(4,000

)

 

$56.72

 

 

 

 

Non-vested at December 31, 2006

 

10,618

 

 

$48.84

 

 

 

 

Granted

 

100,000

 

 

$25.41

 

 

 

 

Vested

 

(2,155

)

 

$47.01

 

 

 

 

Forfeited

 

(2,000

)

 

$56.72

 

 

 

 

Non-vested at December 31, 2007

 

106,463

 

 

$26.72

 

3.86

 

$3,016

 

As of December 31, 2007, there was $46.3 million of total unrecognized compensation cost, before forfeitures, related to non-vested stock-based compensation awards granted under the Company’s stock-based compensation plans. This cost will be recognized over the next four years. The Company expects this amount to be amortized as follows: $17.1 million in 2008, $14.1 million in 2009, $11.0 million in 2010 and $4.1 million thereafter. The weighted-average recognition period of the total unrecognized compensation cost is 1.61 years.

 

Employee Stock Purchase Plans

 

The Company’s Amended and Restated 1996 Employee Stock Purchase Plan authorizes the issuance of a maximum of 1,700,000 shares of common stock in quarterly offerings to employees at a price equal to 95% of the closing price on the applicable offering termination date. As of December 31, 2007, 250,467 shares remain available for issuance under this plan. Based on the plan design, the Company’s Amended and Restated 1996 Employee Stock Purchase Plan is considered noncompensatory under SFAS 123(R). Accordingly, the Company is not required to assign fair value to shares issued from this plan.

 

77

 


 

M.

EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

 

Employee Benefit Plans

 

The Company has a defined contribution employee benefit plan under section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code covering substantially all U.S. employees. The 401(k) plan allows employees to make contributions up to a specified percentage of their compensation. The Company may, upon resolution by the Company's board of directors, make discretionary contributions to the plan. The Company’s contribution to the plan is 50% of up to the first 6% of an employee’s salary contributed to the plan by the employee. The Company’s contributions to the plan totaled $3.5 million, $3.4 million and $2.8 million in 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively.

 

In addition, the Company has various retirement and post-employment plans covering certain international employees. Certain of the plans allow the Company to match employee contributions up to a specified percentage as defined by the plans. The Company made contributions to these plans of $2.1 million, $1.9 million and $1.4 million in 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively.

 

Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan

 

The Company's board of directors has approved a nonqualified deferred compensation plan (the “Deferred Plan”). The Deferred Plan covers senior management and members of the Company's board of directors as approved by the Company's Compensation Committee. The plan provides for a trust to which participants can contribute varying percentages or amounts of eligible compensation for deferred payment. Payouts are generally made upon termination of employment with the Company. The benefits payable under the Deferred Plan represents an unfunded and unsecured contractual obligation of the Company to pay the value of the deferred compensation in the future, adjusted to reflect the trust's investment performance. The assets of the trust, as well as the corresponding obligations, were approximately $1.5 million as of both December 31, 2007 and 2006 and were recorded in other current assets and accrued compensation and benefits at those dates.

 

N.

RESTRUCTURING COSTS AND ACCRUALS

 

During 2007 the Company implemented restructuring programs within the Professional Video and Consumer Video segments, as well as corporate operations, that resulted in restructuring charges of $12.2 million. In connection with these actions, approximately 125 employees, primarily from the research and development teams and marketing and selling teams, were notified that their employment would be terminated. The purpose of these programs was to eliminate duplicative business functions, improve operational efficiencies and align business skills with future opportunities. The charges for the estimated costs for the employee terminations totaled $5.2 million. Actions under these restructuring programs also included the closure of facilities in Munich, Germany and Chicago, Illinois and portions of facilities in Tewksbury, Massachusetts; Montreal, Canada; and Mountain View, California, and our exit from the transmission server product line. The costs for the facility closures totaled $2.6 million. As a result of exiting the transmission server product line, the Company recorded non-cash charges totaling $4.3 million in cost of revenues for the write-down of inventory. The Company also recorded a non-cash restructuring charge of $0.1 million related to the disposal of fixed assets.

 

During the fourth quarter of 2006, the Company implemented restructuring programs within both the Professional Video and Consumer Video segments, resulting in restructuring charges of $2.9 million and $0.9 million, respectively. As a result of the Professional Video restructuring program, approximately 40 employees worldwide, primarily in the management and selling teams, were notified that their employment would be terminated and a small leased office in Australia was closed. The total estimated costs for the employee terminations were $2.8 million and the total costs for the facility closure were $0.1 million. As a result of the Consumer Video restructuring program, approximately 10 employees worldwide, primarily in the selling and engineering teams, were notified that their employment would be terminated and a portion of a leased facility in Germany was vacated. The total estimated costs for the employee terminations were $0.8 million and the total costs for the facility closure were $0.1 million. The purpose of these programs was to improve the effectiveness of each segment. During 2007 we recorded additional restructuring charges of $0.3 million for revisions to the estimated liabilities for the Professional Video restructuring program.

 

During the first quarter of 2006, the Company implemented a restructuring program within our Consumer Video segment under which approximately 25 employees worldwide, primarily in the marketing and selling teams and research and

 

78

 


development teams, were notified that their employment would be terminated. The purpose of the program was to improve efficiency. In connection with this action, the Company recorded charges of $1.1 million in the statement of operations during the first quarter of 2006. During the third quarter of 2006, the payments under this restructuring were completed and the Company recorded a restructuring recovery of approximately $0.1 million and reversed the remaining restructuring accrual related to this restructuring.

 

Also during 2006, the Company reached an agreement with the landlord of its Daly City, California facility and executed an amendment to the existing lease for that office space, which extended the lease through September 2014, and a new subtenant was found for a portion of the Company's London, U.K. facility vacated as part of a 1999 restructuring program. Based on the new terms of the amended lease for the Daly City facility and the Company's changing facilities requirements, the Company determined that the previously vacated space in this facility would be re-occupied. Accordingly, the existing restructuring accrual for that space was reversed during the first quarter of 2006, and a restructuring recovery of $1.5 million was recorded in the Company's statement of operations. As a result of finding a subtenant for the London facility, a restructuring recovery of $0.6 million was recorded in the Company's statement of operations during the fourth quarter of 2006.

 

In December 2005, the Company implemented a restructuring program under which the employment of 20 employees worldwide was terminated and a portion of a leased facility in Montreal, Canada was vacated. In connection with these actions, the Company recorded charges of $0.8 million for employee terminations and $0.5 million for continuing rent obligations on excess space vacated, net of potential sublease income. During 2007 the Company recorded additional restructuring charges of $0.1 million and $0.3 million, respectively, related to a revised estimate in the second quarter and the buy-out of the lease for the vacated space in the Montreal facility in the fourth quarter.

 

Also during 2005, the Company recorded a charge of $1.8 million in connection with a revised estimate of the lease obligation associated with the U.K. facility that was vacated as part of a 1999 restructuring plan. The revision was necessary due to one of the subtenants in the facility giving notice of their intention to discontinue their sublease.

 

The Company recorded these charges in accordance with the guidance of SFAS No. 146, Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities . These restructuring charges and accruals require significant estimates and assumptions, including sub-lease income assumptions. These estimates and assumptions are monitored on at least a quarterly basis for changes in circumstances and any corresponding adjustments to the accrual are recorded in the Company’s statement of operations in the period when such changes are known.

 

In connection with the August 2005 Pinnacle acquisition and the January 2006 Medea acquisition, the Company recorded accruals of $14.4 million and $1.1 million, respectively, related to severance agreements and lease or other contract terminations in accordance with EITF Issue No. 95-3, Recognition of Liabilities in Connection with a Purchase Business Combination . These amounts are reflected in the purchase price allocations for each acquisition. Decreases in the cost estimates for such acquisition-related restructuring activities are recorded as adjustments to goodwill indefinitely, while increases in the estimates are recorded as goodwill during the purchase price allocation period (generally within one year of the acquisition date) and as operating expenses in the Company's statement of operations thereafter. Accordingly, during the first quarter of 2007, the Company recorded a $0.1 million increase in the estimate for the Medea restructuring and a corresponding restructuring charge. Similarly, in the third quarter of 2007, the Company recorded a $0.7 million increase in the estimate for the Pinnacle restructuring and a corresponding restructuring charge.

 

79

 


The following table sets forth the activity in the restructuring accruals for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 (in thousands):

 

 

 

Non-Acquisition-Related
Restructuring
Liabilities

 

 

 

Acquisition-Related
Restructuring
Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Employee-
Related

 

 

 

Facilities-
Related
& Other

 

 

 

Employee-
Related

 

 

 

Facilities-
Related

 

 

 

Total

 

Accrual balance at December 31, 2004

 

$

 

 

 

$

3,534

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

3,534

 

New restructuring charges

 

 

822

 

 

 

 

501

 

 

 

 

10,013

 

 

 

 

4,428

 

 

 

 

15,764

 

Revisions of estimated liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,778

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,778

 

Cash payments for employee-related charges

 

 

(693

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(6,985

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(7,678

)

Cash payments for facilities, net of sublease income

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,315

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,589

)

 

 

 

(2,904

)

Foreign exchange impact on ending balance

 

 

 

 

 

 

(31

)

 

 

 

(52

)

 

 

 

(54

)

 

 

 

(137

)

Accrual balance at December 31, 2005

 

 

129

 

 

 

 

4,467

 

 

 

 

2,976

 

 

 

 

2,785

 

 

 

 

10,357

 

New restructuring charges

 

 

4,546

 

 

 

 

158

 

 

 

 

725

 

 

 

 

351

 

 

 

 

5,780

 

Revisions of estimated liabilities

 

 

(183

)

 

 

 

(2,088

)

 

 

 

(1,908

)

 

 

 

(662

)

 

 

 

(4,841

)

Accretion

 

 

 

 

 

 

123

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

55

 

 

 

 

178

 

Cash payments for employee-related charges

 

 

(2,125

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,016

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3,141

)

Cash payments for facilities, net of sublease income

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,336

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,222

)

 

 

 

(2,558

)

Foreign exchange impact on ending balance

 

 

66

 

 

 

 

270

 

 

 

 

155

 

 

 

 

197

 

 

 

 

688

 

Accrual balance at December 31, 2006

 

 

2,433

 

 

 

 

1,594

 

 

 

 

932

 

 

 

 

1,504

 

 

 

 

6,463

 

New restructuring charges – operating expenses

 

 

5,247

 

 

 

 

2,681

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7,928

 

New restructuring charges – cost of revenues

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,278

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,278

 

Revisions of estimated liabilities

 

 

320

 

 

 

 

324

 

 

 

 

(370

)

 

 

 

1,193

 

 

 

 

1,467

 

Accretion

 

 

 

 

 

 

122

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

44

 

 

 

 

166

 

Cash payments for employee-related charges

 

 

(6,916

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(570

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(7,486

)

Cash payments for facilities, net of sublease income

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,467

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(671

)

 

 

 

(2,138

)

Non-cash write-offs

 

 

 

 

 

 

(4,387

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(53

)

 

 

 

(4,440

)

Foreign exchange impact on ending balance

 

 

102

 

 

 

 

111

 

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

 

24

 

 

 

 

247

 

Accrual balance at December 31, 2007

 

$

1,186

 

 

 

$

3,256

 

 

 

$

2

 

 

 

$

2,041

 

 

 

$

6,485

 

 

The employee-related accruals at December 31, 2007 represent severance and outplacement costs to former employees that will be paid out within the next 12 months and are, therefore, included in the caption “accrued expenses and other current liabilities” in the consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2007.

 

The facilities-related accruals at December 31, 2007 represent estimated losses on subleases of space vacated as part of the Company’s restructuring actions. The leases, and payments against the amounts accrued, extend through 2011 unless the Company is able to negotiate earlier terminations. Of the total facilities-related accruals, $2.8 million is included in the caption “accrued expenses and other current liabilities” and $2.5 million is included in the caption “long-term liabilities” in the consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2007.

 

O.

SEGMENT INFORMATION

 

The Company’s organizational structure is based on strategic business units aligned with the principal markets in which the Company’s products are sold. In SFAS No. 131, Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information , operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise about which separate financial information is available that is evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision maker, or decision-making group, in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance. The Company evaluated the discrete financial information that is regularly reviewed by the chief operating decision makers and determined that these business units equate to three reportable segments: Professional Video, Audio, and Consumer Video.

 

The Professional Video segment produces non-linear video and film editing systems to improve the productivity of video and film editors and broadcasters by enabling them to edit video, film and sound in a faster, easier, more creative and more cost-

 

80

 


effective manner than by use of traditional analog tape-based systems. The products in this operating segment are designed to provide capabilities for editing and finishing feature films, television shows, broadcast news programs, commercials, music videos, and corporate and government videos. This segment includes the Media Composer family of products, which accounted for approximately 8%, 9% and 12% of the Company’s consolidated net revenues in 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. Also within this segment are Shared Storage products that provide complete network, storage and database solutions based on the Company’s Avid Unity MediaNetwork technology, and enable users to simultaneously share and manage media assets throughout a project or organization. This product family accounted for 10% of the Company’s consolidated net revenues in each of 2007, 2006 and 2005.

 

The Audio segment produces digital audio systems for the audio market. This operating segment includes products developed to provide audio recording, editing, signal processing and automated mixing. This segment includes the Pro Tools product family, which accounted for approximately 15%, 15% and 18% of the Company’s consolidated net revenues in 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively.

 

The Consumer Video segment develops and markets products that are aimed primarily at the consumer market, which allow users to create, edit, view and distribute rich media content using a personal computer and to view television programming on a personal computer. This segment was formed in August 2005 and is composed of certain product lines acquired in the Pinnacle acquisition (see Note G).

 

The Company evaluates performance based on profit and loss from operations before income taxes, interest income, interest expenses and other income, excluding the effects of restructuring, amortization of intangible assets or impairment of goodwill and intangible assets associated with acquisitions and stock-based compensation. Common costs not directly attributable to a particular segment are allocated between segments based on management’s best estimates.

 

During the year ended December 31, 2007, the Company revised the methodology it uses to allocate certain general and administrative and shared facility expenses among the segments. This change in methodology was implemented to allow for more consistent allocation of such expenses on a worldwide basis. Accordingly, the corresponding amounts for 2006 and 2005 have been reclassified to conform to the current allocation method. As a result, for the year ended December 31, 2006, operating income for the Professional Video segment increased by $4.6 million, operating income for the Audio segment decreased by $3.7 million and the operating loss for the Consumer Video segment increased by $0.9 million. For the year ended December 31, 2005, operating income for the Professional Video segment increased by $4.8 million, and the operating income for the Audio and Consumer Video segments decreased by $2.7 million and $2.1 million, respectively. The change in methodology did not affect the Company's consolidated operating results.

 

81

 


The following is a summary of the Company’s operations by reportable segment for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 (in thousands):

 

 

 

Professional
Video

 

 

 

Audio

 

 

 

Consumer
Video

 

 

 

Combined
Segments

Year Ended December 31, 2007:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net revenues

 

$

485,186

 

 

 

$

318,993

 

 

 

$

125,391

 

 

 

$

$929,570

Operating income (loss)

 

 

24,181

 

 

 

 

30,927

 

 

 

 

(5,867

)

 

 

 

49,241

Assets as of December 31,

 

 

205,835

 

 

 

 

95,679

 

 

 

 

47,968

 

 

 

 

349,482

Depreciation

 

 

15,845

 

 

 

 

4,523

 

 

 

 

734

 

 

 

 

21,102

Capital expenditures

 

 

16,528

 

 

 

 

8,642

 

 

 

 

980

 

 

 

 

26,150

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2006:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net revenues

 

$

479,383

 

 

 

$

304,362

 

 

 

$

126,833

 

 

 

$

$910,578

Operating income (loss)

 

 

38,559

 

 

 

 

41,405

 

 

 

 

(6,063

)

 

 

 

73,901

Assets as of December 31,

 

 

214,949

 

 

 

 

93,832

 

 

 

 

53,955

 

 

 

 

362,736

Depreciation

 

 

16,355

 

 

 

 

3,486

 

 

 

 

853

 

 

 

 

20,694

Capital expenditures

 

 

15,257

 

 

 

 

4,858

 

 

 

 

658

 

 

 

 

20,773

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2005:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net revenues

 

$

448,288

 

 

 

$

268,058

 

 

 

$

59,097

 

 

 

$

$775,443

Operating income

 

 

57,494

 

 

 

 

35,910

 

 

 

 

1,274

 

 

 

 

94,678

Assets as of December 31,

 

 

179,027

 

 

 

 

88,437

 

 

 

 

40,574

 

 

 

 

308,038

Depreciation

 

 

13,473

 

 

 

 

2,860

 

 

 

 

465

 

 

 

 

16,798

Capital expenditures

 

 

14,740

 

 

 

 

2,786

 

 

 

 

240

 

 

 

 

17,766

 

Certain expenses related to restructurings and acquisitions are not included in the operating results of the reportable segments because management does not consider them in evaluating operating results of the segments. The following table reconciles operating income for reportable segments to total consolidated amounts for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 (in thousands):

 

 

 

2007

 

 

 

2006

 

 

 

2005

 

Total operating income for reportable segments

 

$

49,241

 

 

 

$

73,901

 

 

 

$

94,678

 

Unallocated amounts:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets

 

 

(30,621

)

 

 

 

(35,653

)

 

 

 

(20,221

)

Impairment of goodwill

 

 

 

 

 

 

(53,000

)

 

 

 

 

Stock-based compensation

 

 

(15,949

)

 

 

 

(16,604

)

 

 

 

(2,163

)

Restructuring costs, net

 

 

(13,688

)

 

 

 

(2,613

)

 

 

 

(3,155

)

Other costs

 

 

(1,602

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

In-process research and development

 

 

 

 

 

 

(879

)

 

 

 

(32,390

)

Consolidated operating income (loss)

 

$

(12,619

)

 

 

$

(34,848

)

 

 

$

36,749

 

 

Certain assets, including cash and marketable securities and acquisition-related intangible assets, are not included in the assets of the reportable segments because management does not consider them in evaluating operating results of the segments. The following table reconciles assets for reportable segments to total consolidated amounts as of December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 (in thousands):

 

82

 


 

 

2007

 

 

 

2006

 

 

 

2005

 

Total assets for reportable segments

 

$

349,482

 

 

 

$

362,736

 

 

 

$

308,038

 

Unallocated amounts:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities

 

 

224,460

 

 

 

 

172,107

 

 

 

 

238,430

 

Acquisition-related intangible assets and goodwill

 

 

432,011

 

 

 

 

462,191

 

 

 

 

515,578

 

Total assets

 

$

1,005,953

 

 

 

$

997,034

 

 

 

$

1,062,046

 

 

The following table summarizes the Company’s revenues by country for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 (in thousands). The categorization of revenues is based on the country in which the customer resides:

 

 

 

2007

 

 

 

2006

 

 

 

2005

 

Revenues:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

United States

 

$

387,243

 

 

 

$

393,243

 

 

 

$

332,520

 

Other countries

 

 

542,327

 

 

 

 

517,335

 

 

 

 

442,923

 

Total revenues

 

$

929,570

 

 

 

$

910,578

 

 

 

$

775,443

 

 

The following table summarizes the Company’s long-lived assets, by country (in thousands):

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2007

 

 

 

2006

 

Long-lived assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

United States

 

$

37,700

 

 

 

$

34,194

 

Other countries

 

 

18,979

 

 

 

 

16,710

 

Total long-lived assets

 

$

56,679

 

 

 

$

50,904

 

 

P.

FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

 

Foreign Currency Forward Contracts

 

The Company has significant international operations and, therefore, the Company's revenues, earnings, cash flows and financial position are exposed to foreign currency risk from foreign currency denominated receivables, payables and sales transactions, as well as net investments in foreign operations. The Company derives more than half of its revenues from customers outside the United States. This business is, for the most part, transacted through international subsidiaries and generally in the currency of the end-user customers. Therefore, the Company is exposed to the risks that changes in foreign currency could adversely impact its revenues, net income and cash flow. To hedge against the foreign exchange exposure of certain forecasted receivables, payables and cash balances of our foreign subsidiaries, the Company enters into short-term foreign currency forward contracts. There are two objectives of the Company's foreign currency forward contract program: (1) to offset any foreign exchange currency risk associated with cash receipts expected to be received from the Company's customers over the next 30-day period and (2) to offset the impact of foreign currency exchange on the Company's net monetary assets denominated in currencies other than the functional currency of the legal entity. These forward contracts typically mature within 30 days of execution.

 

The changes in fair value of the foreign currency forward contracts intended to offset foreign currency exchange risk on forecasted cash flows and net monetary assets are recorded as gains or losses in the Company’s statement of operations in the period of change, because they do not meet the criterion of SFAS No.133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities , to be treated as hedges for accounting purposes.

 

As of December 31, 2007 and 2006, the Company had foreign currency forward contracts outstanding with notional values of $53.8 million and $69.5 million, respectively, denominated in the euro, British pound, Canadian dollar and Japanese yen, as hedges against forecasted foreign currency denominated receivables, payables and cash balances.

 

At December 31, 2006, the Company also had a foreign currency forward contract with a notional value of $23.2 million to hedge the Company's net investment in its Canadian subsidiary. At December 31, 2006, the fair value of this forward contract

 

83

 


was $1.0 million. The currency effect of the net investment hedge was deemed effective and was, therefore, reflected as a component of foreign currency translation in accumulated other comprehensive income. Such cumulative translation adjustments totaled $3.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. Interest effects of this hedge are reported in interest income. The contract for this net investment hedge ended on October 1, 2007 and was not renewed.

 

Net realized and unrealized gains (losses) of $1.3 million, ($0.7) million and ($1.6) million resulting from foreign currency transactions, remeasurement and foreign currency forward contracts were included in results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively.

 

Q.

NET INCOME (LOSS) PER SHARE

 

Basic and diluted net income (loss) per share were as follows (in thousands, except per share data):

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2007

 

 

 

2006

 

 

 

2005

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

(7,979

)

 

 

$

(42,927

)

 

 

$

33,980

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted-average common shares outstanding - basic

 

 

40,974

 

 

 

 

41,736

 

 

 

 

37,762

 

Weighted-average potential common stock:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Options

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,663

 

Warrant

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

92

 

Weighted-average common shares outstanding - diluted

 

 

40,974

 

 

 

 

41,736

 

 

 

 

39,517

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss) per common share – basic

 

$

(0.19

)

 

 

$

(1.03

)

 

 

$

0.90

 

Net income (loss) per common share – diluted

 

$

(0.19

)

 

 

$

(1.03

)

 

 

$

0.86

 

 

The following table sets forth (in thousands) potential common shares, on a weighted-average basis, that are considered anti-dilutive securities and are excluded from the diluted net income per share calculations because the sum of the exercise price per share and the unrecognized compensation cost per share is greater than the average market price of the Company's common stock for the relevant period.

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

Options

2,794

 

2,579

 

860

Warrant

1,155

 

1,155

 

Non-vested restricted stock and restricted stock units

37

 

177

 

15

Anti-dilutive potential common shares

3,986

 

3,911

 

875

 

Stock options granted to our chief executive officer in December 2007 included shares that vest based on performance and market conditions and as a result are considered contingently issuable. The following table sets forth (in thousands) potential common shares, on a weighted-average basis, that are related to contingently-issuable stock options and were excluded from the calculation of diluted net loss for the year ended December 31, 2007.

 

 

Year Ended
December 31, 2007

 

Anti-dilutive potential common shares from performance-based options

22  

 

 

 

84

 


The following table sets forth (in thousands) common stock equivalents excluded from the calculation of diluted net loss per share for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006 because the effect would be anti-dilutive due to the net loss for those periods.

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

2007

 

2006

Options

445

 

834

Non-vested restricted stock and restricted stock units

31

 

Total anti-dilutive common stock equivalents

476

 

834

 

R.

SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION

 

The following table reflects supplemental cash flow investing activities related to the acquisitions of Sibelius, Sundance Digital and Medea in 2006 and Pinnacle and Wizoo in 2005 (in thousands):

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2007

 

 

 

2006

 

 

 

2005

 

Fair value of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assets acquired and goodwill

 

$

 

 

 

$

62,689

 

 

 

$

492,472

 

Acquired incomplete technology

 

 

 

 

 

 

879

 

 

 

 

32,390

 

Payment for contingent obligations

 

 

529

 

 

 

 

802

 

 

 

 

1,370

 

Liabilities assumed

 

 

 

 

 

 

(17,498

)

 

 

 

(78,424

)

Total consideration

 

 

529

 

 

 

 

46,872

 

 

 

 

447,808

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less: cash acquired

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3,703

)

 

 

 

(102,983

)

Less: equity consideration and accrued payments

 

 

 

 

 

 

(41

)

 

 

 

(363,348

)

Net cash paid for (received from) acquisitions

 

$

529

 

 

 

$

43,128

 

 

 

$

(18,523

)

 

As part of the purchase agreement for Wizoo, Avid was contingently obligated to make additional payments to the former shareholders of Wizoo of up to €1.0 million, dependent upon Wizoo achieving certain engineering milestones through January 2008. These payments, if required, would be recorded as additional purchase consideration, allocated to goodwill. During 2006 three engineering milestones were met and €0.6 million was recorded as additional purchase price. During 2007 the final engineering milestone was met and an additional €0.4 million was recorded as additional purchase price.

 

As part of the purchase agreement for Avid Nordic AB, Avid was obligated to make additional payments of up to €1.3 million contingent upon the operating results of Avid Nordic AB through August 31, 2005. During 2005 the Company paid approximately €1.1 million ($1.4 million) of additional purchase consideration and recorded an increase to goodwill.

 

Cash paid for interest was $0.5 million, $0.4 million and $0.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively.

 

85

 


 

S.

QUARTERLY RESULTS (UNAUDITED)

 

The following information has been derived from unaudited consolidated financial statements that, in the opinion of management, include all normal recurring adjustments necessary for a fair presentation of such information.

 

(In thousands, except per share data)

Quarters Ended

 

2007

 

2006

 

Dec. 31

Sept. 30

June 30

Mar. 31

 

Dec. 31

Sept. 30

June 30

Mar. 31

Net revenues

$258,520

$226,826

$225,326

$218,898

 

$239,049

$231,233

$222,226

$218,070

Cost of revenues

130,667

109,451

110,445

108,691

 

119,224

113,170

107,631

104,676

Amortization of intangible assets

3,566

4,096

4,761

4,472

 

4,889

6,208

5,016

5,080

Restructuring costs

1,481

2,797

 

Gross profit

122,806

110,482

110,120

105,735

 

114,936

111,855

109,579

108,314

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Research & development

38,050

36,471

38,444

37,742

 

35,000

35,250

35,617

35,496

Marketing & selling

53,425

48,832

56,505

51,694

 

50,831

50,641

52,583

49,912

General & administrative

21,399

20,514

17,698

17,852

 

16,239

16,021

15,853

15,137

Amortization of intangible assets

3,431

3,432

3,431

3,432

 

3,520

3,298

3,977

3,665

Impairment of goodwill

 

53,000

Restructuring costs (recoveries), net

1,338

6,297

1,517

258

 

3,167

(1,620)

1,066

In-process research and development

 

569

310

Total operating expenses

117,643

115,546

117,595

110,978

 

161,757

104,159

108,030

105,586

Operating income (loss)

5,163

(5,064)

(7,475)

(5,243)

 

(46,821)

7,696

1,549

2,728

Other income (expense), net

1,739

1,980

2,023

1,895

 

1,591

1,832

1,881

1,970

Income (loss) before income taxes

6,902

(3,084)

(5,452)

(3,348)

 

(45,230)

9,528

3,430

4,698

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes, net

3,049

2,769

547

(3,368)

 

7,335

5,934

731

1,353

Net income (loss)

$    3,853

($5,853)

($5,999)

$        20

 

($52,565)

$    3,594

$    2,699

$    3,345

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss) per share - basic

$0.09

($0.14)

($0.15)

$0.00

 

($1.28)

$0.09

$0.06

$0.08

Net income (loss) per share - diluted

$0.09

($0.14)

($0.15)

$0.00

 

($1.28)

$0.08

$0.06

$0.08

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted-average common shares
outstanding – basic

41,008

40,798

40,940

41,154

 

41,016

41,531

42,273

42,137

Weighted-average common shares
outstanding – diluted

41,253

40,798

40,940

41,763

 

41,016

42,281

43,057

43,200

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

High common stock price

$29.58

$38.34

$38.78

$38.36

 

$40.68

$43.95

$44.45

$59.10

Low common stock price

$24.79

$25.55

$32.00

$31.90

 

$35.56

$32.05

$32.95

$41.65

 

The Company's quarterly operating results fluctuate as a result of a number of factors including, without limitation, the timing of new product introductions, the timing of, and costs incurred in association with, the recognition of “solutions” sales to customers, marketing expenditures, promotional programs and periodic discounting due to competitive factors. The Company's operating results may fluctuate in the future as a result of these and other factors, including the Company's success in developing and introducing new products, its product and customer mix, and competitive pressures. Quarterly sales and operating results generally depend on the volume and timing of orders received and recognized as revenues during the quarter. The Company's expense levels are based in part on its forecasts of future revenues. If revenues are below expectations, the Company's operating results may be adversely affected. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that the Company will be profitable in any particular quarter.

 

86

 


 

ITEM 9.

CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

 

Not applicable.

 

 

ITEM 9A.

CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

 

Our management, with the participation of our chief executive officer and chief financial officer, evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures as of December 31, 2007. The term “disclosure controls and procedures,” as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act, means controls and other procedures of a company that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by a company in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC's rules and forms. Disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by a company in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to the company’s management, including its principal executive and principal financial officers, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. Management recognizes that any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving their objectives and management necessarily applies its judgment in evaluating the cost-benefit relationship of possible controls and procedures. Based on the evaluation of our disclosure controls and procedures as of December 31, 2007, our chief executive officer and chief financial officer concluded that, as of such date, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective at the reasonable assurance level.

 

Management’s report on our internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act) and the independent registered public accounting firm’s related audit report are included in Item 8 of this Form 10-K and are incorporated herein by reference.

 

No change in the Company's internal control over financial reporting occurred during the fiscal quarter ended December 31, 2007 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company's internal control over financial reporting.

 

 

ITEM 9B.

OTHER INFORMATION

 

Not applicable.

 

87

 


PART III

 

 

ITEM 10.

DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

 

We have adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics applicable to all our employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer and principal accounting officer. We will provide any person, without charge, with a copy of our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics upon written request to Avid Technology, Inc., Avid Technology Park, One Park West, Tewksbury, MA 01876, Attention: Corporate Secretary. Our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics is also available in the Investor Relations section of our website at www.avid.com .

 

The remainder of the response to this item is contained under the caption “EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE COMPANY” in Part I of this report, and in our Proxy Statement for our 2008 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, or the 2008 Proxy Statement, under the captions “Election of Directors” and “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance,” all of which is incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

ITEM 11.

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

 

The response to this item is contained in the 2008 Proxy Statement under the captions “Directors’ Compensation” and “Executive Compensation” and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

ITEM 12.

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

 

The response to this item is contained in the 2008 Proxy Statement under the caption “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management” and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

The disclosures required for securities authorized for issuance under equity compensation plans are contained in the 2008 Proxy Statement under the caption “Equity Compensation Plan Information” and are incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

ITEM 13.

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

 

The response to this item is contained in the 2008 Proxy Statement under the captions “Board of Directors and Committee Meetings” and “Related Person Transaction Policy” and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

ITEM 14.

PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

 

The response to this item is contained in the 2008 Proxy Statement under the caption “Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm Fees” and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

88

 


PART IV

 

 

ITEM 15.

EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

 

(a) 1.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The following consolidated financial statements are included in Item 8:

 

-  Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

-  Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firms

-  Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

-  Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2007 and 2006

-  Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

-  Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

-  Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

(a) 2.

FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE

 

The following consolidated financial statement schedule is included in Item 15(d):

 

Schedule II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

 

Schedules other than that listed above have been omitted since the required information is not present, or not present in amounts sufficient to require submission of the schedule, or because the information required is included in the consolidated financial statements or the notes thereto.

 

(a) 3.

LISTING OF EXHIBITS. The list of exhibits, which are filed or furnished with this report or which are incorporated herein by reference, is set forth in the Exhibit Index immediately preceding the exhibits and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

89

 


SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

AVID TECHNOLOGY, INC.

(Registrant)

 

By:

/s/ Gary G. Greenfield         

 

Gary G. Greenfield
Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)

 

 

Date:

February 28, 2008

 

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

By:

/s/ Gary G. Greenfield      

 

By:

/s/ Joel E. Legon              

 

By:

/s/ Nancy A. Grant          

 

Gary G. Greenfield
Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)

 

 

Joel E. Legon
Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)

 

 

Nancy A. Grant
Vice President and Corporate Controller
(Principal Accounting Officer)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

February 28, 2008

 

Date:

February 28, 2008

 

Date:

February 28, 2008

 

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

NAME

 

TITLE

 

DATE

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Gary G. Greenfield          
Gary G. Greenfield

 

Director

 

February 27, 2008

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ George H. Billings          
George H. Billings

 

Director

 

February 27, 2008

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Elizabeth M. Daley         
Elizabeth M. Daley

 

Director

 

February 27, 2008

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ John V. Guttag                
John V. Guttag

 

Director

 

February 27, 2008

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Nancy Hawthorne           
Nancy Hawthorne

 

Director

 

February 27, 2008

 

 

 

 

 

_____________________
Louis Hernandez, Jr.

 

Director

 

______________

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Youngme E. Moon          
Youngme E. Moon

 

Director

 

February 27, 2008

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ John H. Park                    
John H. Park

 

Director

 

February 27, 2008

 

 

90

 


AVID TECHNOLOGY, INC.

SCHEDULE II — VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

Years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

(in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

Additions

 

 

 

 

 

 

Description

 

Balance at
beginning of
period

 

Charged to
costs and
expenses

 

Charged to
other
accounts

 

 

Deductions

 

 

Balance at
end of
period

Allowance for doubtful accounts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2007

 

$   2,583

 

$  608 

 

$  —

(a)

 

($1,031)

(b)

 

$   2,160

December 31, 2006

 

4,847

 

(449)

 

415 

(a)

 

(2,230)

(b)

 

2,583

December 31, 2005

 

4,132

 

513 

 

2,361 

(a)

 

(2,159)

(b)

 

4,847

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sales returns and allowances

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2007

 

$ 19,748

 

 

$39,771 

(c)

 

($40,896)

(e)

 

$ 18,624

December 31, 2006

 

17,386

 

 

21,200 

(c)

 

(18,838)

(e)

 

19,748

December 31, 2005

 

5,202

 

 

17,517 

(d)

 

(5,333)

(e)

 

17,386

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for transactions with recourse

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2007

 

$   1,514

 

($388)

 

($339)

(f)

 

($10)

(g)

 

$     777

December 31, 2006

 

1,842

 

(169)

 

(68)

(f)

 

(91)

(g)

 

1,514

December 31, 2005

 

2,199

 

240 

 

162 

(f)

 

(759)

(g)

 

1,842

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred tax asset valuation allowance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2007

 

$138,974

 

$8,602 

 

$  — 

 

 

($7,090)

 

 

$140,486

December 31, 2006

 

182,121

 

(2,092)

 

35,289 

(h)(i)

 

(76,344)

(h)(j)

 

138,974

December 31, 2005

 

140,785

 

(9,180)

 

50,516 

(h)

 

 

 

182,121

 

 

(a)

Amount represents allowance recorded in purchase accounting for accounts receivable acquired in business combinations.

 

(b)

Amount represents write-offs, net of recoveries and foreign exchange gains (losses).

 

(c)

Provisions for sales returns and volume rebates are charged directly against revenue.

 

(d)

Includes approximately $12.0 million recorded in purchase accounting for accounts receivable acquired in business combinations. The remaining portion is for provisions for sales returns and volume rebates charged directly against revenue.

 

(e)

Amount represents credits for returns, volume rebates and promotions.

 

(f)

A portion of the provision for transactions with recourse are charged directly against revenue.

 

(g)

Amount represents defaults, net of recoveries.

 

(h)

Amount represents an adjustment to the valuation allowance recorded in purchase accounting related to acquired deferred tax assets or liabilities.

 

(i)

Amount also includes the reclassification of state research and development credits and other miscellaneous items.

 

(j)

Amount also includes the reclassification of excess tax benefits in connection with the adoption of SFAS 123(R).

 

F-1

 


EXHIBIT INDEX

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Incorporated by Reference

Exhibit No.

 

Description

 

Filed with this Form 10-K

 

Form or Schedule

 

SEC Filing

Date

 

SEC File Number

2.1

 

Stock and Asset Purchase Agreement among Microsoft Corporation, Softimage, Inc. and the Registrant dated June 15, 1998, together with all material exhibits thereto

 

 

 

10-Q

 

August 12, 1998

 

000-21174

3.1

 

Certificate of Amendment of the Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant

 

 

 

8-K

 

July 27, 2005

 

000-21174

3.2

 

Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant

 

 

 

10-Q

 

November 14, 2005

 

000-21174

3.3

 

Amended and Restated By-Laws of the Registrant

 

 

 

S-1

 

March 11, 1993*

 

 

033-57796

4.1

 

Specimen Certificate representing the Registrant’s Common Stock

 

 

 

S-1

 

March 11, 1993*

 

033-57796

4.2

 

Common Stock Purchase Warrant dated August 3, 1998 between the Registrant and Microsoft Corporation

 

 

 

10-Q

 

November 13, 1998

 

000-21174

10.1

 

Lease between MGI Andover Street, Inc. and the Registrant dated March 21, 1995

 

 

 

10-Q

 

May 15, 1995

 

000-21174

10.2

 

Amended and Restated Lease dated June 7, 1996 between MGI One Park West, Inc. and the Registrant

 

 

 

10-Q

 

August 14, 1996

 

000-21174

#10.3

 

1993 Director Stock Option Plan, as amended

 

X

 

 

 

 

 

 

#10.4

 

1994 Stock Option Plan, as amended

 

 

 

S-8

 

October 27, 1995

 

033-98692

#10.5

 

Amended and Restated 1996 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

 

 

 

10-Q

 

November 13, 2003

 

000-21174

#10.6

 

1997 Stock Option Plan

 

 

 

10-K

 

March 27, 1998

 

000-21174

#10.7

 

1997 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended

 

 

 

10-Q

 

May 14, 1997

 

000-21174

#10.8

 

Second Amended and Restated Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan

 

X

 

 

 

 

 

 

#10.9

 

1998 Stock Option Plan

 

 

 

10-K

 

March 16, 2005

 

000-21174

#10.10

 

1998 Avid–Softimage Stock Option Plan

 

 

 

10-K

 

March 16, 2005

 

000-21174

#10.11

 

Amended and Restated 1999 Stock Option Plan

 

 

 

10-K

 

March 16, 2005

 

000-21174

#10.12

 

Midiman, Inc. 2002 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan

 

 

 

10-Q

 

November 9, 2004

 

000-21174

#10.13

 

2005 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended

 

X

 

 

 

#10.14

 

Rules of the Sibelius Software Limited Unapproved Discretionary Share Option Scheme 2000

 

 

 

 

10-K

 

March 1, 2007

 

000-21174

 

 


 

#10.15

 

Rules of the Sibelius Software Limited Enterprise Management Incentive Scheme

 

 

 

10-K

 

March 1, 2007

 

000-21174

#10.16

 

Form of Nonstatutory Stock Option Grant Terms and Conditions

 

 

 

8-K

 

November 20, 2006

 

000-21174

#10.17

 

Form of Nonstatutory Stock Option Grant Terms and Conditions (Form for Non-Employee Directors)

 

 

 

8-K

 

May 31, 2006

 

000-21174

#10.18

 

Form of Incentive Stock Option Grant Terms and Conditions

 

 

 

10-Q

 

November 9, 2007

 

000-21174

#10.19

 

Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Terms and Conditions

 

 

 

8-K

 

November 20, 2006

 

000-21174

#10.20

 

Form of Restricted Stock Award Terms and Conditions

 

 

 

8-K

 

November 20, 2006

 

000-21174

#10.21

 

Form of Nonstatutory Stock Option Grant Terms and Conditions (under the 1997 Stock Incentive Plan)

 

 

 

8-K

 

February 21, 2007

 

000-21174

#10.22

 

Form of Incentive Stock Option Grant Terms and Conditions (under the 1997 Stock Incentive Plan)

 

 

 

8-K

 

February 21, 2007

 

000-21174

#10.23

 

Amended and Restated 2007 Employee Bonus Plan

 

 

 

8-K

 

April 17, 2007

 

000-21174

#10.24

 

Executive Employment Agreement dated December 19, 2007 between the Registrant and Gary G. Greenfield

 

 

 

8-K

 

December 19, 2007

 

000-21174

#10.25

 

Nonstatutory Stock Option Agreement dated December 19, 2007 between the Registrant and Gary G. Greenfield

 

 

 

8-K

 

December 19, 2007

 

000-21174

#10.26

 

Restricted Stock Agreement dated December 19, 2007 between the Registrant and Gary G. Greenfield

 

 

 

8-K

 

December 19, 2007

 

000-21174

#10.27

 

Executive Employment Agreement dated January 21, 2008 between the Registrant and Kenneth A. Sexton

 

 

 

8-K

 

January 22, 2008

 

000-21174

#10.28

 

Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement dated January 28, 2008 between the Registrant and Kenneth A. Sexton

 

 

 

8-K

 

January 28, 2008

 

000-21174

#10.29

 

Nonstatutory Stock Option Agreement dated January 28, 2008 between the Registrant and Kenneth A. Sexton

 

 

 

8-K

 

January 28, 2008

 

000-21174

#10.30

 

Form of Executive Employment Agreement entered into by Joel E. Legon, Gregory A. Munster, Paige Parisi and Graham Sharp

 

X

 

 

 

 

 

 

#10.31

 

Form of Change-in-Control Agreement entered into by Joel E. Legon, Gregory A. Munster, Paige Parisi and Graham Sharp

 

X

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

#10.32

 

Form of Executive Employment Agreement entered into by Gregory A. Estes, David M. Lebolt and Sharad Rastogi

 

X

 

 

 

 

 

 

#10.33

 

Form of Change-in-Control Agreement entered into by Gregory A. Estes, David M. Lebolt and Sharad Rastogi

 

X

 

 

 

 

 

 

#10.34

 

Executive Employment Agreement dated July 24, 2002 between the Registrant and David A. Krall

 

 

 

10-Q

 

November 13, 2002

 

000-21174

#10.35

 

Change-in-Control Agreement dated July 24, 2002 between the Registrant and David A. Krall

 

 

 

10-Q

 

November 13, 2002

 

000-21174

#10.36

 

Separation Agreement dated July 15, 2007 between the Registrant and David A. Krall

 

 

 

8-K

 

July 19, 2007

 

000-21174

#10.37

 

Executive Employment Agreement dated July 24, 2002 between the Registrant and Paul Milbury

 

 

 

10-Q

 

November 13, 2002

 

000-21174

#10.38

 

Change-in-Control Agreement dated July 24, 2002 between the Registrant and Paul Milbury

 

 

 

10-Q

 

November 13, 2002

 

000-21174

21

 

Subsidiaries of the Registrant

 

X

 

 

 

 

 

 

23.1

 

Consent of Ernst & Young LLP

 

X

 

 

 

 

 

 

23.2

 

Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

 

X

 

 

 

 

 

 

31.1

 

Certification of Principal Executive Officer pursuant to Rules 13a-14 and 15d-14 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

X

 

 

 

 

 

 

31.2

 

Certification of Principal Financial Officer pursuant to Rules 13a-14 and 15d-14 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

X

 

 

 

 

 

 

32.1

 

Certifications pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

X

 

 

 

 

 

 

__________________________

#

Management contract or compensatory plan identified pursuant to Item 15(a)3.

*

Effective date of Form S-1.

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.3

 

AVID TECHNOLOGY, INC.

1993 DIRECTOR STOCK OPTION PLAN, AS AMENDED

 

1.

Purpose

The purpose of this 1993 Director Stock Option Plan (the “Plan”) of Avid Technology, Inc. (the “Company”) is to encourage ownership in the Company by outside directors of the Company whose continued services are considered essential to the Company’s future progress and to provide them with a further incentive to remain as directors of the Company.

 

2.

Administration

The Board of Directors shall supervise and administer the Plan. Grants of stock options under the Plan and the amount and nature of the awards to be granted shall be automatic in accordance with Section 5. However, all questions of interpretation of the Plan or of any options issued under it shall be determined by the Board of Directors and such determination shall be final and binding upon all persons having an interest in the Plan.

 

3.

Participation in the Plan

Directors of the Company who are not employees of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company shall be eligible to participate in the Plan.

 

4.

Stock Subject to the Plan

(a)            The maximum number of shares which may be issued under the Plan shall be 470,000 shares of the Company’s Common Stock, par value $.01 per share (“Common Stock”), subject to adjustment as provided in Section 9 of the Plan. All share amounts set forth in this Plan reflect the 2-for-3 stock split approved by the Board of Directors on January 27, 1993.

(b)            If any outstanding option under the Plan for any reason expires or is terminated without having been exercised in full, the shares allocable to the unexercised portion of such option shall again become available for grant pursuant to the Plan.

(c)            All options granted under the Plan shall be nonstatutory options not entitled to special tax treatment under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended to date as it may be amended from time to time (the “Code”).

 

5.

Terms, Conditions and Form of Options

Each option granted under the Plan shall be evidenced by a written agreement in such form as the Board of Directors shall from time to time approve, which agreements shall comply with and be subject to the following terms and conditions:

 

(a)

Initial and Annual Options

 


(i)             Upon the initial election of any eligible director as a director of the Company, the Company shall grant to such director an option to purchase 10,000 shares of Common Stock (the “Initial Option”).

(ii)            On the date of each annual meeting of stockholders of the Company, the Company shall grant to each eligible director who has served on the Board of Directors for a minimum of six months an option to purchase 10,000 shares of Common Stock (the “Annual Option”).

(b)            Elective Options . A director may elect to receive one or more options under the Plan (each, an “Elective Option”) in lieu of receiving all or part of the annual retainer fee and/or meeting fees otherwise payable to the director for services to the Company. Elective Options shall be subject to the following terms:

(i)             Subject to clause (ii) below, the election to receive an Elective Option in lieu of all or part of any annual retainer fee and/or meeting fee must be irrevocably made before the beginning of the taxable year in which such fee(s) would otherwise be payable, as evidenced by written notice to the Board at the time of the election (each, an “Election Notice”). The Election Notice must specify each of the fees, and if applicable, the portion of each, that is to be paid in the form of an Elective Option.

(ii)            Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) an election to receive an Elective Option in lieu of any fees payable in 1999 may only be made with respect to fees payable after June 2, 1999 and must be made, and evidenced by an Election Notice delivered, by July 2, 1999 and (b) an election by a non-employee director, who first becomes eligible to participate in the Plan after June 2, 1999, to receive Elective Option(s) for any fee(s) otherwise payable in the remainder of the taxable year in which the director first became eligible to participate in the Plan must be made, and evidenced by an Election Notice delivered, within 30 days after the date such director first became eligible.

(iii)          Each Elective Option in lieu of all or part of an annual retainer fee shall be granted on the tenth business day after the date of the annual meeting of stockholders. Each Elective Option in lieu of all or part of a meeting fee shall be granted on the tenth business day after the date of the meeting.

(iv)           The number of shares purchasable under each Elective Option shall equal the quotient of (a) the fee, or part thereof, in lieu of which the Elective Option is granted, divided by (b) the exercise price thereof as describe in (c) below.

 

(c)

Option Exercise Prices

(i)             The option exercise price per share for each Initial Option and each Annual Option granted under the Plan shall equal the Fair Value of the Common Stock. The “Fair Value” of the Common Stock means, as of the date of grant, (i) the last reported closing sale price of the Company’s Common Stock on the Nasdaq National Market (or, if the Common Stock is traded on a nationally recognized securities exchange, the last reported closing sale price of the Common Stock on such exchange) or (ii) if the Common Stock is not traded on Nasdaq or an exchange, the fair market value per share as determined by the Board of Directors.

(ii)            The option exercise price per share for each Elective Option granted under the Plan shall equal one-half of the Fair Value.

 


(d)            Options Non-Transferable . Each option granted under the Plan by its terms shall not be transferable by the optionee otherwise than by will, or by the laws of descent and distribution, and shall be exercised during the lifetime of the optionee only by him. No option or interest therein may be transferred, assigned, pledged or hypothecated by the optionee during his lifetime, whether by operation of law or otherwise, or be made subject to execution, attachment or similar process.

(e)            Exercise Period . Each Initial Option and each Annual Option shall become exercisable in such amounts and at such times as designated by the Board at the time of grant. Each Elective Option shall be exercisable in full on the date of grant. All options granted under the Plan shall expire six years after the date grant. If an optionee ceases to serve as a director, each option granted under the Plan may be exercised by the optionee (or, in the event of his death, by his administrator, executor or heirs), at any time within 12 months after the optionee ceases to serve as a director, to the extent such option was exercisable at the time of such cessation of service.

(f)             Exercise Procedure . Options may be exercised only by written notice to the Company at its principal office accompanied by (i) payment in cash of the full consideration for the shares as to which they are exercised or (ii) an irrevocable undertaking by a broker to deliver promptly to the Company sufficient funds to pay the exercise price or delivery of irrevocable instructions to a broker to deliver promptly to the Company cash or a check sufficient to pay the exercise price.

 

6.

Assignments

The rights and benefits of participants under the Plan may not be assigned, whether voluntarily or by operation of law, except as provided in Section 5(d).

 

7.

Effective Date

The Plan shall become effective immediately upon its adoption by the Board of Directors, but all grants of options shall be conditional upon the approval of the Plan by the stockholders of the Company within 12 months after adoption of the Plan by the Board of Directors.

 

8.

Limitation of Rights

(a)            No Right to Continue as a Directors . Neither the Plan, nor the granting of an option nor any other action taken pursuant to the Plan, shall constitute or be evidence of any agreement or understanding, express or implied, that the Company will retain a director for any period of time.

(b)            No Stockholders’ Rights for Options . An optionee shall have no rights as a stockholder with respect to the shares covered by his options until the date of the issuance to him of a stock certificate therefor, and no adjustment will be made for dividends or other rights (except as provided in Section 9) for which the record date is prior to the date such certificate is issued.

 

9.

Changes in Common Stock

If the outstanding shares of Common Stock are increased, decreased or exchanged for a different number or kind of shares or other securities, or if additional shares or new or different

 


shares or other securities are distributed with respect to such shares of Common Stock or other securities are distributed with respect to such shares of Common Stock or other securities, through merger, consolidation, sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split or other distribution with respect to such shares of Common Stock, or other securities, an appropriate and proportionate adjustment will be made in (i) the maximum number and kind of shares served for issuance under the Plan, (ii) the number and kind of shares or other securities subject to then outstanding options under the Plan and (iii) the price for each share subject to any then outstanding options under the Plan, without changing the aggregate purchase price as to which such options remain exercisable. No fractional shares will be issued under the Plan on account of any such adjustments.

 

10.

Change in Control

Notwithstanding any other provisions to the contrary in this Plan, in the event of a Change of Control (as defined below), all options outstanding as of the date such Change in Control occurs shall become exercisable in full, whether or not exercisable in accordance with their terms. A “Change in Control” shall occur or be deemed to have occurred only if any of the following events occur: (i) any “person,” as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) (other than the Company, any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company, or any corporation owned directly or indirectly by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportion as their ownership of stock of the Company) is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 50% or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities; (ii) individuals who, as of the date this Plan is adopted, constitute the Board of Directors of the Company (as of the date thereof, the “Incumbent Board”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board, provided that any person becoming a director subsequent to the date thereof whose election, or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders, was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors then comprising the Incumbent Board (other than an election or nomination of an individual whose initial assumption of office is in connection with an actual or threatened election contest relating to the election of the directors of the Company, as such terms are used in Rule 14a-11 of Regulation 14A under the Exchange Act) shall be, for purposes of this Agreement, considered as though such person were a member of the Incumbent Board; (iii) the stockholders of the Company approve a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other corporation, other than (A) a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity) more than 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the Company or such surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation or (B) a merger or consolidation effected to implement a recapitalization of the Company (or similar transaction) in which no “person” (as hereinabove defined) acquires more than 30% of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities; or (iv) the stockholders of the Company approve a plan of complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets.

 


 

11.

Amendment of the Plan

The Board of Directors may suspend or discontinue the Plan or review or amend it in any aspect whatsoever; provided, however, that without approval of the stockholders of the Company not revisions or amendment shall change the number of shares subject to the Plan (except as provided in Section 9), change the designation of the class of directors eligible to receive options, or materially increase the benefits accruing to the participants under the Plan. The Plan may not be amended more than once in any six-month period.

 

12.

Notice.

Any written notice to the Company required by any of the provisions of the Plan shall be addressed to the Treasurer of the Company and shall become effective when it is received.

 

13.

Governing Law

The Plan and all determinations made and actions taken pursuant hereto shall be governed by the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

Adopted by the Board of Directors on January 27, 1993.

Approved by the Stockholders on January 29, 1993.

Amended by the Board of Directors on February 16, 1995.

Amendment approved by stockholders on May 31, 1995.

Amended by the Board of Directors on April 14, 1996.

Amendment approved by the stockholders on June 5, 1996.

Amended by the Board of Directors on March 31, 1999.

Amendment approved by the stockholders on June 2, 1999.

Amended by the Board of Directors on February 23, 2000.

Amendment approved by the stockholders on June 7, 2000.                

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.8

 

The CORPORATE plan for Retirement SM

EXECUTIVE PLAN

 

BASIC PLAN DOCUMENT

 

 

 

 

 

IMPORTANT NOTE

 

This document has not been approved by the Department of Labor, the Internal Revenue Service or any other governmental entity.  The Employer must determine whether the plan is subject to the Federal securities laws and the securities laws of the various states.  The Employer may not rely on this document to ensure any particular tax consequences or to ensure that the Plan is “unfunded and maintained primarily for the purpose of providing deferred compensation to a select group of management or highly compensated employees” under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act with respect to the Employer’s particular situation.  Fidelity Management Trust Company, its affiliates and employees cannot and do not provide legal or tax advice or opinions in connection with this document.  This document does not constitute legal or tax advice or opinions and is not intended or written to be used, and it cannot be used by any taxpayer, for the purposes of avoiding penalties that may be imposed on the taxpayer.  This document must be reviewed by the Employer’s attorney prior to adoption.

 



 

CORPORATEplan for Retirement EXECUTIVE

BASIC PLAN DOCUMENT

 

ARTICLE 1

 

 

ADOPTION AGREEMENT

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 2

 

 

DEFINITIONS

 

 

 

 

 

2.01 - Definitions

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 3

 

 

PARTICIPATION

 

 

 

 

 

3.01 - Date of Participation

 

 

3.02 - Participation Following a Change in Status

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 4

 

 

CONTRIBUTIONS

 

 

 

 

 

4.01 - Deferral Contributions

 

 

4.02 - Matching Contributions

 

 

4.03 - Employer Contributions

 

 

4.04 - Election Forms

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 5

 

 

PARTICIPANTS’ ACCOUNTS

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 6

 

 

INVESTMENT OF ACCOUNTS

 

 

 

 

 

6.01 - Manner of Investment

 

 

6.02 - Investment Decisions, Earnings and Expenses

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 7

 

 

RIGHT TO BENEFITS

 

 

 

 

 

7.01 - Retirement

 

 

7.02 - Death

 

 

7.03 - Separation from Service

 

 

7.04 - Vesting after Partial Distribution

 

 

7.05 - Forfeitures

 

 

7.06 - Change in Control

 

 

7.07 - Disability

 

 

7.08 - Directors

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 8

 

 

DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS

 

 

 

 

 

8.01 - Events Triggering and Form of Distributions

 

 

8.02 - Notice to Trustee

 

 

8.03 - Unforeseeable Emergency Withdrawals

 

 

 

i



 

ARTICLE 9

 

 

AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

 

 

 

 

 

9.01 - Amendment by Employer

 

 

9.02 - Termination

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 10

 

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

 

 

 

 

10.01 - Communication to Participants

 

 

10.02 - Limitation of Rights

 

 

10.03 - Nonalienability of Benefits

 

 

10.04 - Facility of Payment

 

 

10.05 - Plan Records

 

 

10.06 - USERRA

 

 

10.07 - Governing Law

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 11

 

 

PLAN ADMINISTRATION

 

 

 

 

 

11.01 - Powers and Responsibilities of the Administrator

 

 

11.02 - Claims and Review Procedures

 

 

 

 

 

 

ii



 

PREAMBLE

 

 

It is the intention of the Employer to establish herein an unfunded plan maintained solely for the purpose of providing deferred compensation for a select group of management or highly compensated employees as provided in ERISA.  The Employer further intends that this Plan comply with Code section 409A, and the Plan is to be construed accordingly.

 

If the Employer has previously maintained the Plan described herein pursuant to a previously existing plan document or description, the Employer’s adoption of this Plan document is an amendment and complete restatement of, and supersedes, such previously existing document or description with respect to benefits accrued or to be paid on or after the effective date of this document (except to the extent expressly provided otherwise herein).

 

 

Article 1. Adoption Agreement .

 

Article 2. Definitions .

 

2.01. Definitions .

 

(a) Wherever used herein, the following terms have the meanings set forth below, unless a different meaning is clearly required by the context:

 

                                             (1) “Account” means an account established on the books of the Employer for the purpose of recording amounts credited to a Participant and any income, expenses, gains, or losses attributable thereto.

 

(2) “Active Participant” means a Participant who is eligible to accrue benefits under a plan (other than earnings on amounts previously deferred) within the 24-month period ending on the date the Participant becomes a Participant under Section 3.01.  Notwithstanding the above, however, a Participant is not an Active Participant if he has been paid all amounts deferred under the plan, provided that he was, on and before the date of the last payment, ineligible to continue or to elect to continue to participate in the plan for periods after such last payment (other than through an election of a different time and form of payment with respect to the amounts paid).

 

(A)                   For purposes of Section 4.01(d), as used in the first paragraph of the definition of “Active Participant” above, “plan” means an account balance plan (or portion thereof) of the Employer or a Related Employer subject to Code section 409A pursuant to which the Participant is eligible to accrue benefits only if the Participant elects to defer compensation thereunder, and the “date the Participant becomes a Participant under Section 3.01” refers only to the date the Participant becomes a Participant with respect to Deferral Contributions.

 

(B)                     For purposes of Section 8.01(a)(2), as used in the first paragraph of the definition of “Active Participant” above, “plan” means an account balance plan (or portion thereof) of the Employer or a Related Employer subject to Code section 409A pursuant to which the Participant is eligible to accrue benefits without any election by the Participant to defer compensation thereunder, and the “date the Participant becomes a Participant under Section 3.01” refers only to the date the Participant becomes a Participant with respect to Matching or Employer Contributions.

 

1



 

 

                                             (3) “Administrator” means the Employer adopting this Plan (but excluding Related Employers) or other person designated by the Employer in Section 1.01(c).

 

                                             (4) “Adoption Agreement” means Article 1, under which the Employer establishes and adopts or amends the Plan and selects certain provisions of the Plan.  The provisions of the Adoption Agreement are an integral part of the Plan.

 

                                             (5) “Beneficiary” means the person or persons entitled under Section 7.02 to receive benefits under the Plan upon the death of a Participant.

 

                                             (6) “Bonus” means any Performance-based Bonus or any Non-performance-based Bonus as listed and identified in the table in Section 1.05(a)(2) hereof.

 

                               (7) “Change in Control” means a change in control with respect to the applicable corporation, as defined in 26 CFR section 1.409A-3(i)(5).  For purposes of this definition “applicable corporation” means:

 

(A)       The corporation for which the Participant is performing services at the time of the change in control event;

 

(B)         The corporation(s) liable for payment hereunder (but only if either the accrued benefit hereunder is attributable to the performance of service by the Participant for such corporation(s) or there is a bona fide business purpose for such corporation(s) to be liable for such payment and, in either case, no significant purpose of making such corporation(s) liable for such benefit is the avoidance of Federal income tax); or

 

(C)         A corporate majority shareholder of one of the corporations described in (A) or (B) above or any corporation in a chain of corporations in which each corporation is a majority shareholder of another corporation in the chain, ending in a corporation identified in (A) or (B) above.

 

                                             (8) “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

 

                                             (9) “Compensation” means for purposes of Article 4:

 

(A)       If the Employer elects Section 1.04(a), such term as defined in such Section 1.04(a).

 

(B)         If the Employer elects Section 1.04(b), wages as defined in Code section 3401(a) and all other payments of compensation to an Employee by the Employer (in the course of the Employer’s trade or business) for which the Employer is required to furnish the Employee a written statement under Code sections 6041(d) and 6051(a)(3), excluding any items elected by the Employer in Section 1.04(b), reimbursements or other expense allowances, fringe benefits (cash and non-cash), moving expenses, deferred compensation and welfare benefits, but including amounts that are not includable in the gross income of the Employee under a salary reduction agreement by reason of the application of Code section 125, 132(f)(4), 402(e)(3), 402(h) or 403(b).  Compensation shall be determined without regard to any rules under Code section 3401(a) that limit the remuneration included in wages based on the nature or location of the employment or the services performed (such as the exception for agricultural labor in Code section 3401(a)(2)).

 

(C)         If the Employer elects Section 1.04(c), any and all monetary remuneration paid to the Director by the Employer, including, but not limited to, meeting fees and annual retainers, and excluding items listed in Section 1.04(c).

 

2



 

For purposes of this Section 2.01(a)(9), Compensation shall also include amounts deferred pursuant to an election under Section 4.01.

 

(10) “Deferral Contribution” means a hypothetical contribution credited to a Participant’s Account as the result of the Participant’s election to reduce his Compensation in exchange for such credit, as described in Section 4.01.

 

                                             (11) “Director” means a person, other than an Employee, who is elected or appointed as a member of the board of directors of the Employer, with respect to a corporation, or to an analogous position with respect to an entity that is not a corporation.

 

(12) “Disability” is described in Section 1.07(a)(2).

 

                                             (13) “Employee” means any employee of the Employer.

 

                                             (14) “Employer” means the employer named in Section 1.02(a) and any Related Employers listed in Section 1.02(b).

 

(15) “Employer Contribution” means a hypothetical contribution credited to a Participant’s Account under the Plan as a result of the Employer’s crediting of such amount, as described in Section 4.03.

 

(16) “Employment Commencement Date” means the date on which the Employee commences employment with the Employer.

 

                                             (17) “ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as from time to time amended.

 

(18) “Inactive Participant” means a Participant who is not an Employee or Director.

 

(19) “Matching Contribution” means a hypothetical contribution credited to a Participant’s Account under the Plan as a result of the Employer’s crediting of such amount, as described in Section 4.02.

 

(20) “Non-performance-based Bonus” means any Bonus listed under the column entitled “non-performance based” in Section 1.05(a)(2).

 

(21) “Participant” means any Employee or Director who participates in the Plan in accordance with Article 3 (or formerly participated in the Plan and has an amount credited to his Account).

 

(22) “Performance-based Bonus” means any Bonus listed under the column entitled “performance based” in Section 1.05(a)(2), which constitutes compensation, the amount of, or entitlement to, which is contingent on the satisfaction of pre-established organizational or individual performance criteria relating to a performance period of at least 12 consecutive months and which is further defined in 26 CFR section 1.409A-1(e).

 

(23) “Permissible Investment” means the investments specified by the Employer as available for hypothetical investment of Accounts.  The Permissible Investments under the Plan are listed in the Service Agreement, and the provisions of the Service Agreement listing the Permissible Investments are hereby incorporated herein.

 

(24) “Plan” means the plan established by the Employer as set forth herein as a new plan or as an amendment to an existing plan, such establishment to be evidenced by the Employer’s execution of the Adoption Agreement, together with any and all amendments hereto.

 

3



 

(25) “Related Employer” means any employer other than the Employer named in Section 1.02(a), if the Employer and such other employer are members of a controlled group of corporations (as defined in Code section 414(b)) or trades or businesses (whether or not incorporated) under common control (as defined in Code section 414(c)).

 

(26) “Separation from Service” means the date the Participant retires or otherwise has a termination of employment (or a termination of the contract pursuant to which the Participant has provided services as a Director, for a Director Participant) with the Employer and all Related Employers, as further defined in 26 CFR section 1.409A-1(h); provided, however, that

 

(A)       For purposes of this paragraph (26), the definition of “Related Employer” shall be modified as follows:

 

(i)         In applying Code section 1563(a)(1), (2) and (3) for purposes of determining a controlled group of corporations under Code section 414(b), the phrase “at least 50%” shall be used instead of “at least 80 percent” each place “at least 80 percent” appears in Code section 1563(a)(1), (2) and (3); and

 

(ii)        In applying 26 CFR section 1.414(c)-2 for purposes of determining trades or business (whether or not incorporated) under common control for purposes of Code section 414(c), the phrase “at least 50%” shall be used instead of “at least 80 percent” each place “at least 80 percent” appears in 26 CFR section 1.414(c)-2.

 

(B)       In the event a Participant provides services to the Employer or a Related Employer as an Employee and a Director,

 

(i)        The Employee Participant’s services as a Director are not taken into account in determining whether the Participant has a Separation from Service as an Employee; and

 

(ii)        The Director Participant’s services as an Employee are not taken into account in determining whether the Participant has a Separation from Service as a Director

 

provided that this Plan is not aggregated with a plan subject to Code section 409A in which the Director Participant participates as an employee of the Employer or a Related Employer or in which the Employee Participant participates as a director (or a similar position with respect to a non-corporate entity) of the Employer or a Related Employer, as applicable, pursuant to 26 CFR section 1.409A-1(c)(2)(ii).

 

(27) “Service Agreement” means the agreement between the Employer and Trustee regarding the arrangement between the parties for recordkeeping services with respect to the Plan.

 

(28) “Specified Employee,” (unless defined by the Employer in a separate writing, in which case such writing is hereby incorporated herein) means a Participant who meets the requirements in 26 CFR section 1.409A-1(i) applying the default definition components provided in such regulation (those that would apply absent elections, as described in 26 CFR section 1.409A-1(i)(8)), including an identification date of December 31.  In the event that such default definition components are applicable, the Employer has elected Section 1.01(b)(2) and, immediately prior to the date in Section 1.01(b)(2), the Plan applied an identification date (the “prior date”) other than the December 31, the prior date shall continue to apply, and December 31 shall not apply, until the date that is 12 months after the date in Section 1.01(b)(2

 

4



 

(29) “Trust” means the trust created by the Employer, pursuant to the Trust agreement between the Employer and the Trustee, under which assets are held, administered, and managed, subject to the claims of the Employer’s creditors in the event of the Employer’s insolvency, until paid to Participants and their Beneficiaries as specified in the Plan.

 

(30) “Trust Fund” means the property held in the Trust by the Trustee.

 

(31) “Trustee” means the individual(s) or entity appointed by the Employer under the Trust agreement.

 

(32) “Unforeseeable Emergency” is as defined in 26 CFR section 1.409A-3(i)(3)(i).

 

(33) “Year of Service” is as defined in Section 7.03(b) for purposes of the elapsed time method and in Section 7.03(c) for purposes of the class year method.

 

(b) Pronouns used in the Plan are in the masculine gender but include the feminine gender unless the context clearly indicates otherwise.

 

 

Article 3. Participation .

 

3.01. Date of Participation An Employee or Director becomes a Participant on the date such Employee’s or Director’s participation becomes effective (as described in Section 1.03).

 

3.02. Participation following a Change in Status .

 

(a) If a Participant ceases to be an Employee or Director and thereafter resumes the same status he had as a Participant during his immediately previous participation in the Plan (as an Employee if previously a Participant as an Employee and as a Director if previously a Participant as a Director), he will again become a Participant immediately upon resumption of such status, provided, however, that if such Participant is a Director, he is an eligible Director upon resumption of such status (as defined in Section 1.03(b)), and provided, further, that if such Participant is an Employee, he is an eligible Employee upon resumption of such status (as defined in Section 1.03(a)).  Deferral Contributions to such Participant’s Account thereafter, if any, shall be subject to (1) or (2) below.

 

(1) If the Participant resumes such status during a period for which such Participant had previously made a valid deferral election pursuant to Section 4.01, he shall immediately resume such Deferral Contributions.  Deferral Contributions applicable to periods thereafter shall be made pursuant to the election and other rules described in Section 4.01.

 

(2) If the Participant resumes such status after the period described in the first sentence of paragraph (1) of this Section 3.02, any Deferral Contributions with respect to such Participant shall be made pursuant to the election and other rules described in Section 4.01.

 

(b) When an individual who is a Participant due to his status as an eligible Employee (as defined in Section 1.03(a)) continues in the employ of the Employer or Related Employer but ceases to be an eligible Employee, the individual shall not receive an allocation of Matching or Employer Contributions for the period during which he is not an eligible Employee.  Such Participant shall continue to make Deferral Contributions throughout the remainder of the applicable period (as described in Section 4.01) in which such change in status occurs, if, and as, applicable.

 

5



 

(c) When an individual who is a Participant due to his status as an eligible Director (as defined in Section 1.03(b)) continues his directorship with the Employer or a Related Employer but ceases to be an eligible Director, the individual shall not receive an allocation of Matching or Employer Contributions for the period during which he is not an eligible Director.  Such Participant shall continue to make Deferral Contributions throughout the remainder of the applicable period (as described in Section 4.01) in which such change in status occurs, if, and as, applicable.

 

 

Article 4. Contributions .

 

4.01 Deferral Contributions .   If elected by the Employer pursuant to Section 1.05(a) and/or 1.06(a), a Participant described in such applicable Section may elect to reduce his Compensation by a specified percentage or dollar amount.  The Employer shall credit an amount to the Participant’s Account equal to the amount of such reduction.  Except as otherwise provided in this Section 4.01, such election shall be effective to defer Compensation relating to all services performed in the calendar year beginning after the calendar year in which the Participant executes the election.  Under no circumstances may a salary reduction agreement be adopted retroactively.  If the Employer has elected to apply Section 1.05(a)(2), no amount will be deducted from Bonuses unless the Participant has made a separate deferral election applicable to such Bonuses.  A Participant’s election to defer Compensation may be changed at any time before the last permissible date for making such election, at which time such election becomes irrevocable.  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the conditions under which a Participant may make a deferral election as provided in the applicable salary reduction agreement are hereby incorporated herein and supersede any otherwise inconsistent Plan provision.

 

(a)           Performance Based Bonus .   With respect to a Performance-based Bonus, a separate election made pursuant to Section 1.05(a)(2) will be effective to defer such Bonus if made no later than 6 months before the end of the period during which the services on which such Performance-based Bonus is based are performed.

 

(b)          Fiscal Year Bonus .   With respect to a Bonus relating to a period of service coextensive with one or more consecutive fiscal years of the Employer, of which no amount is paid or payable during the service period, a separate election pursuant to Section 1.05(a)(2) will be effective to defer such Bonus if made no later than the close of the Employer’s fiscal year next preceding the first fiscal year in which the Participant performs any services for which such Bonus is payable.

 

(c)           Cancellation of Salary Reduction Agreement .

 

(1)   The Administrator may cancel a Participant’s salary reduction agreement pursuant to the provisions of 26 CFR section 1.409A-3(j)(4)(viii) in connection with the Participant’s Unforeseeable Emergency.  To the extent required pursuant to the application of 26 CFR section 1.401(k)-1(d)(3) (or any successor thereto), a Participant’s salary reduction agreement shall be automatically cancelled.

 

(2)   The Administrator may cancel a Participant’s salary reduction agreement pursuant to the provisions of 26 CFR section 1.409A-3(j)(4)(xii) in connection with the Participant’s disability.  Such cancellation must occur by the later of the end of the Participant’s taxable year or the 15 th day of the third month following the date the Participant incurs a disability.  For purposes of this paragraph (2), a disability is any medically determinable physical or mental impairment resulting in the Participant’s inability to perform the duties of his or her position or any substantially similar position, where such impairment can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than six months.

 

6



 

In no event may the Participant, directly or indirectly, elect such a cancellation.  A cancellation pursuant to this subsection (c) shall apply only to Compensation not yet earned.

 

(d)          Initial Deferral Election .   Notwithstanding the above, if the Participant is not an Active Participant, the Participant may make an election to defer Compensation within 30 days after the Participant becomes a Participant, which election shall be effective with respect to Compensation payable for services performed during the calendar year (or other deferral period described in (a) or (b) above, as applicable) and after the date of such election.  For Compensation that is earned based upon a specified performance period (e.g., an annual bonus) an election pursuant to this subsection (d) will be effective to defer an amount equal to the total amount of the Compensation for the performance period multiplied by the ratio of the number of days remaining in the performance period after the election over the total number of days in the performance period.

 

4.02. Matching Contributions .   If so provided by the Employer in Section 1.05(b) and/or 1.06(b)(1), the Employer shall credit a Matching Contribution to the Account of each Participant entitled to such Matching Contribution.  The amount of the Matching Contribution shall be determined in accordance with Section 1.05(b) and/or 1.06(b)(1), as applicable, provided, however, that the Matching Contributions credited to the Account of a Participant pursuant to Section 1.05(b)(2) shall be limited pursuant to (a) and (b) below:

 

(a)  The sum of Matching Contributions made on behalf of a Participant pursuant to Section 1.05(b)(2) for any calendar year and any other benefits the Participant accrues pursuant to another plan subject to Code section 409A as a result of such Participant’s action or inaction under a qualified plan with respect to elective deferrals and other employee pre-tax contributions subject to the contribution restrictions under Code section 401(a)(30) or 402(g) shall not result in an increase in the amounts deferred under all plans subject to Code section 409A in which the Participant participates in excess of the limit with respect to elective deferrals under   Code section 402(g)(1)(A), (B) and (C) in effect for the calendar year in which such action or inaction occurs; and

 

(b)  The Matching Contributions made on behalf of a Participant pursuant to Section 1.05(b)(2) shall never exceed 100% of the matching amounts that would be provided under the qualified employer plan identified in Section 1.05(b)(2) absent any plan-based restrictions that reflect limits on qualified plan contributions under the Code.

 

4.03. Employer Contributions.   If so provided by the Employer in Section 1.05(c)(1) and/or 1.06(b)(2), the Employer shall make an Employer Contribution to be credited to the Account of each Participant entitled thereto in the amount provided in such Section(s).  If so provided by the Employer in Section 1.05(c)(2) and/or 1.06(b)(3), the Employer may make an Employer Contribution to be credited to the Account maintained on behalf of any Participant in such an amount as the Employer, in its sole discretion, shall determine, subject to the provisions of the applicable Section.

 

4.04. Election Forms.   Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the terms of an election form with respect to the conditions under which a Participant may make any election hereunder, as provided in such form (whether electronic or otherwise) are hereby incorporated herein and supersede any otherwise inconsistent Plan provision.

 

Article 5. Participants’ Accounts .   The Administrator will maintain an Account for each Participant, reflecting hypothetical contributions credited to the Participant, along with hypothetical earnings, expenses, gains and losses, pursuant to the terms hereof.  A hypothetical contribution shall be credited to the Account of a Participant on the date determined by the Employer and accepted by the Plan recordkeeper.  The Administrator will maintain such other accounts and records as it deems appropriate to the discharge of its duties under the Plan.

 

7



 

Article 6. Investment of Accounts .

 

6.01. Manner of Investment .   All amounts credited to the Accounts of Participants shall be treated as though invested and reinvested only in Permissible Investments.

 

6.02. Investment Decisions, Earnings and Expenses Investments in which the Accounts of Participants shall be treated as invested and reinvested shall be directed by the Employer or by each Participant, or both, in accordance with Section 1.09.  All dividends, interest, gains, and distributions of any nature that would be earned on a Permissible Investment will be credited to the Account as though reinvested in additional shares of that Permissible Investment.  Expenses that would be attributable to such investments shall be charged to the Account of the Participant.

 

 

Article 7. Right to Benefits .

 

7.01. Retirement .   If provided by the Employer in Section 1.08(e)(1), the Account of a Participant or an Inactive Participant who attains retirement eligibility prior to a Separation from Service will be 100% vested.

 

7.02. Death .   If provided by the Employer in Section 1.08(e)(2), the Account of a Participant or former Participant who dies before the distribution of his entire Account will be 100% vested, provided that at the time of his death he is earning Years of Service.

 

A Participant may designate a Beneficiary or Beneficiaries, or change any prior designation of Beneficiary or Beneficiaries, by giving notice to the Administrator on a form designated by the Administrator.  If more than one person is designated as the Beneficiary, their respective interests shall be as indicated on the designation form.

 

A copy of the death certificate or other sufficient documentation must be filed with and approved by the Administrator.  If upon the death of the Participant there is, in the opinion of the Administrator, no designated Beneficiary for part or all of the Participant’s Account, such amount will be paid to his surviving spouse or, if none, to his estate (such spouse or estate shall be deemed to be the Beneficiary for purposes of the Plan).  If a Beneficiary dies after benefits to such Beneficiary have commenced, but before they have been completed, and, in the opinion of the Administrator, no person has been designated to receive such remaining benefits, then such benefits shall be paid to the deceased Beneficiary’s estate.

 

A distribution to a Beneficiary of a Specified Employee is not considered to be a payment to a Specified Employee for purposes of Sections 1.07 and 8.01(e).

 

7.03. Separation from Service .

 

(a)   General.   If provided by the Employer in Section 1.08, and subject to Section 1.08(e)(2), if a Participant has a Separation from Service, he will be entitled to a benefit equal to (i) the vested percentage(s) of the value of the Matching and Employer Contributions credited to his Account, as adjusted for income, expense, gain, or loss, such percentage(s) determined in accordance with the vesting schedule(s) and methodology selected by the Employer in Section 1.08, and (ii) the value of the Deferral Contributions to his Account as adjusted for income, expense, gain, or loss.  The amount payable under this Section 7.03 will be distributed in accordance with Article 8.

 

8



 

(b)   Elapsed Time Vesting.   Unless otherwise provided by the Employer in Section 1.08, vesting shall be determined based on the elapsed time method.  For purposes of the elapsed time method, “Years of Service” means, with respect to any Participant or Inactive Participant, the number of whole years of his periods of service with the Employer and any Related Employers (as defined in Section 2.01(a)(26)(A)), subject to any exclusion elected by the Employer in Section 1.08(c).  A Participant or Inactive Participant will receive credit for the aggregate of all time period(s) commencing with his Employment Commencement Date and ending on the date a break in service begins, unless any such years are excluded by Section 1.08(c).  A Participant or Inactive Participant will also receive credit for any period of severance of less than 12 consecutive months.  Fractional periods of a year will be expressed in terms of days.

 

A break in service is a period of severance of at least 12 consecutive months.  A “period of severance” is a continuous period of time beginning on the date the Participant or Inactive Participant incurs a Separation from Service, or if earlier, the 12-month anniversary of the date on which the Participant or Inactive Participant was otherwise first absent from service.

 

Notwithstanding the above, the Employer shall comply with any service crediting rules to the extent required by applicable law.

 

(c)   Class Year Vesting.   If provided by the Employer in Section 1.08, a Participant’s or Inactive Participant’s vested percentage in the Matching Contributions and/or Employer Contributions portion(s) of his Account shall be determined pursuant to the class year method.  Pursuant to such method, amounts attributable to the applicable contribution types are assigned to “class years” established in the records of the Plan.  Such class years are years (calendar or non-calendar) to which the contribution is assigned by the Administrator, as described in the Service Agreement between the Trustee and the Employer.  The Participant’s or Inactive Participant’s vested percentage in amounts attributable to a particular contribution is determined from the beginning of the applicable class year to the date the Participant or Inactive Participant incurs a Separation from Service.  For purposes of the class year method, a Participant or Inactive Participant is credited with a Year of Service on the first day of each such class year.

 

7.04. Vesting after Partial Distribution .   If a distribution from a Participant’s Account has been made to him at a time when his Account is less than 100% vested, the vesting schedule in Section 1.08 will thereafter apply only to amounts in his Account attributable to Matching Contributions and Employer Contributions credited after such distribution.  The balance of his Account attributable to Matching Contributions and Employer Contributions immediately after such distribution will be subject to the following for the purpose of determining his interest therein.

 

At any relevant time prior to a forfeiture of any portion thereof under Section 7.05, a Participant’s nonforfeitable interest in the portion of his Account described in the sentence immediately above will be equal to P(AB + (RxD))-(RxD), where P is the nonforfeitable percentage at the relevant time determined under Section 1.08; AB is the account balance of such portion at the relevant time; D is the amount of the distribution; and R is the ratio of the account balance of such portion at the relevant time to the account balance of such portion after distribution.  Following a forfeiture of any portion of such portion under Section 7.05 below, any balance with respect to such portion will remain fully vested and nonforfeitable.

 

7.05. Forfeitures .   Once payments are to commence to a Participant or Inactive Participant hereunder, the portion of such Account subject to the same payment commencement date but not yet vested, if any, (determined by his vested percentage at such payment commencement date) will be forfeited by him

 

7.06. Change in Control .   If the Employer has elected to apply Section 1.07(a)(3)(D), then, upon a Change in Control, notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, all Participant Accounts shall be 100% vested.

 

9



 

7.07. Disability .   If the Employer has elected to apply Section 1.08(e)(3), then, upon the date a Participant incurs a Disability, as defined in Section 1.07(a)(2), notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, all Accounts of such Participant shall be 100% vested.

 

7.08. Directors .   Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, all Accounts of a Participant who is a Director shall be 100% vested at all times, including Accounts attributable to the Participant’s service as an Employee, if any.

 

 

Article 8. Distribution of Benefits .

 

8.01 Events Triggering, and Form of, Distributions .

 

(a)           Events triggering the distribution of benefits and the form of such distributions are described in Section 1.07(a), pursuant to the Employer’s election and/or the Participant’s election, as applicable.

 

(1)           With respect to the form and time of distribution of amounts attributable to a Deferral Contribution, a Participant election must be made no later than the time by which the Participant must elect to make a Deferral Contribution, as described in Section 4.01.

 

(2)           With respect to the form and time of distribution of amounts attributable to Matching or Employer Contributions, a Participant election must be made no later than the time by which a Participant would be required to make a Deferral Contribution as described in Section 4.01 with respect to the calendar year for which the Matching and/or Employer Contributions are credited.  For purposes of applying Section 4.01(d) “Active Participant” shall have the meaning assigned in Section 2.01(a)(2)(B).

 

(3)           Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, an election choosing a distribution trigger and payment method pursuant to Section 1.07(a)(1) will only be effective with respect to amounts attributable to contributions credited to the Participant’s Account for the calendar year (or other deferral period described in 4.01(a) or (b)) to which such election relates.  Amounts attributable to contributions credited to a Participant’s account prior to the effective date of any new election will not be affected and will be paid in accordance with the otherwise applicable election.

 

(b)          If the Employer elects to permit a distribution election change pursuant to Section 1.07(b), then any such distribution election change must satisfy (1) through (3) below:

 

(1)  Such election may not take effect until at least 12 months after the date on which such election is made.

 

(2)  In the case of an election related to a payment not on account of Disability, death or the occurrence of an Unforeseeable Emergency, the payment with respect to which such election is made must be deferred for a period of not less than five years from the date such payment would otherwise have been paid (or in the case of installment payments, five years from the date the first amount was scheduled to be paid).

 

(3)  Any election related to a payment at a specified time or pursuant to a fixed schedule may not be made less than 12 months prior to the date the payment is scheduled to be paid (or in the case of installment payments, 12 months prior to the date the first amount was scheduled to be paid).

 

10



 

With respect to any initial distribution election, a Participant shall in no event be permitted to make more than one distribution election change.

 

(c)  A Participant’s entitlement to installments will not be treated as an entitlement to a series of separate payments.

 

(d)  If the Plan does not provide for Plan-level payment triggers pursuant to Section 1.07(a)(3), and the Participant does not designate in the manner prescribed by the Administrator the method of distribution, and/or the distribution trigger (if and as required), such method of distribution shall be a lump sum at Separation from Service.

 

(e)  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, with respect to any Specified Employee, if the applicable payment trigger is Separation from Service, then payment shall not commence before the date that is six months after the date of Separation from Service (or, if earlier, the date of death of the Specified Employee, pursuant to Section 7.02).  Payments to which a Specified Employee would otherwise be entitled during the first six months following the date of Separation from Service are delayed by six months.

 

(f)  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Administrator may, in its discretion, automatically pay out a Participant’s vested Account in a lump sum, provided that such payment satisfies the requirements in (1) through (3) below:

 

(1)           Such payment results in the termination and liquidation of the entirety of the Participant’s interest under the plan (as defined in 26 CFR section 1.409A-1(c)(2)), including all agreements, methods, programs, or other arrangements with respect to which deferrals of compensation are treated as having been deferred under a single nonqualified deferred compensation plan under 26 CFR section 1.409A-1(c)(2);

 

(2)           Such payment is not greater than the applicable dollar amount under Code section 402(g)(1)(B); and

 

(3)           Such exercise of Administrator discretion is evidenced in writing no later than the date of such payment.

 

(g)  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Administrator may, in its discretion, delay a payment otherwise required hereunder to a date after the designated payment date due to any of the circumstances described in (1) through (4) below, provided that the Administrator treats all payments to similarly situated Participants on a reasonably consistent basis.

 

(1)           In the event the Administrator reasonably anticipates that, if the payment were made as scheduled, the Employer’s deduction with respect to such payment would not be permitted due to the application of Code section 162(m), provided the delay complies with the conditions in 26 CFR section 1.409A-2(b)(7)(i).

 

(2)           In the event the Administrator reasonably anticipates that the making of such payment will violate Federal securities laws or other applicable law, provided the delay complies with the conditions in 26 CFR section 1.409A-2(b)(7)(ii).

 

(3)           Upon such other events and conditions as the Commissioner of the Internal Revenue Service may prescribe in generally applicable guidance published in the Internal Revenue Bulletin.

 

(4)           Upon a change in control event, provided the delay complies with conditions in 26 CFR section 1.409A-3(i)(5)(iv).

 

11



 

(h)  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Administrator may provide an election to change the time or form of a payment hereunder to satisfy the requirements of the Uniformed Services Employment and Reemployment Rights Act of 1994, as amended, 38 USC sections 4301 through 4344.

 

8.02. Notice to Trustee .   The Administrator will provide direction to the Trustee, as provided in the Trust agreement, whenever any Participant or Beneficiary is entitled to receive benefits under the Plan.  The Administrator’s notice shall indicate the form, amount and frequency of benefits that such Participant or Beneficiary shall receive.

 

8.03. Unforeseeable Emergency Withdrawals .   Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, a Participant may apply to the Administrator to withdraw some or all of his  Account if such withdrawal is made on account of an Unforeseeable Emergency as determined by the Administrator in accordance with the requirements of and subject to the limitations provided in 26 CFR section 1.409A-3(i)(3).

 

 

Article 9. Amendment and Termination .

 

9.01 Amendment by Employer .   The Employer reserves the authority to amend the Plan in its discretion.  Any such amendment notwithstanding, no Participant’s Account shall be reduced by such amendment below the amount to which the Participant would have been entitled if he had voluntarily left the employ of the Employer immediately prior to the date of the change.

 

9.02. Termination .   The Employer has no obligation or liability whatsoever to maintain the Plan for any length of time and may terminate the Plan at any time by written notice delivered to the Trustee without any liability hereunder for any such discontinuance or termination.  Such termination shall comply with 26 CFR section 1.409A-3(j)(4)(ix) and other applicable guidance.

 

 

Article 10. Miscellaneous .

 

10.01. Communication to Participants .   The Plan will be communicated to all Participants by the Employer promptly after the Plan is adopted.

 

10.02. Limitation of Rights .   Neither the establishment of the Plan and the Trust, nor any amendment thereof, nor the creation of any fund or account, nor the payment of any benefits, will be construed as giving to any Participant or other person any legal or equitable right against the Employer, Administrator or Trustee, except as provided herein; in no event will the terms of employment or service of any individual be modified or in any way affected hereby.

 

10.03.  Nonalienability of Benefits .   The benefits provided hereunder will not be subject to alienation, assignment, garnishment, attachment, execution or levy of any kind, either voluntarily or involuntarily, and any attempt to cause such benefits to be so subjected will not be recognized, except to such extent as may be required by law and as provided pursuant to a domestic relations order (defined in Code section 414(p)(1)(B)), as determined by the Administrator.  Pursuant to a domestic relations order, payments may be accelerated to a time sooner, and pursuant to a schedule more rapid, than the time and schedule applicable in the absence of the domestic relations order, provided that such payment pursuant to such order is not made to the Participant and provided further that this provision shall not be construed to provide the Participant discretion regarding whether such payment time or schedule will be accelerated.

 

10.04. Facility of Payment .   In the event the Administrator determines, on the basis of medical reports or other evidence satisfactory to the Administrator, that the recipient of any benefit payments under the Plan is incapable of handling his affairs by reason of minority, illness, infirmity or other incapacity, the Administrator may disburse such payments, or direct the Trustee to disburse such payments, as applicable, to a person or institution designated by a court which has jurisdiction over such recipient or a person or institution otherwise having the legal authority under State law for the care and control of such recipient. 

 

12



 

The receipt by such person or institution of any such payments shall be complete acquittance therefore, and any such payment to the extent thereof, shall discharge the liability of the Trust for the payment of benefits hereunder to such recipient.

 

10.05. Plan Records .   The Administrator shall maintain the records of the Plan on a calendar-year basis.

 

10.06. USERRA Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Administrator shall permit any Participant election and make any payments hereunder required by the Uniformed Services Employment and Reemployment Rights Act of 1994, as amended, 38 USC 4301-4334.

 

10.07. Governing Law The Plan and the accompanying Adoption Agreement will be construed, administered and enforced according to ERISA, and to the extent not preempted thereby, the laws of the State in which the Employer has its principal place of business, without regard to the conflict of laws principles of such State.

 

 

Article 11. Plan Administration .

 

11.01. Powers and Responsibilities of the Administrator .   The Administrator has the full power and the full responsibility to administer the Plan in all of its details, subject, however, to the applicable requirements of ERISA.  The Administrator’s powers and responsibilities include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

(a)   To make and enforce such rules and regulations as it deems necessary or proper for the efficient administration of the Plan;

 

(b)   To interpret the Plan, its interpretation thereof in good faith to be final and conclusive on all persons claiming benefits under the Plan;

 

(c)   To decide all questions concerning the Plan and the eligibility of any person to participate in the Plan;

 

(d)   To administer the claims and review procedures specified in Section 11.02;

 

(e)   To compute the amount of benefits which will be payable to any Participant, former Participant or Beneficiary in accordance with the provisions of the Plan;

 

(f)    To determine the person or persons to whom such benefits will be paid;

 

(g)   To authorize the payment of benefits;

 

(h)   To appoint such agents, counsel, accountants, and consultants as may be required to assist in administering the Plan; and

 

(i)    By written instrument, to allocate and delegate its responsibilities, including the formation of an administrative committee to administer the Plan.

 

13



 

11.02. Claims and Review Procedures .

 

(a)   Claims Procedure .  If any person believes he is being denied any rights or benefits under the Plan, such person may file a claim in writing with the Administrator.  If any such claim is wholly or partially denied, the Administrator will notify such person of its decision in writing.  Such notification will contain (i) specific reasons for the denial, (ii) specific reference to pertinent Plan provisions, (iii) a description of any additional material or information necessary for such person to perfect such claim and an explanation of why such material or information is necessary, and (iv) information as to the steps to be taken if the person wishes to submit a request for review, including a statement of the such person’s right to bring a civil action under ERISA section 502(a) following as adverse determination upon review.  Such notification will be given within 90 days after the claim is received by the Administrator (or within 180 days, if special circumstances require an extension of time for processing the claim, and if written notice of such extension and circumstances is given to such person within the initial 90-day period).

 

If the claim concerns disability benefits under the Plan, the Plan Administrator must notify the claimant in writing within 45 days after the claim has been filed in order to deny it.  If special circumstances require an extension of time to process the claim, the Plan Administrator must notify the claimant before the end of the 45-day period that the claim may take up to 30 days longer to process.  If special circumstances still prevent the resolution of the claim, the Plan Administrator may then only take up to another 30 days after giving the claimant notice before the end of the original 30-day extension.  If the Plan Administrator gives the claimant notice that the claimant needs to provide additional information regarding the claim, the claimant must do so within 45 days of that notice.

 

(b)   Review Procedure .  Within 60 days after the date on which a person receives a written notice of a denied claim (or, if applicable, within 60 days after the date on which such denial is considered to have occurred), such person (or his duly authorized representative) may (i) file a written request with the Administrator for a review of his denied claim and of pertinent documents and (ii) submit written issues and comments to the Administrator.  This written request may include comments, documents, records, and other information relating to the claim for benefits.  The claimant shall be provided, upon the claimant’s request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records, and other information relevant to the claim for benefits.  The review will take into account all comments, documents, records, and other information submitted by the claimant relating to the claim, without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination.  The Administrator will notify such person of its decision in writing.  Such notification will be written in a manner calculated to be understood by such person and will contain specific reasons for the decision as well as specific references to pertinent Plan provisions.  The decision on review will be made within 60 days after the request for review is received by the Administrator (or within 120 days, if special circumstances require an extension of time for processing the request, such as an election by the Administrator to hold a hearing, and if written notice of such extension and circumstances is given to such person within the initial 60-day period). The extension notice shall indicate the special circumstances requiring an extension of time and the date by which the Plan expects to render the determination on review.

 

If the initial claim was for disability benefits under the Plan and has been denied by the Plan Administrator, the claimant will have 180 days from the date the claimant received notice of the claim’s denial in which to appeal that decision.  The review will be handled completely independently of the findings and decision made regarding the initial claim and will be processed by an individual who is not a subordinate of the individual who denied the initial claim.  If the claim requires medical judgment, the individual handling the appeal will consult with a medical

 

14



 

professional whom was not consulted regarding the initial claim and who is not a subordinate of anyone consulted regarding the initial claim and identify that medical professional to the claimant.

 

The Plan Administrator shall provide the claimant with written notification of a plan’s benefit determination on review.  In the case of an adverse benefit determination, the notification shall set forth, in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant — the specific reason or reasons for the adverse determinations, reference to the specific plan provisions on which the benefit determination is based, a statement that the claimant is entitled to receive, upon the claimant’s request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records, and other information relevant to the claim for benefits.

 

15



 

The CORPORATE plan for Retirement SM

EXECUTIVE PLAN

 

Adoption Agreement

 

IMPORTANT NOTE

 

This document has not been approved by the Department of Labor, the Internal Revenue Service or any other governmental entity. An Employer must determine whether the plan is subject to the Federal securities laws and the securities laws of the various states. An Employer may not rely on this document to ensure any particular tax consequences or to ensure that the Plan is “unfunded and maintained primarily for the purpose of providing deferred compensation to a select group of management or highly compensated employees” under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act with respect to the Employer’s particular situation. Fidelity Management Trust Company, its affiliates and employees cannot and do not provide legal or tax advice or opinions in connection with this document. This document does not constitute legal or tax advice or opinions and is not intended or written to be used, and it cannot be used by any taxpayer, for the purposes of avoiding penalties that may be imposed on the taxpayer. This document must be reviewed by the Employer’s attorney prior to adoption.

 

 



 

 

ADOPTION AGREEMENT

ARTICLE 1

 

1.01         PLAN INFORMATION

 

(a)                                   Name of Plan:

 

This is the Avid Technology, Inc., Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan Plan (the “Plan”).

 

(b)                                  Plan Status ( Check one.) :

 

 (1)                                Adoption Agreement effective date: 01/01/2008

 

(2)                             The Adoption Agreement effective date is (Check (A) or check and complete (B)) :

 

(A)                               o             A new Plan effective date.

 

(B)                                 x            An amendment and restatement of the Plan. The original effective date of the Plan was: 1/1/1998

 

(c)           Name of Administrator, if not the Employer:

 

                Compensation Committee of the Board

 

1.02    EMPLOYER

 

                                                (a)            Employer Name : Avid Technology, Inc.

 

(b)                                  The term “Employer” includes the following Related Employer(s)

               (as defined in Section 2.01(a)(25)) participating in the Plan:

 

 

 

 

1



 

 

1.03        COVERAGE

 

       (Check (a) and/or (b).)

 

(a)                                   x The following Employees are eligible to participate in the Plan (Check (1) or (2)) :

 

(1)  o                       Only those Employees designated in writing by the Employer, which writing is  hereby incorporated herein.

 

(2)  x Only those Employees in the eligible class described below:

 

    Vice Presidents and above.

 

(b)                                  þ The following Directors are eligible to participate in the Plan (Check (1) or (2)) :

 

(1)  o                 Only those Directors designated in writing by the Employer, which writing is hereby incorporated herein.

 

(2)  x All Directors, effective as of the later of the date in 1.01(b) or the date the Director becomes a Director.

 

(Note: A designation in Section 1.03(a)(1) or Section 1.03(b)(1) or a description in Section 1.03(a)(2) must include the effective date of such participation.)

 

1.04         COMPENSATION

 

(If Section 1.03(a) is selected, select (a) or (b). If Section 1.03(b) is selected, complete (c))

 

For purposes of determining all contributions under the Plan:

 

 

 

(a)

 

o

 

Compensation shall be as defined, with respect to Employees, in the                                                       Plan maintained by the Employer:

 

(1)                       o   to the extent it is in excess of the limit imposed under Code section 401(a)(17).

 

(2)                       o   notwithstanding the limit imposed under Code section 401(a)(17).

 

 

 

(b)

 

x

 

Compensation shall be as defined in Section 2.01(a)(9) with respect to Employees (Check (1), and/or (2) below, if, and as, appropriate) :

 

 

 

 

(1)

 

x

but excluding the following:

 

 

 

 

1.The value of all stock based compensation granted to an Employee by the Employer to the extent such value is includable in the Employee’s taxable income._2. Bonuses exclude: holiday bonuses, retention bonuses, recognition bonuses or special bonus or award.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

 

o

but excluding bonuses, except those bonuses listed in the table in Section 1.05(a)(2).

 

2



 

 

 

(c)

 

x

 

Compensation shall be as defined in Section 2.01(a)(9)(c) with respect to Directors, but excluding the following:            The value of all stock based compensation.

 

1.05         CONTRIBUTIONS ON BEHALF OF EMPLOYEES

 

(a)                                   Deferral Contributions (Complete all that apply):

 

 

 

(1)

 

x

Deferral Contributions. Subject to any minimum or maximum deferral amount provided below, the Employer shall make a Deferral Contribution in accordance with, and subject to, Section 4.01 on behalf of each Participant who has an executed salary reduction agreement in effect with the Employer for the applicable calendar year (or portion of the applicable calendar year).

 

Deferral Contributions
Type of Compensation

 

Dollar Amount

 

% Amount

 

 

Min

 

Max

 

Min

 

Max

Base Compensation

 

 

 

 

 

0

 

60

 

 

(Note: With respect to each type of Compensation, list the minimum and maximum dollar amounts or percentages as whole dollar amounts or whole number percentages.)

 

 

 

(2)

 

x

Deferral Contributions with respect to Bonus Compensation only. The Employer requires Participants to enter into a special salary reduction agreement to make Deferral Contributions with respect to one or more Bonuses, subject to minimum and maximum deferral limitations, as provided in the table below.

 

 

Deferral Contributions Type of Bonus

 

Treated As

 

Dollar Amount

 

% Amount

 

 

Performance Based

 

Non-Performance Based

 

Min

 

Max

 

Min

 

Max

Bonus

 

 

 

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

0

 

100

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Note: With respect to each type of Bonus, list the minimum and maximum dollar amounts or percentages as whole dollar amounts or whole number percentages. In the event a bonus

 

3



 

 

identified as a Performance-based Bonus above does not constitute a Performance-based Bonus with respect to any Participant, such Bonus will be treated as a Non-Performance-based Bonus with respect to such Participant.)

 

(b)                Matching Contributions (Choose (1) or (2) below, and (3) below, as applicable):

 

(1)                             o         The Employer shall make a Matching Contribution on behalf of each Employee Participant in an amount described below:

 

(A)            % of the Employee Participant’s Deferral Contributions for the calendar year.

 

(B)  o         The amount, if any, declared by the Employer in writing, which writing is hereby incorporated herein.

 

(C)  o               Other:                                                           

 

(2)                             o         Matching Contribution Offset. For each Employee Participant who has made elective contributions (as defined in 26 CFR section 1.401(k)-6 (“QP Deferrals”)) of the maximum permitted under Code section 402(g), or the maximum permitted under the terms of the                                                        Plan (the “QP”), to the QP, the Employer shall make a Matching Contribution in an amount equal to (A) minus (B) below:

 

(A)             The matching contributions (as defined in 26 CFR section 1.401(m)-1(a)(2) (“QP Match”)) that the Employee Participant would have received under the QP on the sum of the Deferral Contributions and the Participant’s QP Deferrals, determined as though—

 

·                   no limits otherwise imposed by the tax law applied to such QP match; and

 

·                   the Employee Participant’s Deferral Contributions had been made to the QP.

 

(B)               The QP Match actually made to such Employee Participant under the QP for the applicable calendar year.

 

Provided, however, that the Matching Contributions made on behalf of any Employee Participant pursuant to this Section 1.05(b)(2) shall be limited as provided in Section 4.02 hereof.

 

(3)         o       Matching Contribution Limits (Check the appropriate box (es)) :

 

(A)  o       Deferral Contributions in excess of           % of the Employee Participant’s   Compensation for the calendar year shall not be considered for Matching Contributions.

 

4



 

 

(B)  ¨         Matching Contributions for each Employee Participant for each calendar year shall be limited to $   .

 

(c)                                   Employer Contributions

 

 

(1)

 

¨

Fixed Employer Contributions. The Employer shall make an Employer Contribution on behalf of each Employee Participant in an amount determined as described below:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

 

¨

Discretionary Employer Contributions. The Employer may make Employer Contributions to the accounts of Employee Participants in any amount (which  amount may be zero), as determined by the Employer in its sole discretion from time  to time in a writing, which is hereby incorporated herein.

 

 

                ¨    

 

1.06        CONTRIBUTIONS ON BEHALF OF DIRECTORS

 

(a)  x                  Director Deferral Contributions

 

The Employer shall make a Deferral Contribution in accordance with, and subject to, Section 4.01 on behalf of each Director Participant who has an executed deferral agreement in effect with the Employer for the applicable calendar year (or portion of the applicable calendar year), which deferral agreement shall be subject to any minimum and/or maximum deferral amounts provided in the table below.

 

Deferral Contributions

 

Dollar Amount

 

% Amount

Type of Compensation

 

Min

 

Max

 

Min

 

Max

Directors Fees

 

 

 

 

 

0

 

100

 

(Note: With respect to each type of Compensation, list the minimum and maximum dollar amounts or percentages as whole dollar amounts or whole number percentages.)

 

(b)     Matching and Employer Contributions:

 

(1)  o   Matching Contributions. The Employer shall make a Matching Contribution on behalf of each Director Participant in an amount determined as described below: 

 

 

 

.

5



 

 

(2)  ¨   Fixed Employer Contributions. The Employer shall make an Employer Contribution on behalf of each Director Participant in an amount determined as described below:

 

 

 

.

 

(3)  ¨   Discretionary Employer Contributions. The Employer may make Employer Contributions to the accounts of Director Participants in any amount (which amount may be zero), as determined by the Employer in its sole discretion from time to time, in a writing, which is hereby incorporated herein.

 

 

 

1.07       DISTRIBUTIONS

 

The form and timing of distributions from the Participant’s vested Account shall be made consistent with the elections in this Section 1.07.

 

(a) (1)  Distribution options to be provided to Participants

 

 

 

(A)  Specified Date

 

(B)  Specified Age

 

(C)  Separation From Service

 

(D)  Earlier of Separation or Age

 

(E)  Earlier of Separation or Specified Date

 

(F)  Disability

 

(G) Change in Control

 

(H)  Death

Deferral

 

o Lump Sum

 

o Lump Sum

 

x Lump Sum

 

o Lump Sum

 

o Lump Sum

 

o Lump Sum

 

o Lump Sum

 

o Lump Sum

Contribution

 

o Installments

 

o Installments

 

x Installments

 

o Installments

 

o Installments

 

o Installments

 

o Installments

 

o Installments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Matching

 

o Lump Sum

 

o Lump Sum

 

o Lump Sum

 

o Lump Sum

 

o Lump Sum

 

o Lump Sum

 

o Lump Sum

 

o Lump Sum

Contributions

 

o Installments

 

o Installments

 

o Installments

 

o Installments

 

o Installments

 

o Installments

 

o Installments

 

o Installments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Employer

 

o Lump Sum

 

o Lump Sum

 

o Lump Sum

 

o Lump Sum

 

o Lump Sum

 

o Lump Sum

 

o Lump Sum

 

o Lump Sum

Contributions

 

o Installments

 

o Installments

 

o Installments

 

o Installments

 

o Installments

 

o Installments

 

o Installments

 

o Installments

 

(Note: If the Employer elects (F), (G), or (H)  above, the Employer must also elect (A), (B), (C), (D), or (E) above, and the Participant must also elect (A), (B), (C), (D), or (E) above. In the event the Employer elects only a single payment trigger and/or payment method above, then such single payment trigger and/or payment method shall automatically apply to the Participant. If the employer elects to provide for payment upon a specified date or age, and the employer applies a vesting schedule to amounts that may be subject to such payment trigger(s), the employer must apply a minimum deferral period, the number of years of which must be greater than the number of years required for 100% vesting in any such amounts. If the employer elects to provide for payment upon disability, and the employer applies a vesting schedule to amounts that may be subject to such payment trigger, the employer must also elect to apply 100% vesting in any such amounts upon disability and/or death.)

 

 

6



 

 

(2)                  o                         A Participant incurs a Disability when the Participant (Check at least one if Section 1.07(a)(1)(F) or if Section 1.08(e)(3) is elected) :

 

 

(A)

 

o

is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(B)

 

o

is, by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, receiving income replacement benefits for a period of not less than 3 months under an accident and health plan covering employees of the Employer.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(C)

 

o

is determined to be totally disabled by the Social Security Administration or the Railroad Retirement Board.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(D)

 

o

is determined to be disabled pursuant to the following disability insurance program:                                                                 the definition of disability under which complies with the requirements in regulations under Code section 409A.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Note: If more than one box above is checked, then the Participant will have aDisability if he satisfies at least one of the descriptions corresponding to one of such checked boxes.) 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3)                        o                   Regardless of any payment trigger and, as applicable, payment method, to which the Participant would otherwise be subject pursuant to (1) above, the first to occur of the following Plan-level payment triggers will cause payment to the Participant commencing pursuant to Section 1.07(c)(1) below in a lump sum, provided such Plan-level payment trigger occurs prior to the payment trigger to which the Participant would otherwise be subject.

 

Payment Trigger

 

(A)

x

Separation from Service prior to:              Age 55          

(B)

o

Separation from Service

(C)

x

Death

(D)

x

Change in Control

 

 

(b)                            Distribution Election Change

 

             A  Participant

 

 

7



 

 

 

                               (1)  o              shall

                               (2)  x             shall not

 

be permitted to modify a scheduled distribution election in accordance with Section 8.01(b) hereof.

 

(c)      Commencement of Distributions

 

    (1)                       Each lump sum distribution and the first distribution in a series of installment payments (if applicable) shall commence as elected in (A), (B) or (C) below:

 

(A)  x

Monthly on the 1st  day of the month which day next follows the applicable triggering event described in 1.07(a).

(B)  o

Quarterly on the            day of the following months                         ,                             ,                               , or                         (list one month in each calendar quarter) which day next follows the applicable triggering event described in 1.07(a).

(C)  o

Annually on the            day of                          (month) which day next follows the applicable triggering event described in 1.07(a).

 

(Note:  Notwithstanding the above: a six-month delay shall be imposed with respect to certain distributions to Specified Employees; a Participant who chooses payment on a Specified Date will choose a month, year or quarter (as applicable) only, and payment will be made on the applicable date elected in (A), (B) or (C) above that falls within such month, year or quarter elected by the Participant.)

 

(2)                                         The commencement of distributions pursuant to the events elected in Section 1.07(a)(1) and Section 1.07(a)(3) shall be modified by application of the following:

 

(A)  o

Separation from Service Event Delay — Separation from Service will be treated as not having occurred for            months after the date of such event.

 

(B)  o

Plan Level Delay — all distribution events (other than those based on Specified Date or Specified Age) will be treated as not having occurred for            days (insert number of days but not more then 30).

 

 

(d)                            Installment Frequency and Duration

 

If installments are available under the Plan pursuant to Section 1.07(a), a Participant shall be permitted to elect that the installments will be paid (Complete 1 and 2 below):

 

(1)                                         at the following intervals:

 

(A)  o

Monthly commencing on the day elected in Section 1.07(c)(1).

 

 

8



 

 

(B)  o

Quarterly commencing on the day elected in Section1.07 (c)(1) (with payments made at three-month intervals thereafter).

(C)  x

Annually commencing on the day elected in Section 1.07(c)(1).

 

(2)                                                     over the following term(s)  (Complete either (A) or (B)) :

 

(A)  x

Any term of whole years between _2     (minimum of 1) and _ 10_ (maximum of 30).

 

 

(B)  o

Any of the whole year terms selected below.

 

¨    1

¨    2

¨    3

¨    4

¨    5

¨    6

¨    7

¨    8

¨    9

¨ 10

¨ 11

¨ 12

¨ 13

¨ 14

¨ 15

¨ 16

¨ 17

¨ 18

¨ 19

¨ 20

¨ 21

¨ 22

¨ 23

¨ 24

¨ 25

¨ 26

¨ 27

¨ 28

¨ 29

¨ 30

 

(Note:  Only elect a term of one year if Section 1.07(d)(1)(A) and/or Section 1.07(d)(1)(B) is elected above.)

 

(e)                             Conversion to Lump Sum

 

 

£

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary , if the Participant’s vested Account at the time such Account becomes payable to him hereunder does not exceed $                 distribution of the Participant’s vested Account shall automatically be made in the form of a single lump sum at the time prescribed in Section 1.07(c)(1).

 

 

(f)                         Distribution Rules Applicable to Pre-effective Date Accruals

 

£

Benefits accrued under the Plan (subject to Code section 409A) prior to the date in Section 1.01(b)(1) above are subject to distribution rules not described in  Section 1.07(a) through (e), and such rules are described in Attachment A Re: PRE EFFECTIVE DATE ACCRUAL DISTRIBUTION RULES.

 

1.08                     VESTING SCHEDULE

 

(a)                                   (1)      The Participant’s vested percentage in Matching Contributions elected in Section 1.05(b)

shall be based upon the following schedule and unless Section 1.08(a)(2) is checked

below will be based on the elapsed time method as described in Section 7.03(b).

 

Years of Service

Vesting %

 

 

 

 

 

9



 

 

 

(2)  o                  Vesting shall be based on the class year method as described in Section 7.03(c).

 

(b)                                  (1)                                   The Participant’s vested percentage in Employer Contributions elected in Section 1.05(c)

 

 shall be based upon the following schedule and unless Section 1.08(b)(2) is checked below will be based on the elapsed time  method as described in Section 7.03(b).

 

Years of Service

Vesting %

 

 

 

(2)  o  Vesting shall be based on the class year method as described in Section 7.03(c).

 

(c)                                   o   Years of Service shall exclude (Check one.) :

 

(1)  o                 for new plans, service prior to the Effective Date as defined in Section 1.01(b)(1).

 

(2)  o           for existing plans converting from another plan document, service prior to the original  Effective Date as defined in Section 1.01(b)(2)(B).

 

(Note: Do not elect to apply this Section 1.08(c) if vesting is based only on the class year method.)

 

(d)                                  o             Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, a Participant will forfeit his Matching

Contributions and Employer Contributions (regardless of whether vested) upon the occurrence of the following event(s):

 

 

 

 

 

(Note: Contributions with respect to Directors, which are 100% vested at all times, are subject to the rule in this subsection (d).)

 

(e)                                   A Participant will be 100% vested in his Matching Contributions and Employer Contributions upon (Check the appropriate box(es)) :

 

(1)  o                    Retirement eligibility is the date the Participant attains age        and completes

       Years of Service, as defined in Section 7.03(b).

 

(2)  o                    Death.

 

(3)  o    The date on which the Participant becomes disabled, as determined under Section 1.07(a)(2).

 

 

10



 

 

 

(Note: Participants will automatically vest upon Change in Control if Section 1.07(a)(1)(G) is elected.)

 

  (f)                                  o             Years of Service in Section 1.08 (a)(1) and Section 1.08 (b)(1) shall include service with the following employers:

 

 

 

 

 

1.09       INVESTMENT DECISIONS

 

A Participant’s Account shall be treated as invested in the Permissible Investments as directed by the Participant unless otherwise provided below:

 

 

 

 

 

1.10       ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS

 

The Employer may elect Option below and complete the Superseding Provisions Addendum to describe overriding provisions that are not otherwise reflected in this Adoption Agreement.

 

x   The Employer has completed the Superseding Provisions Addendum to reflect the provisions of the Plan that supersede provisions of this Adoption Agreement and/or the Basic Plan Document.

 

 

11



 

EXECUTION PAGE

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Employer has caused this Adoption Agreement to be executed this 13 th day of December, 2007.

 

 

 

 

Employer

Avid Technology, Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By

/s/ Ellen Weber

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title

Director, Corporate Compensation

 

 

 

12



 

 

AMENDMENT EXECUTION PAGE

 

Plan Name :            Avid Technology, Inc., Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan (the “Plan”)

 

Employer :              Avid Technology, Inc.

 

(Note: These execution pages are to be completed in the event the Employer modifies any prior election(s) or makes a new election(s) in this Adoption Agreement.  Attach the amended page(s) of the Adoption Agreement to these execution pages.)

 

The following section(s) of the Plan are hereby amended effective as of the date(s) set forth below:

 

Section Amended

 

Effective Date

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Employer has caused this Amendment to be executed on the date below.

 

 

Employer:

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

 

 

 

 

 

 

13



 

 

 ATTACHMENT A

 

Re:  PRE EFFECTIVE DATE ACCRUAL DISTRIBUTION RULES

 

Plan Name:  Avid Technology, Inc., Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

14



 

 

ATTACHMENT B

 


Re:  SUPERSEDING PROVISIONS
for

 

Plan Name:  Avid Technology, Inc. Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan

 

(a)          Superseding Provision(s)  The following provisions supersede other provisions of this Adoption Agreement and/or the Basic Plan Document as described below:

 

1.  Section 8.01(g)(1) shall not apply after the occurrence of a change in control event.

 

2.  Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 9.02, the Plan shall terminate automatically upon the occurrence of a change in control event.  Such termination shall comply with 26 CFR section 1.409A-3(j)(4)(ix)(B) and other applicable guidance.

 

3.  The following Section 11.03 shall be added to the Plan:

 

11.03. Legal Fees to Enforce Rights After Change in Control .  The Company and each Employer is aware that upon the occurrence of a Change in Control, the Board or the board of directors of a Participant’s Employer (which might then be composed of new members), of a shareholder of the Company or the Participant’s Employer, or of any successor corporation might then cause or attempt to cause the Company, the Participant’s Employer or such successor to refuse to comply with its obligations under the Plan and might cause or attempt to cause the Company or the Participant’s Employer to institute, or may institute, litigation seeking to deny Participant’s the benefits intended under the Plan.  In these circumstances, the purposes of the Plan could be frustrated.  Accordingly, if, following a Change in Control, it should appear to any Participant that the Company, the Participant’s Employer or any successor corporation has failed to comply with any of its obligations under the Plan or any agreement thereunder or, if the Company, such Employer or any other person takes any action to declare the Plan void or unenforceable or institutes any litigation or other legal action designed to deny, diminish or to recover from any Participant the benefits intended to be provided, then the Company and the Participant’s Employer irrevocably authorize such Participant to retain counsel of his or her choice at the expense of the Company and the Participant’s Employer (who shall be jointly and severally liable) to represent such Participant in connection with the initiation or defense of any litigation or other legal action, whether by or against the Company, the Participant’s Employer or any director, officer, shareholder or other person affiliated with the Company, the Participant’s Employer or any successor thereto in any jurisdiction.  The Company may recover any legal fees paid of a court of competent jurisdiction finds that the retention of counsel by the Participant was frivolous.  If the Participant prevails to any extent, the retention of counsel shall be conclusively determined not to be frivolous.

 

 

 

 

15



Exhibit 10.13

 

Avid Technology, Inc.

2005 Stock Incentive Plan

1. Purpose

The purpose of this 2005 Stock Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) of Avid Technology, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), is to advance the interests of the Company’s stockholders by enhancing the Company’s ability to attract, retain and motivate persons who are expected to make important contributions to the Company and by providing such persons with equity ownership opportunities and performance-based incentives that are intended to align their interests with those of the Company’s stockholders. Except where the context otherwise requires, the term “Company” shall include any of the Company’s present or future parent or subsidiary corporations as defined in Sections 424(e) or (f) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any regulations promulgated thereunder (the “Code”) and any other business venture (including, without limitation, joint venture or limited liability company) in which the Company has a controlling interest, as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”).

2. Eligibility

All of the Company’s employees, officers, directors, consultants and advisors are eligible to receive options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units and other stock-based awards (each, an “Award”) under the Plan. Each person who receives an Award under the Plan is deemed a “Participant”.

3. Administration and Delegation

(a) Administration by Board of Directors. The Plan will be administered by the Board. The Board shall have authority to grant Awards and to adopt, amend and repeal such administrative rules, guidelines and practices relating to the Plan as it shall deem advisable. The Board may correct any defect, supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan or any Award in the manner and to the extent it shall deem expedient to carry the Plan into effect and it shall be the sole and final judge of such expediency. All decisions by the Board shall be made in the Board’s sole discretion and shall be final and binding on all persons having or claiming any interest in the Plan or in any Award. No director or person acting pursuant to the authority delegated by the Board shall be liable for any action or determination relating to or under the Plan made in good faith.

(b) Appointment of Committees . To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Board may delegate any or all of its powers under the Plan to one or more committees or subcommittees of the Board (a “Committee”). All references in the Plan to the “Board” shall mean the Board or a Committee of the Board or the officers referred to in Section 3(c) to the extent that the Board’s powers or authority under the Plan have been delegated to such Committee or officers.

(c) Delegation to Officers . To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Board may delegate to one or more officers of the Company the power to grant Awards to employees or officers of the Company or any of its present or future subsidiary corporations and to exercise such other powers under the Plan as the Board may determine, provided that the Board shall fix the terms of the Awards to be granted by such

 

1

 


officers (including the exercise price of such Awards, which may include a formula by which the exercise price will be determined) and the maximum number of shares subject to Awards that the officers may grant; provided further, however, that no officer shall be authorized to grant Awards to any “executive officer” of the Company (as defined by Rule 3b-7 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)) or to any “officer” of the Company (as defined by Rule 16a-1 under the Exchange Act).

4. Stock Available for Awards.

(a) Number of Shares . Subject to adjustment under Section 10, Awards may be made under the Plan for up to 3,000,000 shares of common stock, $.01 par value per share, of the Company (the “Common Stock”). If any Award expires or is terminated, surrendered or canceled without having been fully exercised or is forfeited in whole or in part (including as the result of shares of Common Stock subject to such Award being repurchased by the Company at the original issuance price pursuant to a contractual repurchase right) or results in any Common Stock not being issued (including as the result of a SAR being settled in Common Stock), the unused Common Stock covered by such Award shall again be available for the grant of Awards under the Plan. However, in the case of Incentive Stock Options (as hereinafter defined), the foregoing provisions shall be subject to any limitations under the Code. Shares issued under the Plan may consist in whole or in part of authorized but unissued shares or treasury shares.

(b) Section 162(m) Per-Participant Limit . Subject to adjustment under Section 10, the maximum number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which Awards may be granted to any Participant under the Plan shall be 500,000 per calendar year. For purposes of the foregoing limit, the combination of an Option in tandem with a SAR (as each is hereafter defined) shall be treated as a single Award. The per-Participant limit described in this Section 4(b) shall be construed and applied consistently with Section 162(m) of the Code or any successor provision thereto, and the regulations thereunder (“Section 162(m)”).

5. Stock Options

(a) General . The Board may grant options to purchase Common Stock (each, an “Option”) and determine the number of shares of Common Stock to be covered by each Option, the exercise price of each Option and the conditions and limitations applicable to the exercise of each Option, including conditions relating to applicable federal or state securities laws, as it considers necessary or advisable. An Option which is not intended to be an Incentive Stock Option (as hereinafter defined) shall be designated a “Nonstatutory Stock Option”.

(b) Incentive Stock Options . An Option that the Board intends to be an “incentive stock option” as defined in Section 422 of the Code (an “Incentive Stock Option”) shall only be granted to employees of Avid Technology, Inc., any of Avid Technology, Inc.’s present or future parent or subsidiary corporations as defined in Sections 424(e) or (f) of the Code, and any other entities the employees of which are eligible to receive Incentive Stock Options under the Code, and shall be subject to and shall be construed consistently with the requirements of Section 422 of the Code. The Company shall have no liability to a Participant, or any other party, if an Option (or any part thereof) that is intended to be an Incentive Stock Option is not an Incentive Stock Option or for any action taken by the Board pursuant to Section 11(f), including without limitation the conversion of an Incentive Stock Option to a Nonstatutory Stock Option.

(c) Exercise Price . The Board shall establish the exercise price of each Option and specify such exercise price in the applicable option agreement; provided, however, that the exercise price shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value (as defined below in subsection (h)(3)) at the time the Option is granted.

 

2

 

 


(d) Limitation on Repricing . Unless such action is approved by the Company’s stockholders: (1) no outstanding Option granted under the Plan may be amended to provide an exercise price per share that is lower than the then-current exercise price per share of such outstanding Option (other than adjustments pursuant to Section 10) and (2) the Board may not cancel any outstanding Option and grant in substitution therefore new Awards under the Plan covering the same or a different number of shares of Common Stock and having an exercise price per share lower than the then-current exercise price per share of the cancelled Option.

(e) No Reload Rights . No Option granted under the Plan shall contain any provision entitling the optionee to the automatic grant of additional Options in connection with any exercise of the original Option.

(f) Duration of Options . Each Option shall be exercisable at such times and subject to such terms and conditions as the Board may specify in the applicable option agreement; provided, however, that no Option will be granted for a term in excess of 10 years.

(g) Exercise of Option . Options may be exercised by delivery to the Company of a written notice of exercise signed by the proper person or by any other form of notice (including electronic notice) approved by the Board together with payment in full as specified in Section 5(h) for the number of shares for which the Option is exercised. Shares of Common Stock subject to the Option will be delivered by the Company following exercise either as soon as practicable.

(h) Payment Upon Exercise. Common Stock purchased upon the exercise of an Option granted under the Plan shall be paid for as follows:

(1) in cash or by check, payable to the order of the Company;

(2) except as the Board may otherwise provide in an option agreement, by (i) delivery of an irrevocable and unconditional undertaking by a creditworthy broker to deliver promptly to the Company sufficient funds to pay the exercise price and any required tax withholding or (ii) delivery by the Participant to the Company of a copy of irrevocable and unconditional instructions to a creditworthy broker to deliver promptly to the Company cash or a check sufficient to pay the exercise price and any required tax withholding;

(3) when the Common Stock is registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”), by delivery of shares of Common Stock owned by the Participant valued at their fair market value as determined by (or in a manner approved by) the Board (“Fair Market Value”), provided (i) such method of payment is then permitted under applicable law, (ii) such Common Stock, if acquired directly from the Company, was owned by the Participant for such minimum period of time, if any, as may be established by the Board in its discretion and (iii) such Common Stock is not subject to any repurchase, forfeiture, unfulfilled vesting or other similar requirements;

(4) to the extent permitted by applicable law and by the Board, by payment of such other lawful consideration as the Board may determine; or

(5) by any combination of the above permitted forms of payment.

(i) Substitute Options . In connection with a merger or consolidation of an entity with the Company or the acquisition by the Company of property or stock of an entity, the Board may grant Options in substitution for any options or other stock or stock-based awards granted by such entity or an affiliate thereof. Substitute Options may be granted on such terms as the Board deems appropriate in the

 

3

 

 


circumstances, notwithstanding any limitations on Options contained in the other sections of this Section 5 or in Section 2.

6. Director Awards

(a) Initial Grant . Upon the commencement of service on the Board by any individual who is not then an employee of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company, the Company shall grant to such person (1) a Nonstatutory Stock Option to purchase up to 15,000 shares of Common Stock (subject to adjustment under Section 10), (2) a Restricted Stock Award (as defined in Section 8(a) below) that entitles such member to receive up to 7,500 shares of Common Stock (subject to adjustment under Section 10) or (3) a combination of a Nonstatutory Stock Option and a Restricted Stock Award, provided that the sum of (i) the number of shares of Common Stock that such member is entitled to purchase pursuant to the Nonstatutory Stock Option plus (ii) two multiplied by the number of shares of Common Stock that such member is entitled to receive pursuant to the Restricted Stock Award does not exceed 15,000 (subject to adjustment under Section 10).

(b) Annual Grant . On the date of each annual meeting of stockholders of the Company, the Company shall grant to each member of the Board of Directors of the Company who (1) has served as a director of the Company for at least six months prior to such annual meeting, (2) is serving as a director of the Company immediately following such annual meeting and (3) is not then an employee of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, (i) a Nonstatutory Stock Option to purchase up to 15,000 shares of Common Stock (subject to adjustment under Section 10), (ii) a Restricted Stock Award that entitles such member to receive up to 7,500 shares of Common Stock (subject to adjustment under Section 10) or (iii) a combination of a Nonstatutory Stock Option and a Restricted Stock Award, provided that the sum of (A) the number of shares of Common Stock that such member is entitled to purchase pursuant to the Nonstatutory Stock Option plus (B) two multiplied by the number of shares of Common Stock that such member is entitled to receive pursuant to the Restricted Stock Award does not exceed 15,000 (subject to adjustment under Section 10).

(c) Terms of Director Options . Options granted under this Section 6 shall (1) have an exercise price equal to the closing sale price (for the primary trading session) of the Common Stock on The Nasdaq Stock Market or the national securities exchange on which the Common Stock is then traded on the date of grant (and if the Common Stock is not then traded on The Nasdaq Stock Market or a national securities exchange, the fair market value of the Common Stock on such date as determined by the Board), (2) vest in full on the First Anniversary (as defined below in Section 6(f)) of the date of grant provided that the individual is serving on the Board on such date, provided that no additional vesting shall take place after the Participant ceases to serve as a director and further provided that the Board may provide for accelerated vesting in the case of death, disability, attainment of mandatory retirement age or retirement following at least 10 years of service, (3) expire on the earlier of 10 years from the date of grant or three months following cessation of service on the Board and (4) contain such other terms and conditions as the Board shall determine.

(d) Restricted Stock Vesting . Restricted Stock Awards granted pursuant to this Section 6 shall be zero percent vested prior to the First Anniversary of the date of grant, no more than 33-1/3% vested prior to the Second Anniversary (as defined below in Section 6(f)) of the date of grant, and no more than 66-2/3% vested prior to the Third Anniversary (as defined below in Section 6(f)) of the date of grant.

(e) Limitations on Awards to Non-Employee Directors . Directors who are not employees of the Company may only be granted Awards under the Plan pursuant to, and subject to the limitations set forth in, this Section 6 of the Plan.

 

4

 

 


(f) Annual Meetings . For Awards granted on the date of an annual meeting of stockholders of the Company pursuant to this Section 6: the term “First Anniversary” shall mean the earlier of (1) the first anniversary of the date of grant or (2) the business day prior to the date of the next annual meeting of stockholders of the Company to be held after the date of grant; the term “Second Anniversary” shall mean the earlier of (1) the second anniversary of the date of grant or (2) the business day prior to the date of the second annual meeting of stockholders of the Company to be held after the date of grant; and the term “Third Anniversary” shall mean the earlier of (1) the third anniversary of the date of grant or (2) the business day prior to the date of the third annual meeting of stockholders of the Company to be held after the date of grant.

7. Stock Appreciation Rights

(a) General . A Stock Appreciation Right, or SAR, is an Award entitling the holder, upon exercise, to receive an amount in Common Stock determined in whole or in part by reference to appreciation, from and after the date of grant, in the fair market value of a share of Common Stock. SARs may be based solely on appreciation in the fair market value of Common Stock or on a comparison of such appreciation with some other measure of market growth such as (but not limited to) appreciation in a recognized market index. The date as of which such appreciation or other measure is determined shall be the exercise date unless another date is specified by the Board in the SAR Award.

(b) Grants . Stock Appreciation Rights may be granted in tandem with, or independently of, Options granted under the Plan.

(1) Tandem Awards . When Stock Appreciation Rights are expressly granted in tandem with Options, (i) the Stock Appreciation Right will be exercisable only at such time or times, and to the extent, that the related Option is exercisable (except to the extent designated by the Board in connection with a Reorganization Event) and will be exercisable in accordance with the procedure required for exercise of the related Option; (ii) the Stock Appreciation Right will terminate and no longer be exercisable upon the termination or exercise of the related Option, except to the extent designated by the Board in connection with a Reorganization Event and except that a Stock Appreciation Right granted with respect to less than the full number of shares covered by an Option will not be reduced until the number of shares as to which the related Option has been exercised or has terminated exceeds the number of shares not covered by the Stock Appreciation Right; (iii) the Option will terminate and no longer be exercisable upon the exercise of the related Stock Appreciation Right; and (iv) the Stock Appreciation Right will be transferable only with the related Option.

(2) Independent SARs . A Stock Appreciation Right not expressly granted in tandem with an Option will become exercisable at such time or times, and on such conditions, as the Board may specify in the SAR Award.

(c) Exercise . Stock Appreciation Rights may be exercised by delivery to the Company of a written notice of exercise signed by the proper person or by any other form of notice (including electronic notice) approved by the Board, together with any other documents required by the Board.

8. Restricted Stock; Restricted Stock Units

(a) General . The Board may grant Awards entitling recipients to acquire shares of Common Stock (“Restricted Stock”), subject to the right of the Company to repurchase all or part of such shares at their issue price or other stated or formula price (or to require forfeiture of such shares if issued at no cost) from the recipient in the event that conditions specified by the Board in the applicable Award are not satisfied prior to the end of the applicable restriction period or periods established by the Board for such

 

5

 


Award. Instead of granting Awards for Restricted Stock, the Board may grant Awards entitling the recipient to receive shares of Common Stock to be delivered at the time such shares of Common Stock vest (“Restricted Stock Units”) subject to such terms and conditions on the delivery of the shares of Common Stock as the Board shall determine (each Award for Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units, a “Restricted Stock Award”).

(b) Limitations on Vesting .

(1) Subject to Section 6(d), Restricted Stock Awards that vest based on the passage of time alone shall be zero percent vested prior to the first anniversary of the date of grant, no more than 33-1/3% vested prior to the second anniversary of the date of grant, and no more than 66-2/3% vested prior to the third anniversary of the date of grant. Restricted Stock Awards that vest upon the passage of time and provide for accelerated vesting based on performance shall not vest prior to the first anniversary of the date of grant. This subsection (b)(1) shall not apply to Awards granted pursuant to Section 11(i).

(2) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, the Board may, in its discretion, either at the time a Restricted Stock Award is made or at any time thereafter, waive its right to repurchase shares of Common Stock (or waive the forfeiture thereof) or remove or modify any part or all of the restrictions applicable to the Restricted Stock Award, provided that the Board may only exercise such rights in extraordinary circumstances which shall include, without limitation, death or disability of the Participant; estate planning needs of the Participant; a merger, consolidation, sale, reorganization, recapitalization, or change in control of the Company; or any other nonrecurring significant event affecting the Company, a Participant or the Plan.

(c) Terms and Conditions . The Board shall determine the terms and conditions of any such Restricted Stock Award, including the conditions for repurchase (or forfeiture) and the issue price, if any.

(d) Stock Certificates . Any stock certificates issued in respect of a Restricted Stock Award shall be registered in the name of the Participant and, unless otherwise determined by the Board, deposited by the Participant, together with a stock power endorsed in blank, with the Company (or its designee). At the expiration of the applicable restriction periods, the Company (or such designee) shall deliver the certificates no longer subject to such restrictions to the Participant or if the Participant has died, to the beneficiary designated, in a manner determined by the Board, by a Participant to receive amounts due or exercise rights of the Participant in the event of the Participant’s death (the “Designated Beneficiary”). In the absence of an effective designation by a Participant, “Designated Beneficiary” shall mean the Participant’s estate.

9. Other Stock-Based Awards

Other Awards of shares of Common Stock, and other Awards that are valued in whole or in part by reference to, or are otherwise based on, shares of Common Stock or other property, may be granted hereunder to Participants (“Other Stock Unit Awards”). Such Other Stock Unit Awards shall also be available as a form of payment in the settlement of other Awards granted under the Plan or as payment in lieu of compensation to which a Participant is otherwise entitled. Other Stock Unit Awards may be paid in shares of Common Stock or cash, as the Board shall determine. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Board shall determine the conditions of each Other Stock Unit Awards, including any purchase price applicable thereto.

 

6

 

 


10. Adjustments for Changes in Common Stock and Certain Other Events.

(a) Changes in Capitalization . In the event of any stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, combination of shares, reclassification of shares, spin-off or other similar change in capitalization or event, or any distribution to holders of Common Stock other than an ordinary cash dividend, (1) the number and class of securities available under this Plan, (2) the sub-limits set forth in Sections 4(b), 6(a) and 6(b), (3) the number and class of securities and exercise price per share of each outstanding Option, (4) the share - and per share provisions of each outstanding Restricted Stock Unit,(5) the share- and per-share provisions of each outstanding Stock Appreciation Right, (6) the repurchase price per share subject to each outstanding Restricted Stock Award and (7) the share- and per-share-related provisions of each outstanding Other Stock Unit Award, shall be appropriately adjusted by the Company (or substituted Awards may be made, if applicable) to the extent determined by the Board.

(b) Reorganization Events .

(1) Definition . A “Reorganization Event” shall mean: (i) any merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another entity as a result of which all of the Common Stock of the Company is converted into or exchanged for the right to receive cash, securities or other property or is cancelled, (ii) any exchange of all of the Common Stock of the Company for cash, securities or other property pursuant to a share exchange transaction or (iii) any liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

(2) Consequences of a Reorganization Event on Awards Other than Restricted Stock Awards . In connection with a Reorganization Event, the Board shall take any one or more of the following actions as to all or any outstanding Awards on such terms as the Board determines: (i) provide that Awards shall be assumed, or substantially equivalent Awards shall be substituted, by the acquiring or succeeding corporation (or an affiliate thereof), (ii) upon written notice to a Participant, provide that the Participant’s unexercised Options or other unexercised Awards shall become exercisable in full and will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such Reorganization Event unless exercised by the Participant within a specified period following the date of such notice, (iii) provide that outstanding Awards shall become realizable or deliverable, or restrictions applicable to an Award shall lapse, in whole or in part prior to or upon such Reorganization Event, (iv) in the event of a Reorganization Event under the terms of which holders of Common Stock will receive upon consummation thereof a cash payment for each share surrendered in the Reorganization Event (the “Acquisition Price”), make or provide for a cash payment to a Participant equal to (A) the Acquisition Price times the number of shares of Common Stock subject to the Participant’s Options or other Awards (to the extent the exercise price does not exceed the Acquisition Price) minus (B) the aggregate exercise price of all such outstanding Options or other Awards, in exchange for the termination of such Options or other Awards, (v) provide that, in connection with a liquidation or dissolution of the Company, Awards shall convert into the right to receive liquidation proceeds (if applicable, net of the exercise price thereof) and (vi) any combination of the foregoing.

For purposes of clause (i) above, an Option shall be considered assumed if, following consummation of the Reorganization Event, the Option confers the right to purchase, for each share of Common Stock subject to the Option immediately prior to the consummation of the Reorganization Event, the consideration (whether cash, securities or other property) received as a result of the Reorganization Event by holders of Common Stock for each share of Common Stock held immediately prior to the consummation of the Reorganization Event (and if holders were offered a choice of consideration, the type of consideration chosen by the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Common Stock); provided, however, that if the consideration received as a result of the Reorganization Event is not solely common stock of the acquiring or succeeding corporation (or an affiliate thereof), the Company may, with the consent of the acquiring or succeeding corporation, provide for the consideration

 

7

 

 


to be received upon the exercise of Options to consist solely of common stock of the acquiring or succeeding corporation (or an affiliate thereof) equivalent in fair market value to the per share consideration received by holders of outstanding shares of Common Stock as a result of the Reorganization Event.

To the extent all or any portion of an Option becomes exercisable solely as a result of clause (ii) above, the Board may provide that upon exercise of such Option the Participant shall receive shares subject to a right of repurchase by the Company or its successor at the Option exercise price; such repurchase right (A) shall lapse at the same rate as the Option would have become exercisable under its terms and (B) shall not apply to any shares subject to the Option that were exercisable under its terms without regard to clause (ii) above.

(3) Consequences of a Reorganization Event on Restricted Stock Awards . Upon the occurrence of a Reorganization Event other than a liquidation or dissolution of the Company, the repurchase and other rights of the Company under each outstanding Restricted Stock Award shall inure to the benefit of the Company’s successor and shall apply to the cash, securities or other property which the Common Stock was converted into or exchanged for pursuant to such Reorganization Event in the same manner and to the same extent as they applied to the Common Stock subject to such Restricted Stock Award. Upon the occurrence of a Reorganization Event involving the liquidation or dissolution of the Company, except to the extent specifically provided to the contrary in the instrument evidencing any Restricted Stock Award or any other agreement between a Participant and the Company, all restrictions and conditions on all Restricted Stock Awards then outstanding shall automatically be deemed terminated or satisfied.

11. General Provisions Applicable to Awards

(a) Transferability of Awards . Except as the Board may otherwise determine or provide in an Award, Awards shall not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise encumbered by the person to whom they are granted, either voluntarily or by operation of law, except by will or the laws of descent and distribution or, other than in the case of an Incentive Stock Option, pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order, and, during the life of the Participant, shall be exercisable only by the Participant. References to a Participant, to the extent relevant in the context, shall include references to authorized transferees.

(b) Documentation . Each Award shall be evidenced in such form (written, electronic or otherwise) as the Board shall determine. Each Award may contain terms and conditions in addition to those set forth in the Plan.

(c) Board Discretion . Except as otherwise provided by the Plan, each Award may be made alone or in addition or in relation to any other Award. The terms of each Award need not be identical, and the Board need not treat Participants uniformly.

(d) Termination of Status . The Board shall determine the effect on an Award of the disability, death, retirement, authorized leave of absence or other change in the employment or other status of a Participant and the extent to which, and the period during which, the Participant, or the Participant’s legal representative, conservator, guardian or Designated Beneficiary, may exercise rights under the Award.

(e) Withholding . Each Participant shall pay to the Company, or make provision satisfactory to the Company for payment of, any taxes required by law to be withheld in connection with an Award to such Participant. Except as the Board may otherwise provide in an Award, for so long as the Common Stock is registered under the Exchange Act, Participants may satisfy such tax obligations in whole or in

 

8

 

 


part by delivery of shares of Common Stock, including shares retained from the Award creating the tax obligation, valued at their Fair Market Value; provided, however, except as otherwise provided by the Board, that the total tax withholding where stock is being used to satisfy such tax obligations cannot exceed the Company’s minimum statutory withholding obligations (based on minimum statutory withholding rates for federal and state tax purposes, including payroll taxes, that are applicable to such supplemental taxable income). Shares surrendered to satisfy tax withholding requirements cannot be subject to any repurchase, forfeiture, unfulfilled vesting or other similar requirements. The Company may, to the extent permitted by law, deduct any such tax obligations from any payment of any kind otherwise due to a Participant.

(f) Amendment of Award . Except as otherwise provided in Section 5(d), the Board may amend, modify or terminate any outstanding Award, including but not limited to, substituting therefor another Award of the same or a different type, changing the date of exercise or realization, and converting an Incentive Stock Option to a Nonstatutory Stock Option, provided that the Participant’s consent to such action shall be required unless the Board determines that the action, taking into account any related action, would not materially and adversely affect the Participant.

(g) Conditions on Delivery of Stock . The Company will not be obligated to deliver any shares of Common Stock pursuant to the Plan or to remove restrictions from shares previously delivered under the Plan until (1) all conditions of the Award have been met or removed to the satisfaction of the Company, (2) in the opinion of the Company’s counsel, all other legal matters in connection with the issuance and delivery of such shares have been satisfied, including any applicable securities laws and any applicable stock exchange or stock market rules and regulations, and (3) the Participant has executed and delivered to the Company such representations or agreements as the Company may consider appropriate to satisfy the requirements of any applicable laws, rules or regulations.

(h) Acceleration . Except as otherwise provided in Section 8(b), the Board may at any time provide that any Award shall become immediately exercisable in full or in part, free of some or all restrictions or conditions, or otherwise realizable in full or in part, as the case may be.

(i) Performance Conditions .

(1) This Section 11(i) shall be administered by the Compensation Committee, all of the members of which will be “outside directors” as defined by Section 162(m) (the “Compensation Committee”).

(2) Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, if the Compensation Committee determines, at the time a Restricted Stock Award or Other Stock Unit Award is granted to a Participant who is then an officer, that such Participant is, or is likely to be as of the end of the tax year in which the Company would claim a tax deduction in connection with such Award, a Covered Employee (as defined in Section 162(m)), then the Compensation Committee may provide that this Section 11(i) is applicable to such Award.

(3) If a Restricted Stock Award or Other Stock Unit Award is subject to this Section 11(i), then the lapsing of restrictions thereon and the distribution of cash or Shares pursuant thereto, as applicable, shall be subject to the achievement of one or more objective performance goals established by the Compensation Committee, which shall be based on the relative or absolute attainment of specified levels of one or any combination of the following: (i) earnings per share, (ii) return on average equity or average assets with respect to a pre-determined peer group, (iii) earnings, (iv) earnings growth, (v) revenues, (vi) revenue growth, (vii) expenses, (viii) stock price, (ix) market share, (x) return on sales, assets, equity or investment, (xi) regulatory compliance, (xii) improvement of financial ratings, (xiii)

 

9

 

 


achievement of balance sheet or income statement objectives, (xiv) total shareholder return, (xv) net operating profit after tax, (xvi) pre-tax or after-tax income, (xvii) cash flow, (xviii) gross margin, (xix) gross margin growth, (xx)  product schedule, (xxi) product quality, (xxii) individual balance sheet categories or (xxiii) such other objective goals established by the Board, and may be absolute in their terms or measured against or in relationship to other companies comparably, similarly or otherwise situated. Such performance goals may be adjusted to exclude any one or more of (A) extraordinary items, (B) gains or losses on the dispositions of discontinued operations, (C) the cumulative effects of changes in accounting principles, (D) the writedown of any asset, (E) charges for restructuring and rationalization programs or (F) foreign exchange impact. Such performance goals may vary by Participant and may be different for different Awards. Such performance goals shall be set by the Compensation Committee within the time period prescribed by, and shall otherwise comply with the requirements of, Section 162(m).

(4) Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan, with respect to any Restricted Stock Award or Other Stock Unit Award that is subject to this Section 11(i), the Compensation Committee may adjust downwards, but not upwards, the cash or number of Shares payable pursuant to such Award, and the Compensation Committee may not waive the achievement of the applicable performance goals except in the case of the death or disability of the Participant.

(5) The Compensation Committee shall have the power to impose such other restrictions on Awards subject to this Section 11(i) as it may deem necessary or appropriate to ensure that such Awards satisfy all requirements for “performance-based compensation” within the meaning of Section 162(m)(4)(C) of the Code, or any successor provision thereto.

12. Miscellaneous

(a) No Right To Employment or Other Status . No person shall have any claim or right to be granted an Award, and the grant of an Award shall not be construed as giving a Participant the right to continued employment or any other relationship with the Company. The Company expressly reserves the right at any time to dismiss or otherwise terminate its relationship with a Participant free from any liability or claim under the Plan, except as expressly provided in the applicable Award.

(b) No Rights As Stockholder . Subject to the provisions of the applicable Award, no Participant or Designated Beneficiary shall have any rights as a stockholder with respect to any shares of Common Stock to be distributed with respect to an Award until becoming the record holder of such shares. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event the Company effects a split of the Common Stock by means of a stock dividend and the exercise price of and the number of shares subject to such Option are adjusted as of the date of the distribution of the dividend (rather than as of the record date for such dividend), then an optionee who exercises an Option between the record date and the distribution date for such stock dividend shall be entitled to receive, on the distribution date, the stock dividend with respect to the shares of Common Stock acquired upon such Option exercise, notwithstanding the fact that such shares were not outstanding as of the close of business on the record date for such stock dividend.

(c) Effective Date and Term of Plan . The Plan shall become effective on the date on which it is adopted by the Board, but no Award may be granted unless and until the Plan has been approved by the Company’s stockholders. No Awards shall be granted under the Plan after the completion of 10 years from the earlier of (1) the date on which the Plan was adopted by the Board or (2) the date the Plan was approved by the Company’s stockholders, but Awards previously granted may extend beyond that date.

(d) Amendment of Plan . The Board may amend, suspend or terminate the Plan or any portion thereof at any time, provided that, to the extent required by Section 162(m), no Award granted to a

 

10

 

 


Participant that is intended to comply with Section 162(m) after the date of such amendment shall become exercisable, realizable or vested, as applicable to such Award, unless and until such amendment shall have been approved by the Company’s stockholders if required by Section 162(m) (including the vote required under Section 162(m)); and provided further that, without approval of the Company’s stockholders, no amendment may (1) increase the number of shares authorized under the Plan (other than pursuant to Section 10), (2) materially increase the benefits provided under the Plan, (3) materially expand the class of participants eligible to participate in the Plan, (4) expand the types of Awards provided under the Plan or (5) make any other changes that require stockholder approval under the rules of the Nasdaq National Market, Inc. In addition, if at any time the approval of the Company’s stockholders is required as to any other modification or amendment under Section 422 of the Code or any successor provision with respect to Incentive Stock Options, the Board may not effect such modification or amendment without such approval. No Award shall be made that is conditioned upon stockholder approval of any amendment to the Plan.

(e) Provisions for Foreign Participants . The Board may modify Awards or Options granted to Participants who are foreign nationals or employed outside the United States or establish subplans or procedures under the Plan to recognize differences in laws, rules, regulations or customs of such foreign jurisdictions with respect to tax, securities, currency, employee benefit or other matters.

(f) Governing Law . The provisions of the Plan and all Awards made hereunder shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to any applicable conflicts of law.

 

11

 

 


AVID TECHNOLOGY, INC.

 

Amendment No. 1 to the Avid Technology, Inc. 2005 Stock Incentive Plan  

 

That Section 9 of the Avid Technology, Inc. 2005 Stock Incentive Plan is hereby deleted in its entirety and the following shall be inserted in lieu thereof:

 

(a) General . Other Awards of shares of Common Stock, and other Awards that are valued in whole or in part by reference to, or are otherwise based on, shares of Common Stock or other property, may be granted hereunder to Participants (“Other Stock Unit Awards”). Such Other Stock Unit Awards shall also be available as a form of payment in the settlement of other Awards granted under the Plan or as payment in lieu of compensation to which a Participant is otherwise entitled. Other Stock Unit Awards may be paid in shares of Common Stock or cash, as the Board shall determine.

(b) Limitations on Vesting .

(1) Other Stock Unit Awards that vest based on the passage of time alone shall be zero percent vested prior to the first anniversary of the date of grant, no more than 33-1/3% vested prior to the second anniversary of the date of grant, and no more than 66-2/3% vested prior to the third anniversary of the date of grant. Other Stock Unit Awards that vest upon the passage of time and provide for accelerated vesting based on performance shall not vest prior to the first anniversary of the date of grant. This subsection (b)(1) shall not apply to Other Stock Unit Awards granted pursuant to Section 11(i).

(2) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, the Board may, in its discretion, either at the time an Other Stock Unit Award is made or at any time thereafter, remove or modify any part or all of the restrictions applicable to the Other Stock Unit Award, provided that the Board may only exercise such rights in extraordinary circumstances which shall include, without limitation, death or disability of the Participant; estate planning needs of the Participant; a merger, consolidation, sale, reorganization, recapitalization, or change in control of the Company; or any other nonrecurring significant event affecting the Company, a Participant or the Plan.

 

Approved by the Board of Directors of Avid Technology, Inc. on October 26, 2005.

 

 

 


AVID TECHNOLOGY, INC.

 

Amendment No. 2 to the Avid Technology, Inc. 2005 Stock Incentive Plan  

 

That Section 6 of the Avid Technology, Inc. 2005 Stock Incentive Plan is hereby deleted in its entirety and the following shall be inserted in lieu thereof:

 

6. Director Awards

(a) Initial Grant . Upon the commencement of service on the Board by any individual who is an “Outside Director” (as defined below in this subsection), the Company shall grant to such person (1) a Nonstatutory Stock Option to purchase up to 15,000 shares of Common Stock (subject to adjustment under Section 10), (2) a Restricted Stock Award (as defined in Section 8(a) below) that entitles such member to receive up to 7,500 shares of Common Stock (subject to adjustment under Section 10) or (3) a combination of a Nonstatutory Stock Option and a Restricted Stock Award, provided that the sum of (i) the number of shares of Common Stock that such member is entitled to purchase pursuant to the Nonstatutory Stock Option plus (ii) two multiplied by the number of shares of Common Stock that such member is entitled to receive pursuant to the Restricted Stock Award does not exceed 15,000 (subject to adjustment under Section 10). An “Outside Director” is a member of the Board who is not then (i) an employee of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company, (ii) the beneficial owner of 10% or more of the outstanding Common Stock of the Company (a “Significant Stockholder”) or (iii) a stockholder, member or partner of a Significant Stockholder.

(b) Annual Grant . On the date of each annual meeting of stockholders of the Company, the Company shall grant to each member of the Board of Directors of the Company who (1) has served as a director of the Company for at least six months prior to such annual meeting, (2) is serving as a director of the Company immediately following such annual meeting and (3) is an Outside Director, (i) a Nonstatutory Stock Option to purchase up to 15,000 shares of Common Stock (subject to adjustment under Section 10), (ii) a Restricted Stock Award that entitles such member to receive up to 7,500 shares of Common Stock (subject to adjustment under Section 10) or (iii) a combination of a Nonstatutory Stock Option and a Restricted Stock Award, provided that the sum of (A) the number of shares of Common Stock that such member is entitled to purchase pursuant to the Nonstatutory Stock Option plus (B) two multiplied by the number of shares of Common Stock that such member is entitled to receive pursuant to the Restricted Stock Award does not exceed 15,000 (subject to adjustment under Section 10).

(c) Terms of Director Options . Options granted under this Section 6 shall (1) have an exercise price equal to the closing sale price (for the primary trading session) of the Common Stock on The Nasdaq Stock Market or the national securities exchange on which the Common Stock is then traded on the date of grant (and if the Common Stock is not then traded on The Nasdaq Stock Market or a national securities exchange, the fair market value of the Common Stock on such date as determined by the Board), (2) vest in full on the First Anniversary (as defined below in Section 6(f)) of the date of grant provided that the individual is serving on the Board on such date, provided that no additional vesting shall take place after the Participant ceases to serve as a director and further provided that the Board may provide for accelerated vesting in the case of death, disability, attainment of mandatory retirement age or retirement following at least 10 years of service, (3) expire on the earlier of 10 years from the date of grant

 


or three months following cessation of service on the Board and (4) contain such other terms and conditions as the Board shall determine.

(d) Restricted Stock Vesting . Restricted Stock Awards granted pursuant to this Section 6 shall be zero percent vested prior to the First Anniversary of the date of grant, no more than 33-1/3% vested prior to the Second Anniversary (as defined below in Section 6(f)) of the date of grant, and no more than 66-2/3% vested prior to the Third Anniversary (as defined below in Section 6(f)) of the date of grant.

(e) Limitations on Awards to Outside Directors . Outside Directors may only be granted Awards under the Plan pursuant to, and subject to the limitations set forth in, this Section 6 of the Plan.

(f) Annual Meetings . For Awards granted on the date of an annual meeting of stockholders of the Company pursuant to this Section 6: the term “First Anniversary” shall mean the earlier of (1) the first anniversary of the date of grant or (2) the business day prior to the date of the next annual meeting of stockholders of the Company to be held after the date of grant; the term “Second Anniversary” shall mean the earlier of (1) the second anniversary of the date of grant or (2) the business day prior to the date of the second annual meeting of stockholders of the Company to be held after the date of grant; and the term “Third Anniversary” shall mean the earlier of (1) the third anniversary of the date of grant or (2) the business day prior to the date of the third annual meeting of stockholders of the Company to be held after the date of grant.

 

Approved by the Board of Directors of Avid Technology, Inc. on June 21, 2007.

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.30

 

EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

AVID TECHNOLOGY, INC.

This Executive Employment Agreement (“Agreement”) is entered into as of  _________________ (the “Effective Date”) between Avid Technology, Inc., a Delaware corporation with its principal executive offices at Avid Technology Park, Tewksbury, Massachusetts (the “Company”), and Name of Executive (“Executive”) of Address.

Article 1. Services

1.1.          Service . During the Term (as defined below), the Company shall retain the services of Executive to serve as an executive employee of the Company and the Executive shall devote his time and render services to the Company upon the terms and conditions set forth below.

1.2.          Duties . During the Term, Executive agrees to perform such executive duties consistent with his position as may be assigned to him from time to time by the Chief Executive Officer or the Board of Directors and to devote his full working time and attention to such duties.

1.3.          No Conflicting Commitments . During the Term, Executive will not undertake any commitments, engage or have an interest in any outside business activities or enter into any consulting agreements which, in the opinion of the Company, conflict with the Company’s interests or which might impair the performance of Executive’s duties as a full time employee of the Company.

Article 2. Term

2.1.          Term . The term of this Agreement (the "Term") shall commence on the Effective Date and shall expire on ____________________ unless the Term is:

 

2.1.1

extended pursuant to the provisions of this Section 2.1;

 

2.1.2

terminated pursuant to Section 6.4 hereof; or

2.1.3        terminated when the Executive’s employment terminates pursuant to Section 4.1 hereof.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Term shall continue to automatically be extended for periods of one (1) year so long as neither party provides written notice to the other of its intent to terminate by a date which is at least one hundred and eighty (180) days prior to the then-current expiration date of the Agreement. Unless the services of the Executive have terminated prior to or upon the end of the Term in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, from and after the end of the Term, the Executive shall be an employee-at-will.

 

 


 

Article 3. Payments

3.1.          Base Compensation . During the time that Executive is an employee of the Company, the Company shall pay to Executive a base salary (the “Base Salary”) of $XXX,XXX per annum, payable in regular installments in accordance with the Company’s usual payment practices. The Base Salary shall be reviewed by the Board of Directors’ Compensation Committee during the term of this Agreement and adjusted accordingly at the discretion of the Compensation Committee.

3.2.          Incentive Payments . During the time that Executive is an employee of the Company, Executive shall be entitled to participate, at the sole discretion of the Board of Directors, in any cash incentive payment or bonus plan established by the Company for its executive employees, as such plan is amended from time to time.

3.3.          Fringe Benefits . During the time that Executive is an employee of the Company, in addition to Executive’s Base Salary and incentive payments or bonuses, if any, the Company shall provide Executive and his dependents medical insurance and such other benefits as are generally made available by the Company to its full-time executive employees, as amended from time to time.

3.4.          Participation in Equity Incentive Plans . During the time that Executive is an employee of the Company, Executive shall be entitled to participate in the Company’s stock incentive plans to the extent and in the manner determined by the Company’s Board of Directors in its absolute discretion.

Article 4. Termination

4.1.          Termination . Executive’s employment hereunder shall terminate immediately upon the occurrence of any of the following events:

4.1.1.      Executive’s death;

4.1.2.      The termination of the Executive’s employment by the Company for Disability (as defined below), to be effective immediately upon delivery of notice thereof;

4.1.3.      The termination of Executive’s employment by the Company for Cause (as defined below), to be effective immediately upon delivery of notice thereof ;

4.1.4.      The termination of Executive’s employment by the Company, without Cause and not as a result of Executive’s death or Disability, to be effective thirty (30) days after the Company delivers written notice thereof to the Executive;

4.1.5.        The termination of Executive’s employment by Executive without Good Reason (as defined below) to be effective thirty (30) days after Executive delivers written notice thereof from Executive to the Company; or

4.1.6.      The termination of Executive’s employment by Executive with Good Reason (as defined below), to be effective as set forth below.

 

2

 


“Cause” shall mean (i) Executive’s material failure to perform (other than by reason of death or Disability) his duties and responsibilities as assigned by the Chief Executive Officer or Board in accordance with Section 1.2 above, which is not remedied after thirty (30) days’ written notice from the Company (if such failure is susceptible to cure), (ii) a breach of any of the provisions of this Agreement or any other agreement (including the Company’s employee nondisclosure and invention assignment agreement) between the Executive and the Company, which is not cured after ten (10) days’ written notice from the Company (if such breach is susceptible to cure), (iii) a serious and material violation of Company policy (for purposes of this clause any violation of the Company’s Conflicts of Interest policy shall be deemed serious and material), which is not cured after ten (10) days’ written notice from the Company (if such breach is susceptible to cure), (iv) fraud, embezzlement or other material dishonesty with respect to the Company, (v) conviction of a felony or any other crime involving fraud, dishonesty or moral turpitude or (vi) failing or refusing to cooperate as reasonably requested in any internal or external investigation of any matter in which the Company has a material interest (financial or otherwise) in the outcome of the investigation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, “Cause” shall not include any failure to achieve results as a result of factors or events beyond the reasonable control of the Executive.

“Disability” shall mean the Executive’s absence from the full-time performance of his duties with the Company for more than one hundred and eighty (180) days during a three hundred and sixty-five (365) day period as a result of incapacity due to mental or physical illness, as a result of which the Executive is deemed “disabled” by the institution appointed by the Company to administer its long-term disability plan (or any successor plan).

“Good Reason” shall mean (i) a material diminution in Executive’s authority, duties or responsibility from those in effect on the date of this Agreement, without Executive’s express written consent; (ii) a material diminution in Executive’s Base Salary as in effect on the date hereof or as the same may be increased from time to time, without Executive’s express written consent, other than a reduction which is part of an across-the-board proportionate reduction in the salaries of all senior executives of the Company imposed because the Company is experiencing financial hardship (provided such reduction is not more than 20% and does not continue for more than twelve (12) months); (iii) a material diminution in the authority, duties or responsibilities of the supervisor to whom Executive reports, including a requirement that Executive report to a corporate officer or employee other than the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer or Chief Operating Officer, without Executive’s express written consent; (iv) a material diminution in the budget over which Executive retains authority, without Executive’s express written consent; (v) a material change in Executive’s office location as in effect on the date hereof, without Executive’s express written consent; and (vi) any material breach of this Agreement by the Company; provided, however, that a termination for Good Reason by Executive can occur only if (i) Executive has given the Company a notice of the existence of a condition giving rise to Good Reason within ninety (90) days after the initial occurrence of the condition giving rise to Good Reason and (ii) the Company has not cured the condition giving rise to Good Reason within thirty (30) days after receipt of such notice. A termination for Good Reason shall occur thirty (30) days after such failure to cure.

 

4.2.

Adjustments Upon Termination .

4.2.1.       If Executive’s employment with the Company terminates pursuant to Sections 4.1.1 or 4.1.2 hereof, (a) the Company shall continue to make payments to Executive or

 

3

 


Executive’s heirs, successors or legal representatives, as the case may be, in accordance with Section 3.1 hereof until twelve (12) months after the date of such death or Disability (less the amount of any payments made to the Executive under any long-term disability plan of the Company) and (b) notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in any Avid stock plan, or under the terms of any grant, award agreement or form for exercising any right under any such plan, any stock options or restricted stock awards held by Executive as of the date of death or Disability shall become exercisable or vested, as the case may be, as to an additional number of shares equal to the number that would have been exercisable or vested as of the end of the twelve (12) month period immediately following the date of death or Disability; provided, however, that in order to be eligible to receive any of the salary or benefits under this Section 4.2, Executive or his or her personal representative shall be required to execute and deliver to the Company (without subsequent revocation if provided for therein) a general release of claims against the Company, excluding any claims concerning the Company’s obligations under this Agreement, and shall be required to sign such other agreements as executive employees of the Company are generally required to sign if Executive shall not have already done so. The Company shall have no other liability or obligation under this Agreement to Executive’s executors, legal representatives, administrators, heirs or assigns or any other person claiming under or through Executive.

4.2.2.       If Executive’s employment with the Company terminates pursuant to Section 4.1.3 or 4.1.5 hereof, (a) all payments and benefits provided to Executive under this Agreement shall cease as of the effective date of such termination (the “Date of Termination”), except that Executive shall be entitled to any amounts earned, accrued or owing but not yet paid under Section 3.1 above and any benefits due in accordance with the terms of any applicable benefits plans and programs of the Company and (b) all vesting of all stock options then held by the Executive shall immediately cease as of the date of such termination.

4.2.3.       If Executive’s employment with the Company terminates pursuant to Section 4.1.4 or 4.1.6 hereof, (a) the Company shall continue to make payments to Executive in accordance with Section 3.1 hereof until the date that is twelve (12) months after the Date of Termination (the “Severance Pay Period”), (b) the Company shall pay Executive incentive compensation for the year in which the Date of Termination occurred, in the amount of Executive’s target award multiplied by the applicable actual plan payout factor and pro rated by the number of months Executive was employed by the Company during the year of the Date of Termination; the bonus will be paid only if the Company pays bonuses, on account of the year in which the Date of Termination occurred, to executives who remain employed with the Company and will be paid in a lump sum on or about the date on which the Company pays bonuses to executives who remain employed with the Company, (c) the Company shall continue to provide Executive with benefits in accordance with Section 3.3 hereof throughout the Severance Pay Period, to the extent permitted by the terms of such plans and applicable law, (d) the Company shall provide Executive with outplacement benefits in accordance with the Company’s then–current executive outplacement program, provided that no outplacement benefits shall be provided after the end of the second calendar year following the calendar year in which the Date of Termination occurred, (e) the Company shall continue to indemnify Executive against all claims related to actions arising prior to the termination of the Executive’s employment to the fullest extent permitted by law, (f) for forty-eight (48) months from the Date of Termination, the Company or its successor shall continue to provide coverage under a directors’ and officers’ insurance policy, or an equivalent thereto, so long as the Board of Directors in good faith shall determine that the cost of such coverage is reasonable

 

4

 


and that such coverage is available, and (g) notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in any Avid stock plan, or under the terms of any grant, award agreement or form for exercising any right under any such plan, any stock options or restricted stock awards held by Executive as of the Date of Termination shall become exercisable or vested, as the case may be, as to an additional number of shares equal to the number that would have been exercisable or vested as of the end of the twelve (12) month period immediately following the Date of Termination, and Executive shall be entitled to exercise any such stock options until twelve (12) months after the Date of Termination; provided, however, that in order to be eligible to receive any of the salary or benefits under this Section 4.2.3, Executive shall be required to execute and deliver to the Company (without subsequent revocation if provided for therein) a general release of claims against the Company, excluding any claims concerning the Company’s obligations under this Agreement, and shall be required to sign such other agreements as executive employees of the Company are generally required to sign if Executive shall not have already done so. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to extend the time period within which any option may be exercised beyond the period specified in the applicable stock plan or under the terms of any grant, award agreement or form for exercising any right under any such plan. No other payments or benefits shall be due under this Agreement to Executive, but Executive shall be entitled to any benefits accrued or earned in accordance with the terms of any applicable benefit plans and programs of the Company.

4.2.4.       Payments to the Executive under this Article 4 shall be bifurcated into two portions, consisting of a portion that does not constitute "nonqualified deferred compensation" within the meaning of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code") and a portion that does constitute nonqualified deferred compensation. Payments hereunder shall first be made from the portion that does not consist of nonqualified deferred compensation until it is exhausted and then shall be made from the portion that does constitute nonqualified deferred compensation. However, if Executive is a “specified employee” as defined in Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, the commencement of the delivery of any such payments that constitute nonqualified deferred compensation will be delayed to the date that is six (6) months and one day after Executive’s Date of Termination (the “Earliest Payment Date”); provided that this sentence does not apply to payments made under Section 4.1.1. Any payments that are delayed pursuant to the preceding sentence shall be paid on the Earliest Payment Date. The determination of whether, and the extent to which, any of the payments to be made to the Executive hereunder are nonqualified deferred compensation shall be made after the application of all applicable exclusions under Treasury Reg. § 1.409A-1(b)(9). Any payments that are intended to qualify for the exclusion for separation pay due to involuntary separation from service set forth in Reg. § 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii) must be paid no later than the last day of the second taxable year of the Executive following the taxable year of the Executive in which the Executive’s termination of employment occurs.

Article 5. Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation

5.1.          Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation . Executive acknowledges and recognizes the highly competitive nature of the businesses of the Company and accordingly agrees that while Executive is employed by the Company and for a period of the longer of (a) one (1) year after the Date of Termination of Executive’s employment hereunder and (b) while Executive is receiving any post-employment payments by the Company:

 

5

 


5.1.1.      Executive will not engage in any activity which is competitive with any business which is now, or is at any time during Executive’s employment with the Company, conducted by the Company, including without limitation becoming an employee, investor (except for passive investments of not more than one percent (1%) of the outstanding shares of, or any other equity interest in, a company or entity listed or traded on a national securities exchange or in an over-the-counter securities market), officer, agent, partner or director of, or other participant in, any firm, person or other entity in any geographic area that competes or plans to compete with the Company in the business of the development, manufacture, promotion, distribution or sale of professional or consumer film, video or audio production tools, including but not limited to, editing, special effects, 3D, animation, live sound, broadcast or newsroom products or systems, content-creation tools, media storage or other business or services in which the Company is engaged or plans to engage at the time of Executive’s termination.

5.1.2.      Executive will not directly or indirectly assist others in engaging in any of the activities in which Executive is prohibited to engage by Section 5.1.1 above.

5.1.3.      Executive will not directly or indirectly either alone or in association with others (a) solicit, or permit any organization directly or indirectly controlled by Executive to solicit, any employee of the Company to leave the employ of the Company, or (b) solicit for employment, hire or engage as an independent contractor, or permit any organization directly or indirectly controlled by Executive to solicit for employment, hire or engage as an independent contractor, any person who was employed by the Company at any time; provided that this clause (5.1.3) shall not apply to the solicitation, hiring or engagement of any individual whose employment with the Company has been terminated for a period of one year or longer.

5.1.4.      Executive will not directly or indirectly either alone or in association with others solicit, or permit any organization directly or indirectly controlled by Executive to solicit, any current or future customer or supplier of the Company to cease doing business in whole or in part with the Company or otherwise adversely modify his, her or its business relationship with the Company.

5.2.          Reasonableness of Restrictions . It is expressly understood and agreed that (a) although Executive and the Company consider the restrictions contained in this Article 5 to be reasonable, if a final judicial determination is made by a court of competent jurisdiction that the time or territory or any other restriction contained in this Article 5 is unenforceable, such restriction shall not be rendered void but shall be deemed to be enforceable to such maximum extent as such court may judicially determine or indicate to be enforceable and (b) if any restriction contained in this Agreement is determined to be unenforceable and such restriction cannot be amended so as to make it enforceable, such finding shall not affect the enforceability of any of the other restrictions contained herein.

5.3.          Remedies for Breach . Executive acknowledges and agrees that the Company’s remedies at law for a breach or threatened breach of any of the provisions of this Section 5 would be inadequate and, in recognition of this fact, Executive agrees that, in the event of such a breach or threatened breach, in addition to any remedies at law, the Company, without posting any bond, shall be entitled to obtain equitable relief in the form of specific performance, temporary restraining orders, temporary or permanent injunctions or any other equitable remedy which may then be

 

6

 


available. Executive hereby irrevocably waives any right to a trial by jury in any action, suit, or other legal proceeding arising under or relating to any provision of this Agreement. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, upon the occurrence of any breach of Section 5.1, if Executive is employed by the Company, the Company may immediately terminate the employment of Executive for Cause in accordance with Section 4.1.3, and, whether or not Executive is employed by the Company, the Company shall immediately cease to have any obligations to make payments to Executive under this Agreement.

5.4.          Survival . Notwithstanding the termination of this Agreement or Executive’s services hereunder for any reason, this Article 5 shall survive any such termination.

Article 6. Miscellaneous

6.1.          Obligation of Successors . Subject to Section 6.4, any successor to substantially all of the Company’s assets and business, and any successor to substantially all of the assets of the division of the Company in which Executive is employed, whether by merger, consolidation, purchase of assets or otherwise, shall succeed to the rights and obligations of the Company hereunder.

6.2.          Notice . All notices required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and deemed effectively given (i) when delivered in person, (ii) on the third business day after mailing by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, (iii) on the next business day after delivery to an air courier for next day delivery, paid by the sender, or (iv) when sent by telecopy or facsimile transmission during normal business hours (9:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m.) where the recipient is located (or if sent after such hours, as of commencement of the next business day), followed within twenty-four hours by notification pursuant to any of the foregoing methods of delivery, in all cases addressed to the other party hereto as follows:

 

 

(a)

If to the Company:

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

Avid Technology, Inc.
Avid Technology Park
One Park West
Tewksbury, MA 01876
Attention: Vice President, Human Resources
Facsimile: (978) 640-0065

 

 

  

 

 

(b)

If to the Executive:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name
Address

Address

 

or at such other address or addresses as either party shall designate to the other in accordance with this Section 6.2.

 

7

 


6.3.          Survival . The respective rights and obligations of the parties under this Agreement shall survive any termination of Executive’s employment to the extent necessary to the intended preservation of such rights and obligations.

6.4.          Complete Agreement; Amendments . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes any and all prior agreements between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, except for the Change-in-Control Agreement between Executive and the Company dated the date hereof, as it may be amended from time to time (the “Change-in-Control Agreement”). Upon the occurrence of a Change-in-Control (as defined in the Change-in-Control Agreement), and for so long as the Change-in-Control Agreement shall remain in effect following a Change-in-Control, the provisions of the Change-in-Control Agreement shall supersede this Executive Employment Agreement with respect to all subject matters covered by the Change-in-Control Agreement. This Agreement shall terminate on the Date of Termination of Executive’s employment pursuant to the provisions of the Change-in-Control Agreement. This Agreement may not be modified or amended except upon written amendment approved by the Company’s Compensation Committee, and executed by a duly authorized officer of the Company and by Executive. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may unilaterally modify or amend this Agreement if such modification or amendment is approved by the Company’s Compensation Committee and made to all other executive employment agreements entered into between the Company and its then-current executive officers.

6.5.          Applicable Law . This Agreement shall be interpreted in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts (without reference to the conflicts of laws provisions thereof) and the parties hereby submit to the jurisdiction of the courts of that state.

6.6.          Severability . If any non-material provision of this Agreement shall be held invalid or unenforceable, it shall be deemed to be deleted or qualified so as to be enforceable or valid to the maximum extent permitted by law, and the remaining provisions shall continue in full force and effect.

6.7.          Binding Effect . This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, legal representatives, successors, assigns and personal representatives, except that the duties, responsibilities and rights of Executive under this Agreement are of a personal nature and shall not be assignable or delegatable in whole or in part by Executive, except to the extent that the rights of Executive hereunder may be enforceable by his heirs, executors, administrators or legal representatives.

6.8.          Captions . Captions of sections have been added only for convenience and shall not be deemed to be a part of this Agreement.

6.9.          Section 409A Compliance . The payments to be made hereunder are intended to comply with, or be exempt from, the provisions of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue of 1986 (“Section 409A”) and regulations thereunder. This Agreement shall be interpreted and construed accordingly.

 

 

8

 


6.10.        Further Assurances . Each party hereto agrees to furnish and execute such additional forms and documents, and to take such further action, as shall be reasonable and customarily required in connection with the performance of this Agreement or the payment of benefits hereunder.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have duly executed and delivered this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

Avid Technology, Inc.


By: __________________________
Name:
Title:
     

 

 

 

Name of Executive, individually

 

 

9

 

 

Exhibit 10.31

Change-in-Control Agreement

 

 

Date: ___________________

 

Name of Executive

Avid Technology, Inc.

Avid Technology Park

One Park West

Tewksbury, MA 01876

 

The Board of Directors (the “Board”) of Avid Technology, Inc. (“Avid” or the “Company”) recognizes that your contributions to the future growth and success of the Company will be substantial and the Board desires to assure the Company of your continued services for the benefit of the Company, particularly in the face of a change-in-control of the Company.

This letter agreement (“Agreement”) therefore sets forth those benefits that the Company will provide to you in the event your employment within the Company is terminated after a “Change-in-Control of the Company” (as defined in Paragraph 2(i)) under the circumstances described below.

1.

TERM.

If a Change-in-Control of the Company should occur while you are still an employee of the Company, then this Agreement shall continue in effect from the date of such Change-in-Control of the Company for so long as you remain an employee of the Company, but in no event for more than twelve (12) months following such Change-in-Control of the Company; provided, however, that the expiration of the term of this Agreement shall not adversely affect your rights under this Agreement which have accrued prior to such expiration. If no Change-in-Control of the Company occurs before your status as an employee of the Company is terminated, this Agreement shall expire on such date. Prior to a Change-in-Control of the Company, (a) your employment may be terminated by the Company or by you, in each case only in accordance with the provisions of your Executive Employment Agreement dated the date hereof, and (b) this Agreement may be terminated by the Company at any time upon written notice to you, and in either such event (termination of your employment, or termination of this Agreement, prior to a Change-in-Control), you shall not be entitled to any of the benefits provided hereunder; provided, however, that the Company may not terminate this Agreement following the occurrence of a Potential Change-in-Control of the Company (as defined in Paragraph 2(ii)) unless (a) at least one year has expired since the most recent event or transaction constituting a Potential Change-in-Control of the Company and (b) in respect of a Potential Change-in-Control of the Company which previously occurred, no facts or circumstances continue to exist which, if initially occurring at the time any termination of this Agreement is to occur, would constitute a Potential

 

 


Name

__________________

Page 2

 

Change-in-Control of the Company.

 

2.

CHANGE-IN-CONTROL; POTENTIAL CHANGE-IN-CONTROL.

(i)             For purposes of this Agreement, a “Change-in-Control of the Company” shall be deemed to have occurred only if any of the following events occur:

(a)            The acquisition by an individual, entity or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”))(a “Person”) of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of 30% or more of either (i) the then outstanding shares of common stock of the Company (the “Outstanding Company Common Stock”) or (ii) the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the “Outstanding Company Voting Securities”); provided, however, that for purposes of this Paragraph 2(i), the following acquisitions shall not constitute a Change of Control: (A) any acquisition directly from the Company, (B) any acquisition by the Company, (C) any acquisition by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or any corporation controlled by the Company, or (D) any acquisition by any corporation pursuant to a transaction which satisfies the criteria set forth in clauses (A) and (B) of subparagraph (c) of this Paragraph 2(i); or

(b)            Individuals who, as of the date hereof, constitute the Board (the “Incumbent Board”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board; provided, however, that any individual becoming a director subsequently to the date hereof whose election, or nomination for election by the Company's shareholders, was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors then comprising the Incumbent Board shall be considered as though such individual were a member of the Incumbent Board, but excluding, for this purpose, any such individual whose initial assumption of office occurs as a result of an actual or threatened election contest with respect to the election or removal of directors or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a Person other than the Board; or

(c)            Consummation of a reorganization, merger or consolidation or sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (a “Business Combination”), in each case, unless, following such Business Combination, (A) all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who were the beneficial owners, respectively, of the Outstanding Company Common Stock and Outstanding Company Voting Securities immediately prior to such Business Combination beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 40% of, respectively, the then-outstanding shares of common stock and the combined voting power of the then-outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, of the corporation resulting from such Business Combination (which as used in this Paragraph 2(i)(c) shall include, without limitation, a corporation which as a result of such transaction owns all or substantially all of the Company's assets either directly or through one or more subsidiaries) in substantially the same proportions as their ownership immediately prior to

 


Name

__________________

Page 3

 

such Business Combination of the Outstanding Company Common Stock and Outstanding Company Voting Securities, as the case may be and (B) no Person (excluding any corporation resulting from such Business Combination or any employee benefit plan (or related trust) of the Company or such corporation resulting from such Business Combination) beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, 30% or more of, respectively, the then outstanding shares of common stock of the corporation resulting from such Business Combination, or the combined voting power of the then-outstanding voting securities of such corporation.

(ii)            For purposes of this Agreement, a “Potential Change-in-Control of the Company” shall be deemed to have occurred if (A) the Company shall enter into a merger, acquisition or similar agreement, the consummation of which would result in the occurrence of a Change-in-Control of the Company, or (B) any person shall publicly announce an intention to take actions which if consummated would constitute a Change-in-Control of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any event or transaction which would otherwise constitute a Potential Change-in-Control of the Company shall not constitute a Potential Change-in-Control of the Company if the negotiations or other actions leading to such event or transaction were initiated by the Company (it being understood that the occurrence of such a Company-initiated event or transaction shall not affect the existence of any Potential Change-in-Control of the Company resulting from any other event or transaction).

3.

TERMINATION FOLLOWING CHANGE-IN-CONTROL.

If a Change-in-Control of the Company shall have occurred while you are still an employee of the Company, you shall be entitled to the payments and benefits provided in Paragraph 4 hereof upon the subsequent termination of your employment within twelve (12) months after such Change-in-Control, by you or by the Company, unless such termination is (a) by the Company for “Cause” (as defined below) or (b) by you other than for “Good Reason” (as defined below); in either such event, you shall not be entitled to receive benefits under this Agreement.

(i)             Disability ”. If, as a result of your incapacity due to physical or mental illness, you shall have been deemed “disabled” by the institution appointed by the Company to administer the Company’s Long-Term Disability Plan (or successor plan) because you shall have been absent from full-time performance of your duties with the Company for more than one hundred and eighty (180) days during a three hundred and sixty-five (365) day period, the Company may terminate your employment for Disability.

(ii)            Cause ”. For the purposes of this Agreement, the Company shall have “Cause” to terminate your employment only upon

(A)           the willful and continued failure by you substantially to perform your duties with the Company (other than any such failure resulting from your incapacity due to physical or mental illness or any failure resulting from your terminating your employment with the Company for “Good Reason” (as defined below)) after a written demand for substantial performance is delivered to you by the Company which specifically identifies the manner in

 


Name

__________________

Page 4

 

which the Company believes that you have not substantially performed your duties, or

(B)           a breach of the Company’s employee nondisclosure and invention assignment agreement, between you and the Company, which is not cured after ten (10) days’ written notice from the Company (if such breach is susceptible to cure), or

(C)           the willful engaging by you in gross misconduct materially and demonstrably injurious to the Company, or

(D)           an act by you of fraud, embezzlement or other material dishonesty with respect to the Company, or

(E)            conviction of a felony or any other crime involving fraud, dishonesty or moral turpitude, or

(F)            failing or refusing to cooperate as reasonably requested in any internal or external investigation of any matter in which the Company has a material interest (financial or otherwise) in the outcome of the investigation.

For purposes of this Paragraph, no act, or failure to act, on your part shall be considered “willful” unless done, or omitted to be done, by you not in good faith and without reasonable belief that your action or omission was in the best interests of the Company.

(iii)          Good Reason ”. You may terminate your employment for Good Reason. For purpose of this Agreement, "Good Reason" shall mean:

(A)           a material diminution in your authority, duties or responsibility from those in effect immediately prior to a Change-in-Control of the Company, without your express written consent;

(B)           a material diminution in your base salary in effect immediately prior to a Change-in-Control of the Company, without your express written consent, other than the reduction of up to 20% for a period of not more than six (6) months which is part of an across the board proportionate reduction in the salaries of other peer executives of the Company imposed because the Company is experiencing financial hardship;

(C)           a material diminution in the authority, duties or responsibilities of the supervisor to whom you report, including a requirement that you report to a corporate officer or employee other than Company’s Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer or Chief Operating Officer, without your express written consent;

(D)           a material diminution in the budget over which you retain authority, without your express written consent;

(E)            a material change in your office location at which you perform your principal duties for the Company at the time of the Change-in-Control of the Company, without

 


Name

__________________

Page 5

 

your express written consent; or

(F)            any material breach by the Company of any provision of this Agreement (including, without limitation, Paragraph 6).

(iv)           Notice of Termination . Any termination by the Company pursuant to subparagraphs (i) or (ii) above or by you pursuant to subparagraph (iii) above shall be communicated by written Notice of Termination to the other party hereto. For purposes of this Agreement, a “Notice of Termination” shall mean a notice which shall indicate the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon and shall set forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination of your termination under the provision so indicated. A termination pursuant to subparagraph (iii) above can occur only if you deliver a Notice of Termination to the Company within ninety (90) days after the initial occurrence of the condition giving rise to Good Reason and the Company has not cured such condition within thirty (30) days after receipt of such Notice of Termination.

 

(v)

Date of Termination . “Date of Termination” shall mean:

(A)           if your employment is terminated for Disability, thirty (30) days after Notice of Termination is given,

(B)           if your employment is terminated pursuant to subparagraph (iii) above, thirty (30) days after the Company’s failure to cure the condition giving rise to Good Reason, and

(C)           if your employment is terminated for any other reason, the date on which a Notice of Termination is given (or, if a Notice of Termination is not given, the date of such termination).

4.

COMPENSATION DURING DISABILITY OR UPON TERMINATION.

(i)             If, after a Change-in-Control of the Company, you shall fail to perform your duties hereunder as a result of incapacity due to Disability, you shall continue to receive your full base salary in regular installments in accordance with the Company’s usual payment practices at the rate then in effect and any awards under the Executive/Senior Management Variable Compensation Plan or any successor plan shall continue to accrue and to be paid during such period until your employment is terminated (and, if the Company maintains a Long Term Disability Plan, you shall be eligible for coverage thereunder in accordance with the terms thereof and subject to the satisfaction of all applicable conditions, including without limitation, the timely filing of a notice of claim).

(ii)            If, after a Change-in-Control of the Company, your employment shall be terminated for Cause, the Company shall pay you your full base salary through the Date of Termination at the rate in effect at the time Notice of Termination is given and the Company shall have no further obligations to you under this Agreement.

 


Name

__________________

Page 6

 

(iii)          If, within twelve (12) months after a Change-in-Control of the Company, the Company shall terminate your employment by reason of your death or pursuant to Paragraph 3(i), the Company shall continue to pay you, or your heirs, successors or legal representatives, as the case may be, your full base salary in regular installments in accordance with the Company’s usual payment practices at the rate then in effect until twelve (12) months after the date of such death or Disability (less the amount of any payments made to you under any long-term disability plan of the Company) and (b) notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in any Avid stock plan, or under the terms of any grant, award agreement or form for exercising any right under any such plan, any stock options or restricted stock awards held by you as of the date of death or Disability shall become exercisable or vested, as the case may be, as to an additional number of shares equal to the number that would have been exercisable or vested as of the end of the twelve (12) month period immediately following the date of death or Disability. The Company shall have no other liability or obligation under this Agreement to your executors, legal representatives, administrators, heirs or assigns or any other person claiming under or through you.

(iv)           If, within twelve (12) months after a Change-in-Control of the Company, you shall terminate your employment for Good Reason or the Company shall terminate your employment, other than by reason of your death or pursuant to Paragraph 3(i) or 3(ii) hereof,

(A)           The Company shall pay you as severance pay (and without regard to the provisions of any benefit plan) in a lump sum in cash no more than thirty (30) days following the Date of Termination, the following amounts:

 

(x)

the sum of (A) your accrued but unpaid base salary through the Date of Termination, (B) the product of (x) the greater of your highest annual bonus earned in the two most recent full fiscal years preceding the Date of Termination and your target bonus award (at a payout factor of one) for the fiscal year in which the Date of Termination occurs, and (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days in the then current fiscal year through the Date of Termination, and the denominator of which is 365 and (C) any accrued vacation pay, in each case to the extent not previously paid (the sum of the amounts described in clauses (A), (B), and (C) shall be hereinafter referred to as the “Accrued Obligations”); and

 

(y)

the amount equal to one and a half (1.5) times the sum of your annual base salary at the highest rate in effect during the twelve (12) months preceding the Date of Termination and the greater of your highest annual bonus earned in the two most recent full

 


Name

__________________

Page 7

 

fiscal years preceding the Date of Termination and your target bonus award (at a payout factor of one) for the fiscal year in which the Date of Termination occurs.

(B)           For an eighteen (18) month period after such termination, the Company shall arrange to provide you with dental and group health insurance benefits substantially similar to those that you were receiving immediately prior to such termination to the extent that the Company's plans then permit the Company to provide you with such benefits. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not provide any such benefits to you to the extent that an equivalent benefit is received by you from another employer during such period, and you shall report any such benefit actually received by you to the Company;

(C)           Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the applicable stock option or restricted stock agreement, the exercisability of all outstanding stock options and restricted stock awards then held by you for the purchase of common stock of the Company (or securities exchanged for such common stock in connection with the Change-in-Control of the Company) shall accelerate in full and you shall be entitled to exercise any such options until eighteen (18) months after the Date of Termination;

(D)           The Company shall continue to indemnify you against all claims related to actions arising prior to the termination of your employment to the fullest extent permitted by law;

(E)            For forty-eight (48) months from the Date of Termination, the Company or its successor shall continue to provide coverage under a directors’ and officers’ insurance policy, or an equivalent thereto, so long as the Board of Directors in good faith shall determine that the cost of such coverage is reasonable and that such coverage is available; and

(F)            You shall be entitled to full executive outplacement assistance with an agency selected by the Company’ provided that no outplacement assistance will be provided after the end of the second calendar year following the calendar year in which your Date of Termination occurred.

(v)            In order to be eligible to receive any of the salary or benefits under Paragraphs 4(iii) or 4(iv), you or your personal representative shall be required to execute and deliver to the Company (without subsequent revocation if provided for therein) a general release of claims against the Company, excluding any claims concerning the Company’s obligations under this Agreement.

(vi)           You shall not be required to mitigate the amount of any payment provided for in this Paragraph 4 by seeking other employment or otherwise, nor, except as provided in Paragraph 4(iv)(B), shall the amount of any payment provided for in this Paragraph 4 be reduced by any compensation earned by you as the result of employment by another employer after the Date of Termination, or otherwise.

 


Name

__________________

Page 8

 

(vii)         Nothing in this Agreement shall prevent or limit your continuing or future participation in any plan, program, policy or practice provided by the Company to its employees and for which you may qualify nor, subject to Paragraph 11 hereof, shall anything herein limit or otherwise affect such rights as you may have under any contract or agreement between you and the Company; provided, however, that to the extent you are entitled to receive any payments hereunder upon termination of your employment, you shall not be entitled to any payments under any severance plan, program, policy or practice of the Company then in effect.

(viii)        Payments to you under this Paragraph 4 shall be bifurcated into two portions, consisting of a portion that does not constitute "nonqualified deferred compensation" within the meaning of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code") and a portion that does constitute nonqualified deferred compensation. Payments hereunder shall first be made from the portion that does not consist of nonqualified deferred compensation until it is exhausted and then shall be made from the portion that does constitute nonqualified deferred compensation. However, if you are a “specified employee” as defined in Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, the commencement of the delivery of any such payments that constitute nonqualified deferred compensation will be delayed to the date that is 6 months and one day after your Date of Termination (the “Earliest Payment Date”); provided that this sentence does not apply to payments made on account of your death. Any payments that are delayed pursuant to the preceding sentence shall be paid on the Earliest Payment Date. The determination of whether, and the extent to which, any of the payments to be made to you hereunder are nonqualified deferred compensation shall be made after the application of all applicable exclusions under Treasury Reg. § 1.409A-1(b)(9). Any payments that are intended to qualify for the exclusion for separation pay due to involuntary separation from service set forth in Reg. § 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii) must be paid no later than the last day of the second taxable year following the taxable year in which your termination of employment occurs.

5.

TAXES.

(i)             Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding and except as set forth below, in the event it shall be determined that any payment or distribution by the Company to you or for your benefit and/or any acceleration of vesting of any options or restricted stock awards (whether paid or payable or distributed or distributable or provided pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or otherwise) (a “Payment”) would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code (the “Excise Tax”), then the Payments shall be reduced, in the aggregate, to an amount (the “Reduced Amount”) such that the receipt of Payments would not give rise to any Excise Tax. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Paragraph 5(i), if it shall be determined that (i) the aggregate present value (determined in accordance with applicable Treasury Regulations) of the payments eliminated pursuant to the preceding sentence (the “Eliminated Payments”) exceeds by at least fifty thousand dollars ($50,000)(ii) the aggregate present value of the amount of any additional taxes that would be incurred by you if the Eliminated Payments (determined without regard to this sentence) were paid to you (including state and federal income taxes on the Eliminated Payments, any Excise Tax, and any withholding taxes) then no reduction in the Payments shall be made.

 


Name

__________________

Page 9

 

(ii)            Subject to the provisions of Paragraph 5(i), all determinations required to be made under this Paragraph 5, including whether any Payments need to be reduced or eliminated and the assumptions to be utilized in arriving at such determination, shall be made by such certified public accounting firm as may be designated by the Company (the “Accounting Firm”) which shall provide detailed supporting calculations to both the Company and you within fifteen (15) business days of the receipt of notice from you that there has been a Payment, or such earlier time as is requested by the Company. In the event that the Accounting Firm is serving as accountant or auditor for the individual, entity, or group affecting the Change of Control, the Company shall appoint another nationally recognized accounting firm to make the determinations required hereunder. All fees and expenses of the Accounting Firm shall be borne by the Company.

6.

SUCCESSOR’S BINDING AGREEMENT.

(i)             The Company will require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business and/or the assets of the Company, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place. As used in this Agreement, “Company” shall mean the Company as defined above and any successor to its business and/or assets as aforesaid which executes and delivers the agreement provided for in this Paragraph 6 or which otherwise becomes bound by all the terms and provisions of this Agreement by operation of law.

(ii)            This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by, your personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees, devisees and legatees. If you should die while any amounts would still be payable to you hereunder if you had continued to live, all such amounts, unless otherwise provided herein, shall be paid in accordance with the terms of this Agreement to your devisee, legatee or other designee or, if there be no such designee, to your estate.

7.

COMPETITIVE ACTIVITY.

(i)             Unless the Company materially breaches this Agreement, you agree you will not while you are employed by the Company and for a period of eighteen (18) months after termination of your employment with the Company:

(A)           engage in any activity that is competitive with any business which is now, or is at any time during your employment with the Company, conducted by the Company, including without limitation becoming an employee, investor (except for passive investments of not more than one percent (1%) of the outstanding shares of, or any other equity interest in, a company or entity listed or traded on a national securities exchange or in an over-the-counter securities market), officer, agent, partner or director of, or other participant in, any firm, person or other entity in any geographic area that competes or plans to compete with the Company in the business of the development, manufacture, promotion, distribution or sale of professional or consumer film, video or audio production tools, including but not limited to, editing, special effects, 3D, animation, live sound, broadcast or newsroom products or systems, content-creation

 


Name

__________________

Page 10

 

tools, media storage or other business or services in which the Company is engaged or plans to engage at the time of Executive’s termination.

(B)           directly or indirectly assist others in engaging in any of the activities in which you are prohibited to engage by Paragraph 7(i)(A) above.

(C)           directly or indirectly either alone or in association with others (1) solicit, or permit any organization directly or indirectly controlled by you to solicit, any employee of the Company to leave the employ of the Company, or (2) solicit for employment, hire or engage as an independent contractor, or permit any organization directly or indirectly controlled by you to solicit for employment, hire or engage as an independent contractor, any person who was employed by the Company at any time; provided that this clause (C) shall not apply to the solicitation, hiring or engagement of any individual whose employment with the Company has been terminated for a period of one year or longer.

(D)           directly or indirectly either alone or in association with others solicit, or permit any organization directly or indirectly controlled by you to solicit, any current or future customer or supplier of the Company to cease doing business in whole or in part with the Company or otherwise adversely modify his, her or its business relationship with the Company.

(ii)            It is expressly understood and agreed that (A) although you and the Company consider the restrictions contained in this Paragraph 7 to be reasonable, if a final judicial determination is made by a court of competent jurisdiction that the time or territory or any other restriction contained in this Paragraph 7 is unenforceable, such restriction shall not be rendered void but shall be deemed to be enforceable to such maximum extent as such court may judicially determine or indicate to be enforceable and (B) if any restriction contained in this Agreement is determined to be unenforceable and such restriction cannot be amended so as to make it enforceable, such finding shall not affect the enforceability of any of the other restrictions contained herein.

8.

INJUNCTIVE RELIEF.

You acknowledge and agree that the remedy of the Company at law for any breach of the covenants and agreements contained in Paragraph 7 of this Agreement will be inadequate, and that the Company shall be entitled to injunctive relief against any such breach or threatened breach. You represent and agree that such injunctive relief shall not prohibit you from earning a livelihood acceptable to you. You hereby irrevocably waive any right to a trial by jury in any action, suit or other legal proceeding arising under or relating to any provision of this Agreement.

9.

NOTICE.

For the purposes of this Agreement, notices and all other communications provided for in this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered or mailed by United States registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed to the respective addresses set forth on the first page of this Agreement, provided that all other

 


Name

__________________

Page 11

 

notices to the Company should be directed to the attention to the Corporate Secretary of the Company, or to such address as either party may have furnished to the other in writing in accordance herewith, except that notices of change of address shall be effective only upon receipt.

 

10.

FURTHER ASSURANCES.

Each party hereto agrees to furnish and execute such additional forms and documents, and to take such further action, as shall be reasonable and customarily required in connection with the performance of this Agreement or the payment of benefits hereunder.

11.

ENTIRE AGREEMENT.

This Agreement represents the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes any other agreement between the parties with respect to such subject matter, including without limitations, the Executive Employment Agreement dated the date hereof.

12.

COUNTERPARTS.

This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original but all of which together will constitute one in the same instrument.

 

13.

LEGAL FEES AND EXPENSES.

In addition to any other benefits to which you may be entitled hereunder, the Company shall pay all reasonable legal fees and expenses which you may incur as a result of the Company’s contesting the validity, enforceability or your interpretation of, or determination under, this Agreement or otherwise as a result of any termination as a result of which you are entitled to the benefits set forth in this Agreement.

14.

MISCELLANEOUS.

(i)             No provision of this Agreement may be modified, waived, or discharged unless such waiver, modification, or discharge is agreed to in writing signed by you and such officer as may be specifically designated by the Board of Directors of the Company.

(ii)            No waiver by either party hereto at any time of any breach by the other party hereto of, or compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement to be performed by such other party shall be deemed a waiver of similar or dissimilar provisions or conditions at the same or at any time prior or subsequent time.

 


Name

__________________

Page 12

 

(iii)          The validity, interpretation, construction and performance of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts (without reference to the conflicts of laws provisions thereof).

(iv)           If any non-material provision of this Agreement shall be held invalid or unenforceable, it shall be deemed to be deleted or qualified so as to be enforceable or valid to the maximum extent permitted by law, and the remaining provisions shall continue in full force and effect.

(v)            The Company may withhold from any amounts payable under this Agreement such federal, state, local or foreign taxes as shall be required to be withheld pursuant to any applicable law or regulation.

(vi)           The payments to be made hereunder are intended to comply with, or be exempt from, the provisions of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue of 1986 (“Section 409A”) and regulations thereunder. This Agreement shall be interpreted and construed accordingly.

(vii)         If this Agreement correctly sets forth our agreement on the subject matter hereof, kindly sign and return to the Company the enclosed copy of this Agreement which will then constitute our agreement on this subject.

 

 

Sincerely,

 

 

 

Avid Technology, Inc.



By:                                                                    

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

I acknowledge receipt and agree with the foregoing terms and conditions.

 

 

______________________________

Name of Executive

 

Date: ____________________

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.32

EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

AVID TECHNOLOGY, INC.

This Executive Employment Agreement (“Agreement”) is entered into as of  ________________ (the “Effective Date”) between Avid Technology, Inc., a Delaware corporation with its principal executive offices at Avid Technology Park, Tewksbury, Massachusetts (the “Company”), and Name of Executive (“Executive”) of Address.

Article 1. Services

1.1.          Service . During the Term (as defined below), the Company shall retain the services of Executive to serve as an executive employee of the Company and the Executive shall devote his time and render services to the Company upon the terms and conditions set forth below.

1.2.          Duties . During the Term, Executive agrees to perform such executive duties consistent with his position as may be assigned to him from time to time by the Chief Executive Officer or the Board of Directors and to devote his full working time and attention to such duties.

1.3.          No Conflicting Commitments . During the Term, Executive will not undertake any commitments, engage or have an interest in any outside business activities or enter into any consulting agreements which, in the opinion of the Company, conflict with the Company’s interests or which might impair the performance of Executive’s duties as a full time employee of the Company.

Article 2. Term

2.1.          Term . The term of this Agreement (the "Term") shall commence on the Effective Date and shall expire on ___________________ unless the Term is:

 

2.1.1

extended pursuant to the provisions of this Section 2.1;

 

2.1.2

terminated pursuant to Section 6.4 hereof; or

2.1.3        terminated when the Executive’s employment terminates pursuant to Section 4.1 hereof.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Term shall continue to automatically be extended for periods of one (1) year so long as neither party provides written notice to the other of its intent to terminate by a date which is at least one hundred and eighty (180) days prior to the then-current expiration date of the Agreement. Unless the services of the Executive have terminated prior to or upon the end of the Term in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, from and after the end of the Term, the Executive shall be an employee-at-will.

 

 

 


Article 3. Payments

3.1.          Base Compensation . During the time that Executive is an employee of the Company, the Company shall pay to Executive a base salary (the “Base Salary”) of $XXX,XXX per annum, payable in regular installments in accordance with the Company’s usual payment practices. The Base Salary shall be reviewed by the Board of Directors’ Compensation Committee during the term of this Agreement and adjusted accordingly at the discretion of the Compensation Committee.

3.2.          Incentive Payments . During the time that Executive is an employee of the Company, Executive shall be entitled to participate, at the sole discretion of the Board of Directors, in any cash incentive payment or bonus plan established by the Company for its executive employees, as such plan is amended from time to time.

3.3.          Fringe Benefits . During the time that Executive is an employee of the Company, in addition to Executive’s Base Salary and incentive payments or bonuses, if any, the Company shall provide Executive and his dependents medical insurance and such other benefits as are generally made available by the Company to its full-time executive employees, as amended from time to time.

3.4.          Participation in Equity Incentive Plans . During the time that Executive is an employee of the Company, Executive shall be entitled to participate in the Company’s stock incentive plans to the extent and in the manner determined by the Company’s Board of Directors in its absolute discretion.

Article 4. Termination

4.1.          Termination . Executive’s employment hereunder shall terminate immediately upon the occurrence of any of the following events:

4.1.1.       Executive’s death;

4.1.2.       The termination of the Executive’s employment by the Company for Disability (as defined below), to be effective immediately upon delivery of notice thereof;

4.1.3.       The termination of Executive’s employment by the Company for Cause (as defined below), to be effective immediately upon delivery of notice thereof ;

4.1.4.       The termination of Executive’s employment by the Company, without Cause and not as a result of Executive’s death or Disability, to be effective thirty (30) days after the Company delivers written notice thereof to the Executive;

4.1.5.        The termination of Executive’s employment by Executive without Good Reason (as defined below) to be effective thirty (30) days after Executive delivers written notice thereof from Executive to the Company; or

4.1.6.       The termination of Executive’s employment by Executive with Good Reason (as defined below), to be effective as set forth below.

 

2

 


“Cause” shall mean (i) Executive’s material failure to perform (other than by reason of death or Disability) his duties and responsibilities as assigned by the Chief Executive Officer or Board in accordance with Section 1.2 above, which is not remedied after thirty (30) days’ written notice from the Company (if such failure is susceptible to cure), (ii) a breach of any of the provisions of this Agreement or any other agreement (including the Company’s employee nondisclosure and invention assignment agreement) between the Executive and the Company, which is not cured after ten (10) days’ written notice from the Company (if such breach is susceptible to cure), (iii) a serious and material violation of Company policy (for purposes of this clause any violation of the Company’s Conflicts of Interest policy shall be deemed serious and material), which is not cured after ten (10) days’ written notice from the Company (if such breach is susceptible to cure), (iv) fraud, embezzlement or other material dishonesty with respect to the Company, (v) conviction of a felony or any other crime involving fraud, dishonesty or moral turpitude or (vi) failing or refusing to cooperate as reasonably requested in any internal or external investigation of any matter in which the Company has a material interest (financial or otherwise) in the outcome of the investigation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, “Cause” shall not include any failure to achieve results as a result of factors or events beyond the reasonable control of the Executive.

“Disability” shall mean the Executive’s absence from the full-time performance of his duties with the Company for more than one hundred and eighty (180) days during a three hundred and sixty-five (365) day period as a result of incapacity due to mental or physical illness, as a result of which the Executive is deemed “disabled” by the institution appointed by the Company to administer its long-term disability plan (or any successor plan).

“Good Reason” shall mean (i) a material diminution in Executive’s authority, duties or responsibility from those in effect on the date of this Agreement, without Executive’s express written consent; (ii) a material diminution in Executive’s Base Salary as in effect on the date hereof or as the same may be increased from time to time, without Executive’s express written consent, other than a reduction which is part of an across-the-board proportionate reduction in the salaries of all senior executives of the Company imposed because the Company is experiencing financial hardship (provided such reduction is not more than 20% and does not continue for more than twelve (12) months); (iii) a material diminution in the authority, duties or responsibilities of the supervisor to whom Executive reports, including a requirement that Executive report to a corporate officer or employee other than the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer or Chief Operating Officer, without Executive’s express written consent; (iv) a material diminution in the budget over which Executive retains authority, without Executive’s express written consent; (v) a material change in Executive’s office location as in effect on the date hereof, without Executive’s express written consent; and (vi) any material breach of this Agreement by the Company; provided, however, that a termination for Good Reason by Executive can occur only if (i) Executive has given the Company a notice of the existence of a condition giving rise to Good Reason within ninety (90) days after the initial occurrence of the condition giving rise to Good Reason and (ii) the Company has not cured the condition giving rise to Good Reason within thirty (30) days after receipt of such notice. A termination for Good Reason shall occur thirty (30) days after such failure to cure.

 

3

 


 

4.2.

Adjustments Upon Termination .

4.2.1.       If Executive’s employment with the Company terminates pursuant to Sections 4.1.1 or 4.1.2 hereof, (a) the Company shall continue to make payments to Executive or Executive’s heirs, successors or legal representatives, as the case may be, in accordance with Section 3.1 hereof until twelve (12) months after the date of such death or Disability (less the amount of any payments made to the Executive under any long-term disability plan of the Company) and (b) notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in any Avid stock plan, or under the terms of any grant, award agreement or form for exercising any right under any such plan, any stock options or restricted stock awards held by Executive as of the date of death or Disability shall become exercisable or vested, as the case may be, as to an additional number of shares equal to the number that would have been exercisable or vested as of the end of the twelve (12) month period immediately following the date of death or Disability; provided, however, that in order to be eligible to receive any of the salary or benefits under this Section 4.2, Executive or his or her personal representative shall be required to execute and deliver to the Company (without subsequent revocation if provided for therein) a general release of claims against the Company, excluding any claims concerning the Company’s obligations under this Agreement, and shall be required to sign such other agreements as executive employees of the Company are generally required to sign if Executive shall not have already done so. The Company shall have no other liability or obligation under this Agreement to Executive’s executors, legal representatives, administrators, heirs or assigns or any other person claiming under or through Executive.

4.2.2.       If Executive’s employment with the Company terminates pursuant to Section 4.1.3 or 4.1.5 hereof, (a) all payments and benefits provided to Executive under this Agreement shall cease as of the effective date of such termination (the “Date of Termination”), except that Executive shall be entitled to any amounts earned, accrued or owing but not yet paid under Section 3.1 above and any benefits due in accordance with the terms of any applicable benefits plans and programs of the Company and (b) all vesting of all stock options then held by the Executive shall immediately cease as of the date of such termination.

4.2.3.       If Executive’s employment with the Company terminates pursuant to Section 4.1.4 or 4.1.6 hereof, (a) the Company shall continue to make payments to Executive in accordance with Section 3.1 hereof until the date that is twelve (12) months after the Date of Termination (the “Severance Pay Period”), (b) the Company shall pay Executive incentive compensation for the year in which the Date of Termination occurred, in the amount of Executive’s target award multiplied by the applicable actual plan payout factor and pro rated by the number of months Executive was employed by the Company during the year of the Date of Termination; the bonus will be paid only if the Company pays bonuses, on account of the year in which the Date of Termination occurred, to executives who remain employed with the Company and will be paid in a lump sum on or about the date on which the Company pays bonuses to executives who remain employed with the Company, (c) the Company shall continue to provide Executive with benefits in accordance with Section 3.3 hereof throughout the Severance Pay Period, to the extent permitted by the terms of such plans and applicable law, (d) the Company shall provide Executive with outplacement benefits in accordance with the Company’s then–current executive outplacement program, provided that no outplacement benefits shall be provided after the end of the second calendar year following the calendar year in which the Date

 

4

 


of Termination occurred, (e) the Company shall continue to indemnify Executive against all claims related to actions arising prior to the termination of the Executive’s employment to the fullest extent permitted by law, (f) for forty-eight (48) months from the Date of Termination, the Company or its successor shall continue to provide coverage under a directors’ and officers’ insurance policy, or an equivalent thereto, so long as the Board of Directors in good faith shall determine that the cost of such coverage is reasonable and that such coverage is available, and (g) notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in any Avid stock plan, or under the terms of any grant, award agreement or form for exercising any right under any such plan, any stock options or restricted stock awards held by Executive as of the Date of Termination shall become exercisable or vested, as the case may be, as to an additional number of shares equal to the number that would have been exercisable or vested as of the end of the twelve (12) month period immediately following the Date of Termination, and Executive shall be entitled to exercise any such stock options until twelve (12) months after the Date of Termination; provided, however, that in order to be eligible to receive any of the salary or benefits under this Section 4.2.3, Executive shall be required to execute and deliver to the Company (without subsequent revocation if provided for therein) a general release of claims against the Company, excluding any claims concerning the Company’s obligations under this Agreement, and shall be required to sign such other agreements as executive employees of the Company are generally required to sign if Executive shall not have already done so. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to extend the time period within which any option may be exercised beyond the period specified in the applicable stock plan or under the terms of any grant, award agreement or form for exercising any right under any such plan. No other payments or benefits shall be due under this Agreement to Executive, but Executive shall be entitled to any benefits accrued or earned in accordance with the terms of any applicable benefit plans and programs of the Company.

4.2.4.       Payments to the Executive under this Article 4 shall be bifurcated into two portions, consisting of a portion that does not constitute "nonqualified deferred compensation" within the meaning of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code") and a portion that does constitute nonqualified deferred compensation. Payments hereunder shall first be made from the portion that does not consist of nonqualified deferred compensation until it is exhausted and then shall be made from the portion that does constitute nonqualified deferred compensation. However, if Executive is a “specified employee” as defined in Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, the commencement of the delivery of any such payments that constitute nonqualified deferred compensation will be delayed to the date that is six (6) months and one day after Executive’s Date of Termination (the “Earliest Payment Date”); provided that this sentence does not apply to payments made under Section 4.1.1. Any payments that are delayed pursuant to the preceding sentence shall be paid on the Earliest Payment Date. The determination of whether, and the extent to which, any of the payments to be made to the Executive hereunder are nonqualified deferred compensation shall be made after the application of all applicable exclusions under Treasury Reg. § 1.409A-1(b)(9). Any payments that are intended to qualify for the exclusion for separation pay due to involuntary separation from service set forth in Reg. § 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii) must be paid no later than the last day of the second taxable year of the Executive following the taxable year of the Executive in which the Executive’s termination of employment occurs.

 

5

 


Article 5. Prohibition on Unfair Competition

5.1.          The Company owns and has developed and compiled at great cost and expense, and will continue to so develop and compile, certain trade secrets, proprietary techniques and other Proprietary Information (as defined in the Company’s employee nondisclosure and invention assignment agreement) which have great value to the business of the Company and which gives the Company or any affiliate of the Company a competitive advantage over those who do not know the secrets or information. Such information includes all Proprietary Information that has or could have commercial value or other utility in the business of the Company, whether or not such information is identified and marked as “Confidential Information” by the Company. Executive agrees that the following businesses are, as of the date of this Agreement, competitive with the Company: 360 Systems, Ableton AG, Adaptec, Inc., Adobe Systems Incorporated, ADS Technologies, Inc., Advanced Digital Information Corporation, AJA Video Systems, Inc., AKG Acoustics GmbH (a Harman International Company), AMS Neve Ltd., Apple, Inc., ATI Technologies, Inc., Autodesk, Inc.’s Media and Entertainment Solutions division, Behringer International GmbH, Blackmagic Design Pty. Ltd., Bit Central, Inc., Borland Softward Corporation, Chyron Corporation, Ciprico Inc., Creative Technology Ltd., Dalet, Dayang Technology Development Inc., DiGiCo Limited, Digitech (a Harman International Company), EditShare LLC, EMC Corporation, E-MU Systems (a wholly-owned subsidiary of Creative Technology, Ltd.), Euphonix, Inc., EVS Broadcast Equipment, Facilis Technology, Inc., Fairlight.au Pty Ltd., Harris Corporation, Hauppauge Computer Works, Inc., Hewlett-Packard Development Company, International Business Machines Corporation, Isilon Systems, Inc., KRK Systems, LLC, Line 6, Inc., Logitec Solutions Ltd., Loud Technologies, Inc., Microsoft Corporation, Magix AG, MakeMusic Inc., Merging Technologies Inc., Midas (a division of Telex Communications, Inc.), MOTU, Inc., Native Instruments, Inc., Netgear, Inc., Newtek, Inc., Notion, Omneon Video Networks, Perforce Software, Inc., PreSonus Audio Electronics, Inc., Quantel Inc., Roland Corporation, Rorke Data (a subsidiary of Bell Microproducts, Inc.), Sling Media, Inc., Seachange International, Inc., Solid State Logic Ltd., Sony Corporation, Stanton Magnetics, Steinberg Media Technologies GmbH, Tascam (a division of TEAC Corporation), The Associated Press (ENPS), Thomson Grass Valley, Twelve Tone Systems, Inc. (dba Cakewalk), Ulead Systems, Inc., Vizrt Ltd., Yamaha Corporation, and all subsidiaries and affiliates of the foregoing companies. As such, any use of or disclosure by Executive of the Company’s confidential, proprietary, or trade secret information to such businesses, or any other business which is competitive with the Company, would constitute unfair competition, which is prohibited under this Agreement, as well as by law.

5.2.          Executive agrees that during Executive’s employment with the Company and at all times following the termination of Executive’s employment for any reason, whether voluntary or with or without cause, Executive shall not, either directly or indirectly, engage in any unlawful competitive activities or unfair competition against the Company or use confidential trade secret information to unlawfully solicit clients, customers or vendors of the Company. Executive further agrees not to use Proprietary Information to unlawfully solicit or raid employees of the Company to terminate their employment relationship with the Company.

5.3.          Remedies for Breach . Executive acknowledges and agrees that the Company’s remedies at law for a breach or threatened breach of any of the provisions of this Section 5 may be inadequate and, in recognition of this fact, Executive agrees that, in the event of such a breach

 

6

 


or threatened breach, in addition to any remedies at law, the Company, without posting any bond, shall be entitled to obtain equitable relief in the form of specific performance, temporary restraining orders, temporary or permanent injunctions or any other equitable remedy which may then be available. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, upon the occurrence of any breach of Section 5.1, if Executive is employed by the Company, the Company may immediately terminate the employment of Executive for Cause in accordance with Section 4.1.3, and, whether or not Executive is employed by the Company, the Company shall immediately cease to have any obligations to make payments to Executive under this Agreement.

5.4.          Survival . Notwithstanding the termination of this Agreement or Executive’s services hereunder for any reason, this Article 5 shall survive any such termination.

Article 6. Miscellaneous

6.1.          Obligation of Successors . Subject to Section 6.4, any successor to substantially all of the Company’s assets and business, and any successor to substantially all of the assets of the division of the Company in which Executive is employed, whether by merger, consolidation, purchase of assets or otherwise, shall succeed to the rights and obligations of the Company hereunder.

6.2.          Notice . All notices required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and deemed effectively given (i) when delivered in person, (ii) on the third business day after mailing by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, (iii) on the next business day after delivery to an air courier for next day delivery, paid by the sender, or (iv) when sent by telecopy or facsimile transmission during normal business hours (9:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m.) where the recipient is located (or if sent after such hours, as of commencement of the next business day), followed within twenty-four hours by notification pursuant to any of the foregoing methods of delivery, in all cases addressed to the other party hereto as follows:

 

 

(a)

If to the Company:

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

Avid Technology, Inc.
Avid Technology Park
One Park West
Tewksbury, MA 01876
Attention: Vice President, Human Resources
Facsimile: (978) 640-0065

 

 

  

 

 

(b)

If to the Executive:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name
Address

Address

 

 

 

7

 


or at such other address or addresses as either party shall designate to the other in accordance with this Section 6.2.

 

6.3.          Survival . The respective rights and obligations of the parties under this Agreement shall survive any termination of Executive’s employment to the extent necessary to the intended preservation of such rights and obligations.

6.4.          Complete Agreement; Amendments . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes any and all prior agreements between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, except for the Change-in-Control Agreement between Executive and the Company dated the date hereof, as it may be amended from time to time (the “Change-in-Control Agreement”). Upon the occurrence of a Change-in-Control (as defined in the Change-in-Control Agreement), and for so long as the Change-in-Control Agreement shall remain in effect following a Change-in-Control, the provisions of the Change-in-Control Agreement shall supersede this Executive Employment Agreement with respect to all subject matters covered by the Change-in-Control Agreement. This Agreement shall terminate on the Date of Termination of Executive’s employment pursuant to the provisions of the Change-in-Control Agreement. This Agreement may not be modified or amended except upon written amendment approved by the Company’s Compensation Committee, and executed by a duly authorized officer of the Company and by Executive. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may unilaterally modify or amend this Agreement if such modification or amendment is approved by the Company’s Compensation Committee and made to all other executive employment agreements entered into between the Company and its then-current executive officers.

6.5.          Applicable Law . This Agreement shall be interpreted in accordance with the laws of the state of California (without reference to the conflicts of laws provisions thereof) and the parties hereby submit to the jurisdiction of the courts of that state.

6.6.          Severability . If any non-material provision of this Agreement shall be held invalid or unenforceable, it shall be deemed to be deleted or qualified so as to be enforceable or valid to the maximum extent permitted by law, and the remaining provisions shall continue in full force and effect.

6.7.          Binding Effect . This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, legal representatives, successors, assigns and personal representatives, except that the duties, responsibilities and rights of Executive under this Agreement are of a personal nature and shall not be assignable or delegatable in whole or in part by Executive, except to the extent that the rights of Executive hereunder may be enforceable by his heirs, executors, administrators or legal representatives.

6.8.          Captions . Captions of sections have been added only for convenience and shall not be deemed to be a part of this Agreement.

6.9.          Section 409A Compliance . The payments to be made hereunder are intended to comply with, or be exempt from, the provisions of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue of 1986 (“Section 409A”) and regulations thereunder. This Agreement shall be interpreted and construed

 

8

 


accordingly.

 

6.10.        Further Assurances . Each party hereto agrees to furnish and execute such additional forms and documents, and to take such further action, as shall be reasonable and customarily required in connection with the performance of this Agreement or the payment of benefits hereunder.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have duly executed and delivered this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

Avid Technology, Inc.


By: __________________________
Name:
Title:
   

 

 

 

Name of Executive, individually

 

 

9

 

 

Exhibit 10.33

Change-in-Control Agreement

 

Date: _____________________

 

Name of Executive

Avid Technology, Inc.

Avid Technology Park

One Park West

Tewksbury, MA 01876

 

The Board of Directors (the “Board”) of Avid Technology, Inc. (“Avid” or the “Company”) recognizes that your contributions to the future growth and success of the Company will be substantial and the Board desires to assure the Company of your continued services for the benefit of the Company, particularly in the face of a change-in-control of the Company.

This letter agreement (“Agreement”) therefore sets forth those benefits that the Company will provide to you in the event your employment within the Company is terminated after a “Change-in-Control of the Company” (as defined in Paragraph 2(i)) under the circumstances described below.

1.  

TERM.

If a Change-in-Control of the Company should occur while you are still an employee of the Company, then this Agreement shall continue in effect from the date of such Change-in-Control of the Company for so long as you remain an employee of the Company, but in no event for more than twelve (12) months following such Change-in-Control of the Company; provided, however, that the expiration of the term of this Agreement shall not adversely affect your rights under this Agreement which have accrued prior to such expiration. If no Change-in-Control of the Company occurs before your status as an employee of the Company is terminated, this Agreement shall expire on such date. Prior to a Change-in-Control of the Company, (a) your employment may be terminated by the Company or by you, in each case only in accordance with the provisions of your Executive Employment Agreement dated the date hereof, and (b) this Agreement may be terminated by the Company at any time upon written notice to you, and in either such event (termination of your employment, or termination of this Agreement, prior to a Change-in-Control), you shall not be entitled to any of the benefits provided hereunder; provided, however, that the Company may not terminate this Agreement following the occurrence of a Potential Change-in-Control of the Company (as defined in Paragraph 2(ii)) unless (a) at least one year has expired since the most recent event or transaction constituting a Potential Change-in-Control of the Company and (b) in respect of a Potential Change-in-Control of the Company which previously occurred, no facts or circumstances continue to exist which, if initially occurring at the time any termination of this Agreement is to occur, would constitute a Potential

 

 


Name

___________________

Page 2

 

Change-in-Control of the Company.

 

2.  

CHANGE-IN-CONTROL; POTENTIAL CHANGE-IN-CONTROL.

(i)         For purposes of this Agreement, a “Change-in-Control of the Company” shall be deemed to have occurred only if any of the following events occur:

(a)            The acquisition by an individual, entity or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”))(a “Person”) of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of 30% or more of either (i) the then outstanding shares of common stock of the Company (the “Outstanding Company Common Stock”) or (ii) the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the “Outstanding Company Voting Securities”); provided, however, that for purposes of this Paragraph 2(i), the following acquisitions shall not constitute a Change of Control: (A) any acquisition directly from the Company, (B) any acquisition by the Company, (C) any acquisition by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or any corporation controlled by the Company, or (D) any acquisition by any corporation pursuant to a transaction which satisfies the criteria set forth in clauses (A) and (B) of subparagraph (c) of this Paragraph 2(i); or

(b)            Individuals who, as of the date hereof, constitute the Board (the “Incumbent Board”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board; provided, however, that any individual becoming a director subsequently to the date hereof whose election, or nomination for election by the Company's shareholders, was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors then comprising the Incumbent Board shall be considered as though such individual were a member of the Incumbent Board, but excluding, for this purpose, any such individual whose initial assumption of office occurs as a result of an actual or threatened election contest with respect to the election or removal of directors or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a Person other than the Board; or

(c)            Consummation of a reorganization, merger or consolidation or sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (a “Business Combination”), in each case, unless, following such Business Combination, (A) all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who were the beneficial owners, respectively, of the Outstanding Company Common Stock and Outstanding Company Voting Securities immediately prior to such Business Combination beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 40% of, respectively, the then-outstanding shares of common stock and the combined voting power of the then-outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, of the corporation resulting from such Business Combination (which as used in this Paragraph 2(i)(c) shall include, without limitation, a corporation which as a result of such transaction owns all or substantially all of the Company's assets either directly or through one or more subsidiaries) in substantially the same proportions as their ownership immediately prior to

 


Name

___________________

Page 3

 

such Business Combination of the Outstanding Company Common Stock and Outstanding Company Voting Securities, as the case may be and (B) no Person (excluding any corporation resulting from such Business Combination or any employee benefit plan (or related trust) of the Company or such corporation resulting from such Business Combination) beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, 30% or more of, respectively, the then outstanding shares of common stock of the corporation resulting from such Business Combination, or the combined voting power of the then-outstanding voting securities of such corporation.

(ii)            For purposes of this Agreement, a “Potential Change-in-Control of the Company” shall be deemed to have occurred if (A) the Company shall enter into a merger, acquisition or similar agreement, the consummation of which would result in the occurrence of a Change-in-Control of the Company, or (B) any person shall publicly announce an intention to take actions which if consummated would constitute a Change-in-Control of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any event or transaction which would otherwise constitute a Potential Change-in-Control of the Company shall not constitute a Potential Change-in-Control of the Company if the negotiations or other actions leading to such event or transaction were initiated by the Company (it being understood that the occurrence of such a Company-initiated event or transaction shall not affect the existence of any Potential Change-in-Control of the Company resulting from any other event or transaction).

3.  

TERMINATION FOLLOWING CHANGE-IN-CONTROL.

If a Change-in-Control of the Company shall have occurred while you are still an employee of the Company, you shall be entitled to the payments and benefits provided in Paragraph 4 hereof upon the subsequent termination of your employment within twelve (12) months after such Change-in-Control, by you or by the Company, unless such termination is (a) by the Company for “Cause” (as defined below) or (b) by you other than for “Good Reason” (as defined below); in either such event, you shall not be entitled to receive benefits under this Agreement.

(iii)          Disability ”. If, as a result of your incapacity due to physical or mental illness, you shall have been deemed “disabled” by the institution appointed by the Company to administer the Company’s Long-Term Disability Plan (or successor plan) because you shall have been absent from full-time performance of your duties with the Company for more than one hundred and eighty (180) days during a three hundred and sixty-five (365) day period, the Company may terminate your employment for Disability.

(iv)          Cause ”. For the purposes of this Agreement, the Company shall have “Cause” to terminate your employment only upon

(A)           the willful and continued failure by you substantially to perform your duties with the Company (other than any such failure resulting from your incapacity due to physical or mental illness or any failure resulting from your terminating your employment with the Company for “Good Reason” (as defined below)) after a written demand for substantial performance is delivered to you by the Company which specifically identifies the manner in

 


Name

___________________

Page 4

 

which the Company believes that you have not substantially performed your duties, or

(B)           a breach of the Company’s employee nondisclosure and invention assignment agreement, between you and the Company, which is not cured after ten (10) days’ written notice from the Company (if such breach is susceptible to cure), or

(C)           the willful engaging by you in gross misconduct materially and demonstrably injurious to the Company, or

(D)           an act by you of fraud, embezzlement or other material dishonesty with respect to the Company, or

(E)            conviction of a felony or any other crime involving fraud, dishonesty or moral turpitude, or

(F)            failing or refusing to cooperate as reasonably requested in any internal or external investigation of any matter in which the Company has a material interest (financial or otherwise) in the outcome of the investigation.

For purposes of this Paragraph, no act, or failure to act, on your part shall be considered “willful” unless done, or omitted to be done, by you not in good faith and without reasonable belief that your action or omission was in the best interests of the Company.

(v)            Good Reason ”. You may terminate your employment for Good Reason. For purpose of this Agreement, "Good Reason" shall mean:

(A)           a material diminution in your authority, duties or responsibility from those in effect immediately prior to a Change-in-Control of the Company, without your express written consent;

(B)           a material diminution in your base salary in effect immediately prior to a Change-in-Control of the Company, without your express written consent, other than the reduction of up to 20% for a period of not more than six (6) months which is part of an across the board proportionate reduction in the salaries of other peer executives of the Company imposed because the Company is experiencing financial hardship;

(C)           a material diminution in the authority, duties or responsibilities of the supervisor to whom you report, including a requirement that you report to a corporate officer or employee other than Company’s Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer or Chief Operating Officer, without your express written consent;

(D)           a material diminution in the budget over which you retain authority, without your express written consent;

(E)            a material change in your office location at which you perform your principal duties for the Company at the time of the Change-in-Control of the Company, without

 


Name

___________________

Page 5

 

your express written consent; or

(F)            any material breach by the Company of any provision of this Agreement (including, without limitation, Paragraph 6).

(vi)           Notice of Termination . Any termination by the Company pursuant to subparagraphs (i) or (ii) above or by you pursuant to subparagraph (iii) above shall be communicated by written Notice of Termination to the other party hereto. For purposes of this Agreement, a “Notice of Termination” shall mean a notice which shall indicate the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon and shall set forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination of your termination under the provision so indicated. A termination pursuant to subparagraph (iii) above can occur only if you deliver a Notice of Termination to the Company within ninety (90) days after the initial occurrence of the condition giving rise to Good Reason and the Company has not cured such condition within thirty (30) days after receipt of such Notice of Termination.

 

(vii)

Date of Termination . “Date of Termination” shall mean:

(A)           if your employment is terminated for Disability, thirty (30) days after Notice of Termination is given,

(B)           if your employment is terminated pursuant to subparagraph (iii) above, thirty (30) days after the Company’s failure to cure the condition giving rise to Good Reason, and

(C)           if your employment is terminated for any other reason, the date on which a Notice of Termination is given (or, if a Notice of Termination is not given, the date of such termination).

4.  

COMPENSATION DURING DISABILITY OR UPON TERMINATION.

(viii)        If, after a Change-in-Control of the Company, you shall fail to perform your duties hereunder as a result of incapacity due to Disability, you shall continue to receive your full base salary in regular installments in accordance with the Company’s usual payment practices at the rate then in effect and any awards under the Executive/Senior Management Variable Compensation Plan or any successor plan shall continue to accrue and to be paid during such period until your employment is terminated (and, if the Company maintains a Long Term Disability Plan, you shall be eligible for coverage thereunder in accordance with the terms thereof and subject to the satisfaction of all applicable conditions, including without limitation, the timely filing of a notice of claim).

(ix)           If, after a Change-in-Control of the Company, your employment shall be terminated for Cause, the Company shall pay you your full base salary through the Date of Termination at the rate in effect at the time Notice of Termination is given and the Company shall have no further obligations to you under this Agreement.

 


Name

___________________

Page 6

 

(x)            If, within twelve (12) months after a Change-in-Control of the Company, the Company shall terminate your employment by reason of your death or pursuant to Paragraph 3(i), the Company shall continue to pay you, or your heirs, successors or legal representatives, as the case may be, your full base salary in regular installments in accordance with the Company’s usual payment practices at the rate then in effect until twelve (12) months after the date of such death or Disability (less the amount of any payments made to you under any long-term disability plan of the Company) and (b) notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in any Avid stock plan, or under the terms of any grant, award agreement or form for exercising any right under any such plan, any stock options or restricted stock awards held by you as of the date of death or Disability shall become exercisable or vested, as the case may be, as to an additional number of shares equal to the number that would have been exercisable or vested as of the end of the twelve (12) month period immediately following the date of death or Disability. The Company shall have no other liability or obligation under this Agreement to your executors, legal representatives, administrators, heirs or assigns or any other person claiming under or through you.

(xi)           If, within twelve (12) months after a Change-in-Control of the Company, you shall terminate your employment for Good Reason or the Company shall terminate your employment, other than by reason of your death or pursuant to Paragraph 3(i) or 3(ii) hereof,

(A)           The Company shall pay you as severance pay (and without regard to the provisions of any benefit plan) in a lump sum in cash no more than thirty (30) days following the Date of Termination, the following amounts:

 

(x)

the sum of (A) your accrued but unpaid base salary through the Date of Termination, (B) the product of (x) the greater of your highest annual bonus earned in the two most recent full fiscal years preceding the Date of Termination and your target bonus award (at a payout factor of one) for the fiscal year in which the Date of Termination occurs, and (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days in the then current fiscal year through the Date of Termination, and the denominator of which is 365 and (C) any accrued vacation pay, in each case to the extent not previously paid (the sum of the amounts described in clauses (A), (B), and (C) shall be hereinafter referred to as the “Accrued Obligations”); and

 

(y)

the amount equal to one and a half (1.5) times the sum of your annual base salary at the highest rate in effect during the twelve (12) months preceding the Date of Termination and the greater of your highest annual bonus earned in the two most recent full

 


Name

___________________

Page 7

 

fiscal years preceding the Date of Termination and your target bonus award (at a payout factor of one) for the fiscal year in which the Date of Termination occurs.

(B)           For an eighteen (18) month period after such termination, the Company shall arrange to provide you with dental and group health insurance benefits substantially similar to those that you were receiving immediately prior to such termination to the extent that the Company's plans then permit the Company to provide you with such benefits. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not provide any such benefits to you to the extent that an equivalent benefit is received by you from another employer during such period, and you shall report any such benefit actually received by you to the Company;

(C)           Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the applicable stock option or restricted stock agreement, the exercisability of all outstanding stock options and restricted stock awards then held by you for the purchase of common stock of the Company (or securities exchanged for such common stock in connection with the Change-in-Control of the Company) shall accelerate in full and you shall be entitled to exercise any such options until eighteen (18) months after the Date of Termination;

(D)           The Company shall continue to indemnify you against all claims related to actions arising prior to the termination of your employment to the fullest extent permitted by law;

(E)            For forty-eight (48) months from the Date of Termination, the Company or its successor shall continue to provide coverage under a directors’ and officers’ insurance policy, or an equivalent thereto, so long as the Board of Directors in good faith shall determine that the cost of such coverage is reasonable and that such coverage is available; and

(F)            You shall be entitled to full executive outplacement assistance with an agency selected by the Company’ provided that no outplacement assistance will be provided after the end of the second calendar year following the calendar year in which your Date of Termination occurred.

(xii)         In order to be eligible to receive any of the salary or benefits under Paragraphs 4(iii) or 4(iv), you or your personal representative shall be required to execute and deliver to the Company (without subsequent revocation if provided for therein) a general release of claims against the Company, excluding any claims concerning the Company’s obligations under this Agreement.

(xiii)        You shall not be required to mitigate the amount of any payment provided for in this Paragraph 4 by seeking other employment or otherwise, nor, except as provided in Paragraph 4(iv)(B), shall the amount of any payment provided for in this Paragraph 4 be reduced by any compensation earned by you as the result of employment by another employer after the Date of Termination, or otherwise.

 


Name

___________________

Page 8

 

(xiv)        Nothing in this Agreement shall prevent or limit your continuing or future participation in any plan, program, policy or practice provided by the Company to its employees and for which you may qualify nor, subject to Paragraph 11 hereof, shall anything herein limit or otherwise affect such rights as you may have under any contract or agreement between you and the Company; provided, however, that to the extent you are entitled to receive any payments hereunder upon termination of your employment, you shall not be entitled to any payments under any severance plan, program, policy or practice of the Company then in effect.

(xv)         Payments to you under this Paragraph 4 shall be bifurcated into two portions, consisting of a portion that does not constitute "nonqualified deferred compensation" within the meaning of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code") and a portion that does constitute nonqualified deferred compensation. Payments hereunder shall first be made from the portion that does not consist of nonqualified deferred compensation until it is exhausted and then shall be made from the portion that does constitute nonqualified deferred compensation. However, if you are a “specified employee” as defined in Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, the commencement of the delivery of any such payments that constitute nonqualified deferred compensation will be delayed to the date that is 6 months and one day after your Date of Termination (the “Earliest Payment Date”); provided that this sentence does not apply to payments made on account of your death. Any payments that are delayed pursuant to the preceding sentence shall be paid on the Earliest Payment Date. The determination of whether, and the extent to which, any of the payments to be made to you hereunder are nonqualified deferred compensation shall be made after the application of all applicable exclusions under Treasury Reg. § 1.409A-1(b)(9). Any payments that are intended to qualify for the exclusion for separation pay due to involuntary separation from service set forth in Reg. § 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii) must be paid no later than the last day of the second taxable year following the taxable year in which your termination of employment occurs.

5.  

TAXES.

(xvi)        Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding and except as set forth below, in the event it shall be determined that any payment or distribution by the Company to you or for your benefit and/or any acceleration of vesting of any options or restricted stock awards (whether paid or payable or distributed or distributable or provided pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or otherwise) (a “Payment”) would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code (the “Excise Tax”), then the Payments shall be reduced, in the aggregate, to an amount (the “Reduced Amount”) such that the receipt of Payments would not give rise to any Excise Tax. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Paragraph 5(i), if it shall be determined that (i) the aggregate present value (determined in accordance with applicable Treasury Regulations) of the payments eliminated pursuant to the preceding sentence (the “Eliminated Payments”) exceeds by at least fifty thousand dollars ($50,000)(ii) the aggregate present value of the amount of any additional taxes that would be incurred by you if the Eliminated Payments (determined without regard to this sentence) were paid to you (including state and federal income taxes on the Eliminated Payments, any Excise Tax, and any withholding taxes) then no reduction in the Payments shall be made.

 


Name

___________________

Page 9

 

(xvii)       Subject to the provisions of Paragraph 5(i), all determinations required to be made under this Paragraph 5, including whether any Payments need to be reduced or eliminated and the assumptions to be utilized in arriving at such determination, shall be made by such certified public accounting firm as may be designated by the Company (the “Accounting Firm”) which shall provide detailed supporting calculations to both the Company and you within fifteen (15) business days of the receipt of notice from you that there has been a Payment, or such earlier time as is requested by the Company. In the event that the Accounting Firm is serving as accountant or auditor for the individual, entity, or group affecting the Change of Control, the Company shall appoint another nationally recognized accounting firm to make the determinations required hereunder. All fees and expenses of the Accounting Firm shall be borne by the Company.

6.  

SUCCESSOR’S BINDING AGREEMENT.

(xviii)     The Company will require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business and/or the assets of the Company, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place. As used in this Agreement, “Company” shall mean the Company as defined above and any successor to its business and/or assets as aforesaid which executes and delivers the agreement provided for in this Paragraph 6 or which otherwise becomes bound by all the terms and provisions of this Agreement by operation of law.

(xix)        This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by, your personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees, devisees and legatees. If you should die while any amounts would still be payable to you hereunder if you had continued to live, all such amounts, unless otherwise provided herein, shall be paid in accordance with the terms of this Agreement to your devisee, legatee or other designee or, if there be no such designee, to your estate.

7.  

PROHIBITION ON UNFAIR COMPETITION.

(xx)         The Company owns and has developed and compiled at great cost and expense, and will continue to so develop and compile, certain trade secrets, proprietary techniques and other Proprietary Information (as defined in the Company’s employee nondisclosure and invention assignment agreement) which have great value to the business of the Company and which gives the Company or any affiliate of the Company a competitive advantage over those who do not know the secrets or information. Such information includes all Proprietary Information that has or could have commercial value or other utility in the business of the Company, whether or not such information is identified and marked as “Confidential Information” by the Company. You agree that the following businesses are, as of the date of this Agreement, competitive with the Company: 360 Systems, Ableton AG, Adaptec, Inc., Adobe Systems Incorporated, ADS Technologies, Inc., Advanced Digital Information Corporation, AJA Video Systems, Inc., AKG Acoustics GmbH (a Harman International Company), AMS Neve Ltd., Apple, Inc., ATI Technologies, Inc., Autodesk, Inc.’s Media and Entertainment Solutions division, Behringer International GmbH, Blackmagic Design Pty. Ltd., Bit Central, Inc., Borland

 


Name

___________________

Page 10

 

Softward Corporation, Chyron Corporation, Ciprico Inc., Creative Technology Ltd., Dalet, Dayang Technology Development Inc., DiGiCo Limited, Digitech (a Harman International Company), EditShare LLC, EMC Corporation, E-MU Systems (a wholly-owned subsidiary of Creative Technology, Ltd.), Euphonix, Inc., EVS Broadcast Equipment, Facilis Technology, Inc., Fairlight.au Pty Ltd., Harris Corporation, Hauppauge Computer Works, Inc., Hewlett-Packard Development Company, International Business Machines Corporation, Isilon Systems, Inc., KRK Systems, LLC, Line 6, Inc., Logitec Solutions Ltd., Loud Technologies, Inc., Microsoft Corporation, Magix AG, MakeMusic Inc., Merging Technologies Inc., Midas (a division of Telex Communications, Inc.), MOTU, Inc., Native Instruments, Inc., Netgear, Inc., Newtek, Inc., Notion, Omneon Video Networks, Perforce Software, Inc., PreSonus Audio Electronics, Inc., Quantel Inc., Roland Corporation, Rorke Data (a subsidiary of Bell Microproducts, Inc.), Sling Media, Inc., Seachange International, Inc., Solid State Logic Ltd., Sony Corporation, Stanton Magnetics, Steinberg Media Technologies GmbH, Tascam (a division of TEAC Corporation), The Associated Press (ENPS), Thomson Grass Valley, Twelve Tone Systems, Inc. (dba Cakewalk), Ulead Systems, Inc., Vizrt Ltd., Yamaha Corporation, and all subsidiaries and affiliates of the foregoing companies. As such, any use of or disclosure by you of the Company’s confidential, proprietary, or trade secret information to such businesses, or any other business which is competitive with the Company, would constitute unfair competition, which is prohibited under this Agreement, as well as by law.

(xxi)        You agree that during your employment with the Company and at all times following the termination of your employment for any reason, whether voluntary or with or without cause, you shall not, either directly or indirectly, engage in any unlawful competitive activities or unfair competition against the Company or use confidential trade secret information to unlawfully solicit clients, customers or vendors of the Company. You further agree not to use Proprietary Information to unlawfully solicit or raid employees of the Company to terminate their employment relationship with the Company.

(xxii)       Remedies for Breach . You acknowledge and agree that the Company’s remedies at law for a breach or threatened breach of any of the provisions of this Section 7 may be inadequate and, in recognition of this fact, you agree that, in the event of such a breach or threatened breach, in addition to any remedies at law, the Company, without posting any bond, shall be entitled to obtain equitable relief in the form of specific performance, temporary restraining orders, temporary or permanent injunctions or any other equitable remedy which may then be available. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, upon the occurrence of any breach of this Section 7, whether or not Executive is employed by the Company, the Company shall immediately cease to have any obligations to make payments to Executive under this Agreement.

8.  

NOTICE.

For the purposes of this Agreement, notices and all other communications provided for in this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered or mailed by United States registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed to

 


Name

___________________

Page 11

 

the respective addresses set forth on the first page of this Agreement, provided that all other notices to the Company should be directed to the attention to the Corporate Secretary of the Company, or to such address as either party may have furnished to the other in writing in accordance herewith, except that notices of change of address shall be effective only upon receipt.

9.  

FURTHER ASSURANCES.

Each party hereto agrees to furnish and execute such additional forms and documents, and to take such further action, as shall be reasonable and customarily required in connection with the performance of this Agreement or the payment of benefits hereunder.

10.  

ENTIRE AGREEMENT.

This Agreement represents the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes any other agreement between the parties with respect to such subject matter, including without limitations, the Executive Employment Agreement dated the date hereof.

11.  

COUNTERPARTS.

This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original but all of which together will constitute one in the same instrument.

12.  

LEGAL FEES AND EXPENSES.

In addition to any other benefits to which you may be entitled hereunder, the Company shall pay all reasonable legal fees and expenses which you may incur as a result of the Company’s contesting the validity, enforceability or your interpretation of, or determination under, this Agreement or otherwise as a result of any termination as a result of which you are entitled to the benefits set forth in this Agreement.

13.  

MISCELLANEOUS.

(xxiii)      No provision of this Agreement may be modified, waived, or discharged unless such waiver, modification, or discharge is agreed to in writing signed by you and such officer as may be specifically designated by the Board of Directors of the Company.

(xxiv)      No waiver by either party hereto at any time of any breach by the other party hereto of, or compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement to be performed by such other party shall be deemed a waiver of similar or dissimilar provisions or conditions at the same or at any time prior or subsequent time.

(xxv)       The validity, interpretation, construction and performance of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the state of California (without reference to the conflicts of laws provisions thereof).

 


Name

___________________

Page 12

 

(xxvi)         If any non-material provision of this Agreement shall be held invalid or unenforceable, it shall be deemed to be deleted or qualified so as to be enforceable or valid to the maximum extent permitted by law, and the remaining provisions shall continue in full force and effect.

(xxvii)        The Company may withhold from any amounts payable under this Agreement such federal, state, local or foreign taxes as shall be required to be withheld pursuant to any applicable law or regulation.

(xxviii)       The payments to be made hereunder are intended to comply with, or be exempt from, the provisions of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue of 1986 (“Section 409A”) and regulations thereunder. This Agreement shall be interpreted and construed accordingly.

(xxix)         If this Agreement correctly sets forth our agreement on the subject matter hereof, kindly sign and return to the Company the enclosed copy of this Agreement which will then constitute our agreement on this subject.

 

Sincerely,

 

 

 

Avid Technology, Inc.



By:                                                                    

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

I acknowledge receipt and agree with the foregoing terms and conditions.

 

 

______________________________

Name of Executive

 

Date: ____________________

 

 

 

Exhibit 21

 

SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2007

 

MEDEA CORPORATION (California)

PINNACLE DOMESTIC INTERNATIONAL SALES CORPORATION (California)

PINNACLE SYSTEMS, INC. (California)

AVID C.V. LLC (Delaware)

AVID TECHNOLOGY WORLDWIDE, INC. (Delaware)

INEWS, LLC (Delaware)

M-AUDIO LLC (Delaware)

SIBELIUS USA, INC. (Delaware)

TRUEVISION, INC. (Delaware)

SUNDANCE DIGITAL, INC. (Texas)

AVID TECHNOLOGY (AUSTRALIA) PTY LTD (Australia)

SIBELIUS AUSTRALIA PTY LTD (Australia)

SOFTIMAGE CO. (Canada)

AVID TECHNOLOGY EUROPE LIMITED (England)

AVID TECHNOLOGY IBERIA LTD (England)

EVOLUTION ELECTRONICS LTD (England)

MIDIMAN LTD (England)

PINNACLE SYSTEMS LTD (England)

SIBELIUS SOFTWARE LTD (England)

AVID TECHNOLOGY S.A.R.L. (France)

AVID TECHNOLOGY GmbH (Germany)

AVID TECHNOLOGY HOLDINGS GmbH (Germany)

AVID DEVELOPMENT Gmbh (formerly NXN SOFTWARE GmbH) (Germany)

PINNACLE SYSTEMS GmbH (Germany)

WIZOO SOUND DESIGN GmbH (Germany)

AVID NORTH ASIA LIMITED (Hong Kong)

DIGIDESIGN ITALY S.R.L. (Italy)

AVID TECHNOLOGY K.K. (Japan)

AVID BENELUX B.V. (Netherlands)

AVID GENERAL PARTNER B.V. (Netherlands)

AVID TECHNOLOGY C.V. (Netherlands)

AVID TECHNOLOGY HOLDING B.V. (Netherlands)

AVID TECHNOLOGY INTERNATIONAL B.V. (Netherlands)

PINNACLE SYSTEMS B.V. (Netherlands)

AVID TECHNOLOGY (S.E. ASIA) PTE LTD (Singapore)

AVID TECHNOLOGY S.L. (Spain)

AVID NORDIC AB (Sweden)

D-DESIGN NORDIC AB (Sweden)

 


 

 

 

Exhibit 23.1

 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements on Form S-3 (File No. 333-118734) and Form S-8 (File Nos. 33-88318, 33-64126, 33-64128, 33-82478, 33-98692, 333-08821, 333-08823, 333-08825, 333-30367, 333-42569, 333-56631, 333-60181, 333-60183, 333-60191, 333-73321, 333-87539, 333-94167, 333-33674, 333-37952, 333-41750, 333-48338, 333-48340, 333-64016, 333-75470, 333-102772, 333-118704, 333-128320, 333-136991, 33-64130, 33-64124, 333-42571) of our reports dated February 27, 2008, with respect to the consolidated financial statements and schedule of Avid Technology, Inc. and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting of Avid Technology, Inc., included in this Annual Report (Form 10-K) for the year ended December 31, 2007.

 

Ernst & Young LLP

 

 

Boston, Massachusetts

February 27, 2008

 

 

 

Exhibit 23.2

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements on Form S-3 (No. 333-118734) and Form S-8 (Nos. 333-08821, 333-08823, 333-08825, 333-102772, 333-118704, 333-128320, 333-136991, 333-30367, 333-33674, 333-37952, 333-41750, 333-42569, 333-42571, 333-48338, 333-48340, 333-56631, 333-60181, 333-60183, 333-60191, 333-64016, 333-73321, 333-75470, 333-87539, 333-94167, 33-64124, 33-64126, 33-64128, 33-64130, 33-82478, 33-88318, and 33-98692) of Avid Technology, Inc. of our report dated March 7, 2006 relating to the consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule, which appears in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

 

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

 

Boston, MA

February 28, 2008

 

 

 

Exhibit 31.1

 

CERTIFICATION

 

 

I, Gary G. Greenfield, certify that:

 

1.

I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Avid Technology, Inc.;

 

2.

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3.

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4.

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) for the registrant and have:

 

 

a)

Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

 

b)

Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

 

c)

Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

 

d)

Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5.

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

 

a)

All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

 

b)

Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

 

 

Date:  February 28, 2008

/s/ Gary G. Greenfield                      

 

Gary G. Greenfield
Chairman of the Board of Directors and
Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)

 

 


 

 

 

Exhibit 31.2

 

CERTIFICATION

 

 

I, Joel E. Legon, certify that:

 

1.

I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Avid Technology, Inc.;

 

2.

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3.

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4.

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) for the registrant and have:

 

 

a)

Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

 

b)

Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

 

c)

Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

 

d)

Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5.

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

 

a)

All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

 

b)

Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

 

 

Date:  February 28, 2008

/s/ Joel E. Legon                        

 

Joel E. Legon
Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)

 

 


 

 

 

Exhibit 32.1

 

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Avid Technology, Inc. (the “Company”) for the year ended December 31, 2007 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), the undersigned, Gary G. Greenfield, Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, and Joel E. Legon, Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company, each hereby certifies, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, that:

 

(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

 

 

Date:  February 28, 2008

/s/ Gary G. Greenfield                

 

Gary G. Greenfield
Chairman of the Board of Directors and
Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)

 

 

 

Date:  February 28, 2008

/s/ Joel E. Legon                          

 

Joel E. Legon
Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)